Socialsc

2011
Soc i al
Sc i enc e
SAGE India
TABLE OF CONTENTS NEW TITLES!
Academi c Tool s 62
Agri cul t ure 24
Communi cat i on & Medi a St udi es 43- 44
Counsel l i ng & Psychot herapy 57
Cul t ural St udi es 7- 9
Dal i t Soci ol ogy 5- 6
'HYHORSLQJDVD5HpHFWLYH
Secondary Teacher Seri es 51- 52
Devel opment Communi cat i on 46- 47
Devel opment Met hods 24
Devel opment St udi es 20- 22
Devel opment Theory 23
Economi cs & Devel opment St udi es 16- 19
Economi cs 11- 16
Educat i on 47- 50
Envi ronment al St udi es 24
Fami l y St udi es 58
Fi l m St udi es 45
Gender St udi es 9- 11
Governance 36- 37
Heal t h & Nursi ng 59
Hi st ory 26- 27
ICT 47
Int ernat i onal Af f ai rs 34- 36
Journal i sm 46
Law & Just i ce 40- 41
Mi l i t ary St udi es 37
Pol i ci ng 40
Pol i cy St udi es 37- 39
Pol i t i cs 29- 34
Psychol ogy 54- 56
SAGE Law 41- 42
SAGE St udi es on
Indi a s Nort h East Seri es 28
Soci al Research Met hods 59- 62
Soci al Work 57- 58
Soci ol ogy and Soci al Theory 5
Speci al Needs Educat i on 52- 53
Urban St udi es 22- 23
Wat er Management 25
Index 63- 64
1
Sociology & Social Theory
RIOTS AND AFTER IN
MUMBAI
Chronicles of Truth and Reconciliation
Meena Menon, Deputy Editor and Deputy
Bureau Chief, The Hindu, Mumbai
Riots and after in Mumbai provides a synoptic record of events in
Mumbai, focusing essentially on the history of riots in the city. Using
this framework, it attempts to understand the sociopolitical and cultural
realities of present-day Mumbai through a collection of narratives of the
people affected by the communal riots of 1992.
The book uses a novel approach combining historical records from the
pre-independence era (18931945) and personal interviews of both
Muslims and Hindus living in the city. It also looks into the political
manipulations that ordinary people of both communities alike are
subjected to by the ruling powers and political parties.
CONTENTS
List of Abbreviations / Areas Covered / Period of Research / Methodology /
Sources of Information / Preface / Acknowledgements / Introduction / The City
of Gold / CowTempleMosque Dispute: 100 Years of HinduMuslim Animosity in
Bombay City / Jogeshwari Riots: Old Wounds, New Ghettos / Extended Ghettoes:
Naya Nagar / Displacement and Polarisation / Loss of Livelihood / Perceptions of
Justice / Conclusion / Appendix / Bibliography / Index / About the Author
2011 280 pages Hardback: ` 495.00 (tent) (978-81-321-0700-2)
THE SOCIOLOGY
OF RELIGION
Grace Davie, University of Exeter
Grace Davie is one of the best analysts of religion in contemporary
sociology. This book caps a distinguished record of studies of
religion-first of Britain, then of Europe, then globally. This is a
magisterial work, which should be read by anyone interested in
the place of religion in the modern world.
Peter L Berger
2008 296 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-782-9861-0)
Originally priced at 79.00 (hardback) and 25.99 (paperback).
Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!
GLOBALIZATION ON THE GROUND
Media and the Transformation of Culture, Class, and
Gender in India
Steve Derne, Suny-Geneseo
Globalization on The Ground considers how globalization has
transformed class and gender in India. Derne argues that with
globalization, class identities are defined more by transnational contexts
than within bounded nations, are based more on shared patterns of
consumption than shared positions in the economy, and are increasingly
defined by gender relations.
2008 244 pages Hardback: ` 575.00 (978-81-782-9826-9)
THINKING DESIGN
S Balaram, D J Academy of Design, Coimbatore

Thinking Design looks at design in its broadest sense and shows how
design originates in human need which is not only physical but also
psychological, socio-cultural, ecological and spiritual. The book calls
for broad-based, socially integrated designs with a large global vision
that offer creative solutions to a variety of subjects rather than providing
multiplicity of objects. Exploring the course taken by design during the
time of Gandhi and in the following era, the author advocates the need
for service- or process-oriented designs in contrast to product-oriented
designs. The book explores the history of traditional design and its
evolution. On one hand it takes the reader through the cultural-roots
of design, and, on the other, it explores new technologies and their
applications in design.
A remarkable feature of the book is the way its narrative is enlivened
with case studies detailing design inventions, interspersed with tales
of Mullah Nasiruddin that provide a tongue-in-cheek take on aspects
of design.
CONTENTS
Foreword Gaston Roberge / Introduction / DESIGN: NATURE AND POWER / The
Wonder That Is: The Context of Designing / Modern Indian Design: The Roots /
The Power of Representation: Semiotics for Mass Movement / Fitting the Man
to the Task: The Design Training Paradox / DESIGN: HUMAN PERSPECTIVES
AND CONCERNS / Design and Rule: Design Colonisation / Politics is not a
Four-letter Word: The Impact of State Policies and Politics on Design / Tools
for Change: Learning from the Artisans / For the People, By the People: Design
without Designers / The Barefoot Designer: Design as Service to Rural People /
DESIGN: NEW DIMENSIONS AND THE FUTURE / QWER: Freedom in Design /
Leave Well Enough Alone: The Need for Restraint in Designing / Invisible Design:
The Alternative Approaches / DESIGN REALISATIONS: CASE STUDIES : The
Case Studies / Design Pedagogy in India: A Perspective / References / Notes on
Select Figures / Index
2011 288 pages Paperback: ` 900.00 (978-81-321-0314-1)
SAVAGE HUMANS AND STRAY DOGS
A Study in Aggression
Hiranmay Karlekar, Consultant Editor, The Pioneer
Savage Humans and Stray Dogs is important as the first piece
of documented research into the most blatant violation of Indias
animal protection laws in recent history, committed ironically by
lawmakers themselves.The book ends with a call to include
animals in our moral universe which I wholeheartedly endorse.
Maneka Gandhi, The Little Magazine
2008 292 pages Paperback: ` 375.00 (978-81-782-9879-5)
SOCIOLOGICAL
THEORY
Bert N Adams University of Wisconsin, Madison and
R A Sydie, University Of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada
VISTAAR PuBlICATIONS
2002 668 pages Paperback: ` 595.00 (978-81-7829-219-9)
Originally priced at $ 114.00 (Paperback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!
2
SOCIOLOGICAL TRADITIONS
Methods and Perspectives in the Sociology of
India
T N Madan, Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi University, New Delhi
This marvellous book records T.N. Madans journey through
the sociology of Indian sociology. Over the years, he has
redrawn the contemporary landscape of the discipline. It is
only appropriate that he now looks back at it with a mix of
intimacy and professional detachment. And he does so with
unfailing sensitivity to the ways in which cultures of knowledge
and individual lifecycles interact.
Ashis Nandy, Emeritus Senior Fellow,
Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi, India
Sociological Traditions looks at the sociology of India from two
perspectives: first, understanding the cultural traditions of India with
special reference to religious and ethical values; and second, exploring
the growth of the sociological traditions of India.
CONTENTS
Preface / CULTURAL TRADITIONS, SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES / Indian
Secularism in a Post-secular Age / Hinduism: The Book View and the Field
View / Islam: The Universal and the Particular / Sikhism: The Sacred and the
Secular / Gandhi and Weber: The Work Ethic, Capitalism, and Conscience /
SOCIOLOGICAL TRADITIONS: EXEMPLARS, INTERPRETERS / Radhakamal
Mukerjee and His Contemporaries / D.P. Mukerji: Towards a Historical Sociology /
M.N. Srinivas: Empiricism and Imagination / Louis Dumont: The Man and His Work
/ Contributions to Indian Sociology: Towards Methodological Pluralism / Epilogue:
Engagements and PassagesAn Exercise in Reflexivity / References / Index
2011 328 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0575-6)
VARIETIES OF ACTIVIST EXPERIENCE
Civil Society in South Asia
Edited by David N Gellner, University of Oxford, UK
Varieties of Activist Experience is a must-read for those who
maintain a profound interest in civil society issues and, yes, it
should be sought out by young men and women desirous of
becoming activists themselvesthe book offers rare insight
and a definitive sense of the road we can take for energising
social activism.
Dawn
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction: Making Civil Society in South Asia David N Gellner /
POLITICS / The Biography of a Magar Communist Anne De Sales / Creating
Civilized Communists: A Quarter of a Century of Politicization in Rural Nepal Sara
Shneiderman / Youth and Political Engagement in Sri Lanka Siripala Hettige /
Can Women be Mobilized to Participate in Indian Local Politics? Stefanie Strulik
/ Surveying Activists in Nepal David N Gellner and Mrigendra Bahadur Karki /
DEVELOPMENT / Disciplined Activists, Unruly Brokers? Exploring the Boundaries
between Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs), Donors, and the State in
Bangladesh David lewis / Activists and Development in Nepal Celayne Heaton
Shrestha / From Big Game to Biodiversity: Middle-class Environmental Activists
and Wildlife Conservation in Sri Lanka Arjun Guneratne / Civil Society and its
Fragments William F Fisher / Glossary and Abbreviations / Index
GOVERNANCE, CONFlICT AND CIVIC ACTION, VOluME 3
2010 308 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0450-6)
LOST YEARS OF THE RSS
Sanjeev Kelkar, Ex-Medical Director, Novo Nordisk
Education Foundation
Whatever the future, given the RSS multi-layered history, this
was a story waiting to be told. Mr Kelkars intention may be
to analyse the history of the RSS as a believer as well as an
opponent. But objectivism is easier said than achieved. In
Mr Kelkars case, the opponents viewpoint resembles that of
a mother, bitterly disappointed in her child but unrelenting in
her support and affection nonetheless. So expect a historical
account of a misunderstood organization and a loyalists take
on the way forward.
Business Standard
lost Years of the RSS is a historical analysis of the events that have
shaped the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh (RSS) in its 85 years of
existence. Written from an insiders perspective, this in-depth work
critically analyses the major turning points in the history of RSS from
the viewpoint of both a follower and an opponent, while digging deep
into its sociopolitical history.
CONTENTS
Foreword by Kumar Ketkar / Introduction / Original Design of the RSS: An Analysis /
Political Ethnography of the RSS / Dominant Tendencies of the Golwalkar Era /
Withdrawal, Return and Ascent of Deoras / The Emergency and Post-Emergency /
The BJP, the Parivar and Deoras: 198085 / Catapulting the Hindu to the Centre
Stage / Road to Political Power and Its Aftermath / The Unipolar World and the
RSS Response / The Future, If Any / The New Hindutva (Violent) Forces / Epilogue:
The Problem of Ideologies / Postscript: Ayodhya Judgement and Bihar Assembly
Elections / Appendix 1: The Dashera of Dalits and the Dashera of RSS / Appendix
2: The RSS Constitution / Glossary / References / Index
2011 392 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0590-9)
RSS, SCHOOL TEXTS AND THE
MURDER OF MAHATMA GANDHI
The Hindu Communal Project
Aditya Mukherjee, Mridula Mukherjee, and
Sucheta Mahajan all at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi
RSS, School Texts and the Murder of Mahatma Gandhi undertakes
the novel experiment of juxtaposing three apparently quite different
issues, the nature of the RSS school textbooks, the murder of the
Mahatma and the basic ideology of Savarkar and Golwalkar.
2008 120 pages Paperback: ` 250.00 (978-81-782-9854-2)
3
THE NO NONSENSE GUIDE TO
MINORITY RIGHTS IN SOUTH ASIA
Rita Manchanda, General Secretary, South
Asia Forum for Human Rights, Delhi
The No Nonsense Guide to Minority Rights in South Asia is a practical
primer on issues related to minority rights in South Asian countries. It
delves into all major concepts and cutting edge theories that constitute
the evolving minority rights discourse. The minority in South Asia is
typically characterized by non-domination and powerlessness, two
major markers apart from language, culture, religion and ethnicity.
2009 328 pages Paperback: ` 375.00 (978-81-782-9891-7)
MARX, DURKHEIM,
WEBER
Formations of Modern Social Thought
Second Edition
Ken Morrison, Wilfrid Laurier University
Readable and stimulating, and including a glossary of concepts
containing over 150 entries, the book explains the key ideas of these
thinkers and situates them in their historical and philosophical contexts.
It provides the student with an immediate understanding of what is
distinctive and relevant about these giants of sociology.
2008 480 pages Paperback: ` 525.00 (978-81-782-9919-8)
Originally priced at 75.00 (hardbck) and 24.99 (paperback)!
BROKEN MIRRORS
The Dowry Problem in India
Robin Wyatt, Freelance social research
consultant with Nazia Masood
In fairytales, good triumphs over evil and mirrors dont lie. Reality,
however, presents a different picture as fairytale marriages fall apart
and end in a ghastly nightmare: Battered brides, unnatural deaths and
the ubiquitous dowry. Why does the spectre of dowry death continue
to haunt Indian society even a decade into the 21st century? Robin
Wyatt, with Nazia Masood, investigates this very problem in Broken
Mirrors, urging readers to look beyond the obvious. The narrative, as
it effortlessly turns its gaze from the story of a survivor of domestic
violence to that of one accused of the crime, smashes the conventional
image of so-called dowry deaths. It picks up each of the shattered
pieces of the mirror and looks into them closely, and what emerges is a
complex portrait of a society where marriage counselling remains taboo
and inaccessible to large sections of the population, where the quest for
justice, armed with powerful, pro-women anti-dowry laws, brushes
aside the truth behind the breakdown of many a perfect marriage.
CONTENTS
Foreword Flavia Agnes / Authors note / Introduction / ShaliniShattered
Dreams / AkhilOf Dogs and Chains / Mohini and NareshTogether Yet Alone /
NeetiWhen Power Games End in Burning / GaganThe Tyranny of Perceived
Optionlessness / Jasmeet and TarampalWhen Inadequacy Kills / Conclusions
/ Index
2011 272 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0503-9)
MINORITIES AND THE STATE
Changing Social and Political landscape of
Bengal
Edited by Abhijit Dasgupta, Delhi School of Economics, University of
Delhi, India,
Masahiko Togawa, Hiroshima University, Japan and
Abul Barkat, Dhaka University, Bangladesh
Minorities and the State discusses the plight of two numerically
significant religious minority groups: Hindus in Bangladesh and Muslims
in West Bengal, India.
The political vicissitudes in India and Bangladesh have stirred up
questions relating to citizenship, nationality, and identity. In this volume,
academics from India, Bangladesh, and Japan examine the formation of
minority identity at the time of partition of India in 1947 and in subsequent
decades. The articles emphasize the crises and coping strategies,
migration, and state- and local-level politics affecting minorities.
CONTENTS
Introduction Abhijit Dasgupta, Masahiko Togawa, and Abul Barkat / The
Minorities in Post-Partition West Bengal: The Riots of 1950 Sekhar Bandyopadhyay /
On the Margins: Muslims in West Bengal Abhijit Dasgupta / Wrestling with My
Shadow: The State and the Immigrant Muslims in Contemporary West Bengal
Samir Kumar Das / Partition Refugees on Borders: Assimilation in West Bengal
Tetsuya Nakatani / II: Political Economy of Deprivation of Hindu Minority in
Bangladesh: Living with the Vested Property Act Abul Barkat / Role of Civil
Society in Combating Violence against Religious Minorities during the Post-2001
General Elections of Bangladesh Rangalal Sen / Hindu Minority in Bangladesh:
Migration, Marginalization, and Minority Politics in Bengal Masahiko Togawa /
Status of Hindu Women: Spheres of Human Rights Violation in Bangladesh
Sadeka Halim / The Crises of Hindu Minority as Depicted in the Fictions of
Contemporary Bangladesh Abu Dayen / Index
2011 / 244 pages / Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0589-3)
STATES IN CONFLICT WITH
THEIR MINORITIES
Challenges to Minority Rights in South Asia
Edited by Rita Manchanda General Secretary,
South Asia Forum for Human Rights, Delhi
The book is a collection of very readable pieces written with
compassion for peoples on the margins. It may be recommended
for all students of South Asian politics and minority/ethnic
affairs.
The Book Review
CONTENTS
Introduction Rita Manchanda / Violence, Cultural Diversities and the Fantasies
of a Monolithic Nation-State Ashis Nandy / A Long- term View of Contemporary
Muslim Situation in India Javeed Alam / Media, Modernity and Minorities Sukumar
Muralidharan / Hindus in a Polarized Political Environment: Bangladeshs
Minority Afsan Chowdhury / Chittagong Hill Tracts of Bangladesh: Justice
Denied Amena Mohsin / Discrimination in Pakistan against Religious Minorities:
Constitutional Aspects Shahla Zia / Religious Minorities in Pakistan: Mapping
Sind and Baluchistan Ishtiaq Hussain / Strangers in the House: Minorities in
Pakistani Textbooks Rubina Saigol / Sri Lanka: Recent Shifts in the Minority
Rights Debate Jayadeva uyangoda / Muslims in Sri Lanka: Political Choices of
a Minority Farzana Haniffa / Inclusion and Accountability in a New Democratic
Nepal Mahendra lawoti / Index
2010 336 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0455-1)
4
THE POLITICS OF BELONGING IN
THE HIMALAYAS
local Attachments and Boundary Dynamics
Edited by Joanna Pfaff-Czarnecka, Bielefeld University,
Germany and Grard Toffin, National Center for
Scientific Research (CNRS), Villejuif, France
The Politics of Belonging in the Himalayas is an exploration of
the various forms of bonds and attachments by which individuals
are bounded to their collectivities and localities in the Himalayan
regions of India and Nepal. To grasp these phenomena adequately,
the book proposes a new analytical approach through the concept of
belonging.
The book is based on several case studies carried out by anthropologists,
political science scholars, historians, and geographers who help
bring together rich ethnographical data from different regions of the
Himalayas. Organized in three parts, it describes the interactions
between local forms of belonging and new forms of classification and
governance imposed through national integration and transnational
modes of politics.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction: Belonging and Multiple Attachments in Contemporary
Himalayan Societies Joanna Pfaff-Czarnecka and Gerard Toffin /
TERRITORIALITY AND INDIGENEITY / Hamro Gaon: Practices of Belonging in
Rural Nepal Anne De Sales / Fluid Belongings: The Weight of Places in a Valley
of Western Nepal Gisele Krauskopff / Belonging, Indigeneity, Rites, and Rights:
The Newar Case David N Gellner / Belonging to the Borders: Uncertain Identities
in Northeast India Philippe Ramirez / Politics of Belonging: Identity and State-
formation in Nagaland Sanjay Kumar Pandey / SOCIO-RELIGIOUS BONDING
/ To Whom does the Pashupatinath Temple of Nepal Belong? Axel Michaels /
Brotherhood and Divine Bonding in the Krishna Pranami Sect Gerard Toffin /
Religion, Rituals, and Symbols of Belonging: The Case of Uttarakhand William
Sax / The Politics of Encounter: Hindu Belonging in a Multi-faith Pilgrimage Site
in Nepal Jessamine Dana / COMMITMENTS AND CONFLICTS / Emergent
Nationalism, Citizenship, and Belonging among Nepalis in Banaras: The Case of
Kashi Bahadur Shrestha Martin Gaenszle / Pathways of Place Relation: Moving
Contours of Belonging in Central Nepal Ben Campbell / Belonging, Protected
Areas, and Participatory Management: The Case of Kaziranga National Park
(Assam) and of the Misings Shifting Territory Jolle Smadja / Geocultural
Identities and Belonging in the Ethnohistory of Central Himalaya, Uttarakhand,
India Maheshwar P Joshi / Trials, Witnesses, and Local Stakes in a District
Court of Himachal Pradesh Daniela Berti / Glossary and Abbreviations / Name
Index / Subject Index
GOVERNANCE, CONFlICT AND CIVIC ACTION, VOluME 4
2011 380 pages Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0524-4)
DECENTRALISATION, CORRUPTION
AND SOCIAL CAPITAL
From India to the West
Sten Widmalm, Uppsala University, Uppsala, Sweden
2008 232 pages Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-0-7619-3664-0)
DEFRAGMENTING INDIA
Riding a Bullet through the Gathering
Storm
Harish Nambiar, Journalist, Reuters, Mumbai, India
Defragmenting India is an account of the various fault lines of Indian
society narrated through the interactions between multitudes of small-
town people, framed through the 2002 HinduMuslim communal riots
of Gujarat. The riots form the backdrop to the travelogue narrative, a
journey undertaken by the journalist-author and his friend. The book
maps the urban consciousness of India, spanning different spectrums
of society.
CONTENTS
Intimacies Remapped / The Covered Trucks / Manto Strikes / An Iranian Exile in
Sambhalpur / Sense and Sensibility / The Moor in the Idol Junkyard / Destinies,
Dynasties, and Upstart Pickpockets / The Soldier who Annexed Three States
for Three Daughters / Our Shiv Sena / Dangerous Like My English Teacher /
The Open Circle / Do Children Smell Fear in Sweat? / Cardamom Cloud over
Coffee / The Instinct to Upgrade / A Moses on his Harley Davidson / Arabs, Jains,
Mammon and Osama / A Drunken RSS Man in Jassema / Invisible Migrations,
Furtive Bleedings / About the Author
2012 308 pages Paperback: ` 450.00 (tent) (978-81-321-0656-2)
HUMAN BONDAGE
Tracing its Roots in India
lakshmidhar Mishra, National Human Rights Commission, India
Human Bondage: Tracing its Roots in India is an in-depth study of
bonded labour with special focus on how the system exists in India. The
book provides us with a detailed analysis of the historical, social and
cultural context in which bondage has developed.
CONTENTS
Foreword Justice Shri M N Venkatachaliah / AN OVERVIEW / Introduction /
Historical Perspective / Concept and Definition / Unemployment, Underemployment,
and Income Insecurity / Poverty, Population Explosion, Hunger, and Malnutrition /
Minimum Wage Migration / Caste Hierarchy / ISSUES / Land Tenurial System /
Tribal Land Alienation / Illiteracy Child Labor and Trafficking / Devadasis
and Yoginis / Credit and Indebtedness / Globalization, State, and Market /
POLICY INITIATIVES / Constitutional and Legal Provisions / National Policy and
Implementation of the Program at the State Level / International Instruments and
Initiatives / Public Interest Litigation and Judicial Activism / Role of Voluntary
Organizations / Role of Trade Unions of Workers and Employers Organizations
/ Role of Media and / Communication Agencies / In Retrospect and Prospect /
Bibliography / Index
2011 512 pages Hardback: ` 1500.00 (978-81-321-0560-2)
WORDS OF MY
PERFECT TEACHER
A Revised Edition: A Complete Translation of a Classic
Introduction to Tibetan Buddhism
Patrul Rinpoche
SACRED lITERATuRE SERIES
1999 500 pages Paperback: ` 575.00 (978-81-703-6812-0)
Originally published by AltaMira Press and priced at $ 49.00 (hardback) and
$ 24.95 (paperback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!
5
Sociology & Social Theory | Dalit Sociology
NANDANARS CHILDREN
The Paraiyans Tryst with Destiny, Tamil Nadu 18501956
Raj Sekhar Basu, University of Calcutta, Kolkata
This 400-page book, based on intensive research and fieldwork
in Tamil Nadu, has used lot of archives materials and government
reports and documents to substantiate its argument This book
will be a useful guide not only to social scientists and researchers
but also to laymen who are interested in understanding Dalit
movements.
The Sunday India
The narrative of this book is built around the historical experiences of
the Paraiyans of Tamil Nadu. The author traces the transformation of
the Paraiyans from an untouchable and socially despised community
to one that came to acquire prominence in the political scene of Tamil
Nadu, especially in early twentieth century. Using this framework, the
book studies a number of issues: subaltern history, colonial ethnography,
agrarian systems, agrarian bondage, land legislations, and the
interventions by missionaries and social and political organizations.
CONTENTS
Series Editors Preface / Preface / Introduction / Elusive Freedom: The Paraiyans
and Agrarian Servitude in Nineteenth Century Tamil Nadu / The Missionary
Involvement with the Pariah Issue in South India / Search for Fresh Pastures:
Overseas and Internal Migration Patterns of the Tamil Paraiyans in the Nineteenth
and Twentieth Centuries / The Paraiyans: From Socio-economic Upliftment to
Entry into Politics / The Making of Adi Dravida Politics in Tamil Nadu / Political
Groupism and Fractured Adi Dravida Politics in Tamil Nadu / Conclusion /
STuDIES IN MODERN INDIAN HISTORY, VOl-14
2011 492 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0514-5)
CASTE-BASED RESERVATIONS AND
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT IN INDIA
K S Chalam, Union Public Service Commission, New Delhi
2007 208 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-0-7619-3581-0)
DALITS AND THE DEMOCRATIC
REVOLUTION
Dr Ambedkar and the Dalit Movement in Colonial India
Gail Omvedt, Kasegaon, Maharashtra
1994 352 pages Paperback: ` 525.00 (978-08-0399-140-8)
THE OTHER INDIA
Realities of an Emerging Power
Edited by Rajesh Chakrabarti, Indian
School of Business, Hyderabad
The Other India: Realities of an Emerging Power focuses on an
India far removed from a country of glass and steel high-rises and
air-conditioned schools; glistening malls and multiplexes; and fashion
shows, Bollywood and T20 cricket. It explores issues like poverty and
social justice; the role of religion in societyfrom inspiring struggles
for social justice to instigating terrorismthe dangers of mindless
destruction of nature, violation of human rights and the role of social
action. Here dispassionate analysis of history and contemporary forces
alternate with straight-from-the-heart narratives of grassroot activists.
Candid despair shares space with encouraging stories of collective
action bringing about real change.
CONTENTS
Foreword The Dalai lama / Preface / Introduction Rajesh Chakrabarti / INDIA
SEVEN PORTRAITS / India21st Century Disconnects Tapan Mitra / One
Hundred Years of Violence Claude Alvares / Secularism in IndiaA Minority
Perspective Asghar Ali Engineer / The Struggle of an Artist Jatin Das / An
Aesthetic of Erasures Sadanand Menon / Shaping India`s Agricultural Destiny
M S Swaminathan / Inclusive Sustainable Development M G K Menon / FAITH
THAT HEALSRELIGION AND SOCIAL JUSTICE / Religion and Social Justice
Reverend Valson Thampu / Religion in the Quest for Global Justice and Peace
Sulak Sivaraksa / THE VIOLENCE OF RELIGIOUS IDENTITIES / Terrorism
Causes and Remedies Sri Sri Ravi Shankar / From the Age of Anxiety to the Age
of Fear Ashis Nandy / Define Terrorism, and You Could Be Targeting Your Own
Leaders Jawed Naqvi / Justice for PeaceChallenges from Gujarat FATHER
CEDRIC PRAKASH / NATURESUSTAINING THE SUSTAINER / Earth Democracy,
Living Democracy Vandana Shiva / Unfair Lands Deals, Unjust Water Grab Medha
Patkar / ACTIONS AND REACTORS IN WAR AND PEACE / PeaceImperative
for South Asia Admiral l Ramdas / Nuclear EnergyHardly an Unmixed Blessing
Sandeep Pandey / JUSTICE / CasteA Persistent Mind Disease udit Raj / The
Buddha and the Caste System Acharya Satya Narayan Goenka / The Human
Price of Flawed Development Surendra Mohan / Unorganized Sector LabourA
Reality Check Arjun Sengupta / The Extent of Bonded Labour in India Debabrata
Bandyopadhyay / On Human Rights Justice P N BHAGWATI / The Civil Service
and the Right to Dissent Harsh Mander / Appointing the Judges Justice V R
Krishna Iyer / COLLECTIVE SUCCESS / Food from the Courts: The Indian
Experience Harsh Mander / Water Harvesting in Arid Rajasthan and HimalayasA
Story of Community Action Rajendra Singh / Empowering WomenThe SEWA
Experience Ela R Bhatt
2009 304 pages Hardback: ` 725.00 (978-81-321-0224-3)
TRACING AN INDIAN DIASPORA
Contexts, Memories, Representations
Edited by Parvati Raghuram, Open University, Milton Keynes,
Ajaya Kumar Sahoo, University of Hyderabad, Brij Maharaj,
University of KwaZulu-Natal, Pietermaritzburg and Dave
Sangha, University of Northern British Columbia, Canada
2008 472 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-782-9833-7)
6
Dalit Sociology
MARGINS OF FAITH
Dalit and Tribal Christianity in India
Edited by Rowena Robinson, Jawaharlal Nehru
University, New Delhi and Joseph Marianus Kujur,
Georgetown University, Washington D C
This commendable endeavour by the scholars to perceive
dalit theology that has emerged as the need of the hour, and
stands by its distinctiveness and creativity is of a remarkably
high order. This is a highly technical work extremely rewarding
for all its readers.
The Book Review
CONTENTS
Introduction Rowena Robinson and Joseph Marianus Kujur / Tribal Church in
the Margins: Oraons of Central India Joseph Marianus Kujur / Dalit Encounter
with Christianity: Change and Continuity S M Michael / Margins of Faith: Dalits
and Tribal Christians in Eastern India Jose Kalapura / Varieties of Dalit Christianity
in North India John C B Webster / Christian Piety and the Emergence of Hindu
Nationalism in Central India Peggy Froerer / Legally Hindu: Dalit Lutheran
Christians of Coastal Andhra Pradesh Ashok Kumar M and Rowena Robinson /
Contradiction and Change in the Mizo Church lakshmi Bhatia / The Broken Mirror:
John Masihs Journey from Isai to Dalit Mathew N Schmalz / Christianization,
Hinduization and Indigenous Revivalism among the Tribals of Gujarat lancy
lobo / The Catholic Church and Dalit Christian Activism in Contemporary Tamil
Nadu David Mosse / Identity, Conversion and Violence: Dalits, Adivasis, and the
2007-08 Riots in Orissa / Chad M Bauman / Index
2010 320 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0467-4)
UNTOUCHABILITY IN RURAL INDIA
Ghanshyam Shah, Formerly at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New
Delhi, Harsh Mander, Centre for Equity Studies, Delhi, Sukhadeo
Thorat, University Grants Commission, Delhi, Satish Deshpande,
Department of Sociology, Delhi University and Amita Baviskar,
Associate Professor, Institute for Economic Growth, Delhi
2006 220 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-0-7619-3507-0)
POST-HINDU INDIA
A Discourse on DalitBahujan, Socio-Spiritual and
Scientific Revolution
Kancha Ilaiah, Osmania University, Hyderabad
Ilaiahs book isa detailed examination of the productive
knowledge systems of the Dalit-Bahujan Communities in Andhra
Pradesh. This is an important work simply because it offers
refreshing insights into an old religion that is considered to be
a way of life in India.
The Telegraph
Post-Hindu India challenges Hinduism`s interpretation of history,
with a virulent attack on caste politics, and also takes a refreshing
look at the necessity of encouraging indigenous scientific thought for
the sake of national progress. It establishes Hinduism as a `backward`
religion that suppresses the latent scientific and productive potential of
the DalitBahujan communities.
CONTENTS
Introduction / Unpaid Teachers / Subaltern Scientists / Productive Soldiers /
Subaltern / Feminists / Social Doctors / Meat and Milk Economists / Unknown
Engineers / Food Producers / Social Smugglers / Spiritual Fascists / Intellectual
Goondas / Symptoms of Civil War and End of Hinduism / Conclusion: The Post-
Hindu India / Glossary
2010 340 pages Paperback: ` 295.00 (978-81-782-9902-0)
DALITS IN MODERN INDIA
Vision and Values
S M Michael,
University of Mumbai, Mumbai
The book traces a vast and interdisciplinary canvas about the
Dalits in India. Every conceivable dimension of the concept
of `Dalit` is touched upon or discussed in detail. . . . I must
congratulate the editor for bringing together [contributions] from
such diverse disciplines.
Business Standard
2007 368 pages Paperback: ` 495.00 (978-0-7619-3571-1)
DALITS IN INDIA
Search for a Common Destiny
Sukhadeo Thorat, University Grants Commission, New Delhi
The volume is another significant contribution by Sukhadeo
Thorat.This book is best addressed to those who drag their
feet on the dalit causes, often using the supposed paucity of
data as an excuse The economic and social status of dalits
is presented in a focused manner with information from various
ministries and organizations of the government of Indiathe
generous annexure provide easy access to a rich compendium
of relevant documents and statistics.
The Book Review
2008 344 pages Hardback: ` 950.00 (978-0-7619-3573-5)
7
Cultural Studies
TAGORE AND CHINA
Edited by Tan Chung, Emeritus Fellow, Institute
of Chinese Studies, New Delhi and Academic
Associate, University of Chicago, Amiya Dev,
Jadavpur University, Kolkata, West Bengal, Wang Bangwei
and Wei liming, both at Peking University, Beijing, China
Tagore was a visionary, always forward-looking. He sought to
promote the cause of India-China understanding, envisioning
the ascent of India and China to a higher platform of civilizational
leadership and fraternal partnership. Tagore was the first thinker
of modern India to be invited by the thinking elite of China,
along with the likes of John Dewey and Bertrand Russell, as
the Chinese grappled with the question of Chinas place in a
modern world. This collection of articles by eminent academics
and scholars ... is a timely and significant addition to the existing
literature on Tagore and will promote our understanding of
Tagore, as we celebrate the universalism of his ideas and
thoughts.
Nirupama Rao, Foreign Secretary, Government of India
CONTENTS
Foreword to the Chinese Edition by Nirupama Rao / Foreword / Preface Wang
Bangwei / Introduction I by Tan Chung / Introduction II by Amiya Dev / I. ON
GURUDEVA FROM HIS SANTINIKETAN SUCCESSOR: Tagore and China Amartya
Sen / II. TAGORES 1924 CHINA VISIT: Historical Significance of Tagores 1924
China Visit Wei liming / In Search of a Forgotten Dialogue: Chinese and Indian
Artists Since 1924 Amitava Bhattacharya / III. TAGORES IDEAL WORLD: Sino-
Indian Studies at Visva-Bharati University: Story of Cheena-Bhavana, 19211937
uma Das Gupta / Looking East: China in Tagores Cosmology of Thoughts
Swapan Majumdar / Tagore and China: A Brief Personal Note Kalyan Kumar
Sarkar / IV. TAGORE AND HIS CHINESE FRIENDS: Telepathy between Rubidadda
and Susima: A Geo-civilizational Perspective Tan Chung / Sino-Indian Fraternity
between Tagore and Tan Yun-shan Huang I-shu / V. TAGORE, CHINA AND ASIA:
Tagores Vision of the East Amiya Dev / Towards an In-depth Understanding of
Tagore, China and Asia Tan Chung / VI. TAGORE THE CREATIVE GENIUS: Power
of Tagores Words Amiya Dev / The Musical Journey of Rabindranath Tagore
Reba Som / A Clean Slate? Rimli Bhattacharya / Tagore Our Contemporary
Mohit K Ray / VII TAGORE AND CHINESE LITERATURE: Tagores Influence on the
Chinese Writer Bing Xin Zeng Qiong / Influence of Classical Chinese Poetry on
Tagores Works: A Tentative Discourse Tan Chung / Tagore and Classical Chinese
Poetry Amiya Dev / The Songsters a Mango-bird Ipshita Chanda / VIII TAGORE
AND SOCIETY: Tagore and Bengals Social Modernity: Bringing Women to the
Cultural Mainstream Sabaree Mitra / Civil Society, Civility and Tagore Rajasri
Basu / IX. TAGORES CONTEMPORARY RELEVANCE: Community, Nation and
Sustainability: The Contemporary Relevance of Tagore Prasenjit Duara / About
the Editors and Contributors / Index
2011 420 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0637-1)
CULTURE IN MINDS AND SOCIETIES
Foundations of Cultural Psychology
Jaan Valsiner, Clark University, Worcester
2007 433 pages Hardback: ` 875.00 (978-0-7619-3582-7)
READING LITERATURE TODAY
Two Complementary Essays and a Conversation
Tabish Khair, Poet, Journalist, Critic, Educator,
and Novelist and Sebastien Doubinsky, Writer, France
Reading literature Today is a path-breaking intervention in current
debates on reading and literature. This is a book of criticism that
attempts to rescue literature from both the materialism of the market
and the convoluted dryness of academia.
The two complementary essaysone on literature and the other on
readingfocus largely on texts in English and French, but also refer to
other literatures. The authors propose a way of reading literature that
not only synthesises some earlier tendencies and puts them in context,
but also propounds a revolutionary understanding of the nature of
literature and reading.
CONTENTS
Preliminary Note / LITERATURE AND THE LIMITS OF LANGUAGE: AN ESSAY
ON SILENCES AND GAPS Tabish Khair / Preface / The Death of the Reader
of Gaps and Silences / What Can Be Said and What Cannot Be Said / The
Fissured Surface of Literature / What is Written and What is Not Written / IN
THE MIND OF THE BOURGEOIS READER: AN ESSAY ON READING AS AN
UNCOMFORTABLE EXPERIENCE (TRANSLATED PARTLY FROM FRENCH BY
THE AUTHOR) Sebastien Doubinsky / Preface / Impermanence and Deception
/ Readers and Readers / Identification and Adherence / Reading the Unreadable
/ Last words / A DISCUSSION OF REALISM, MAGIC REALISM, CONSUMERISM,
PUBLISHING, READING AND WRITING Tabish Khair and Sebastien Doubinsky /
Select Bibliography / Index
2011 180 pages Paperback: ` 295.00 (978-81-321-0688-3)
THE ALTERNATE NATION OF
ABANINDRANATH TAGORE
Debashish Banerji, Pasadena City College and
University of Philosophical Research, Los Angeles
The Alternate Nation of Abanindranath Tagore provides a revisionary
critique of the art of Abanindranath Tagore, the founder of a national
school of Indian painting, popularly known as the Bengal School of Art.
It categorically argues that the art of Abanindranath, which developed as
part of what has been called the Bengal Renaissance in the 19th20th
centuries, was not merely a normalization of nationalist or orientalist
principles, but was a hermeneutic negotiation between modernity
and community, geared toward the fashioning of an alternate nation,
resistant to the stereotyping identity formation of the nation-state. It
also establishes that his artembedded in communitarian practices
like kirtan, a lpona , pet-naming, syncretism and storytelling through oral
allegoriessought a dialogic social identity within the inter-subjective
contexts of locality, regionality, nationality and trans-nationality. This
book is well-illustrated with many of Abanindranaths creations.
CONTENTS
Introduction / Modernity, Nation and CommunityA Point of Departure /
Orientalism, Nationalism and the Politics of Narration / Regional Subalternity
/ Intersubjective Narration / Practices of Community and the Alternate Nation /
2010 228 pages Hardback: ` 995.00 (978-81-3210-239-7)
8
Cultural Studies
MCDONALDISATION, MASALA
MCGOSPEL AND OM ECONOMICS
Televangelism in Contemporary India
Jonathan D James, Edith Cowan University, Perth
McDonaldisation, Masala McGospel and Om Economics looks at
religion in a transnational and global context and presents a systematic
account of the methods undertaken by modern day missionaries to
convert people.
The author seeks to understand the outworking of the American
phenomenon of televangelism in India, in a new historical, cultural,
religious, political and economic setting. He likens global televangelism
to McDonaldisation, because of its standardised, one size fits all
approach. Glocal televangelismthe fusion of the American and
Indian evangelismis referred to as Masala McGospel because of the
overwhelming presence of the global, American grammar and logic in
the presentation and style of these programmes in India.
CONTENTS
Introduction / McDonaldisation, Masala McGospel and om Economics
/ Charismatic Televangelism: The Global, Evolving Spirit / Televangelism in
Indias Context: Historical and Cultural Issues / The Construction of Charismatic
Televangelism in India / Hindu Televangelism: The Economics of Orthopraxy /
Interpreting Charismatic Televangelism: Pastors and the Divided Church /
Interpreting Charismatic Televangelism: Hindu Leaders and the Contested Nation /
The Mediation of Charismatic Televangelism / Faiths Flows, Fragments and
Futures / References / Index /About the Author
2010 268 pages Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0473-5)
ANTHROPOLOGISTS INSIDE
ORGANISATIONS
South Asian Case Studies
Edited by Devi Sridhar, All Souls College, Oxford
This edited work provides examples as to how the research has
been conducted inside as well as with the organisations. It also
highlights the problems that the researchers come across as
they go along their interactions with the various respondents.
The Tribune
2008 184 pages Hardback: ` 575.00 (978-81-7829-886-3)
PACKAGING LIFE
Cultures of the Everyday
Pramod K Nayar, University of Hyderabad
This is an extremely useful book to students of media studies/
media professionals and serves as an eye opener to other
professionals as well, particularly those in medical and beauty
business.
Vidura
2009 252 pages Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-3210-240-3)
LOCATING CULTURAL CHANGE
Theory, Method, Process
Edited by Partha Pratim Basu and Ipshita
Chanda, both at Jadavpur University, Kolkata, India
locating Cultural Change: Theory, Method, Process is concerned
with defining the local through case studies of specific cultural
processes. The thrust is on the institutionalization of local concerns
where the local is the site of ideas and issues, and how these in turn
influence us. The central premise of this collection is that in order to
understand the common mans perspective, one has to demystify
cultural processes.
CONTENTS
Introduction: Locating Cultural Change: Process and Method / Jassi Jaissi
Koi Nahin and Makeover of Indian Soaps Abhijit Roy / Foreign Babies/Indian
Make: Outsourcing Reproduction in the Age of Globalization Modhumita Roy /
Nationalism, Television and Indian Cricket in Global Mediascape: Where Has the
Local Gone? Manas Ghosh / Bollywood and the Mumbai Underworld: Reading
Satya in Retrospect Rajdeep Roy / Translating India Today: Local Cultures, Global
Ambitions and Colonial Hangovers Sayantan Dasgupta / Kya Hum Pehle Kabhi
Yahan Aye Hain: Returning to Look at the Indian in Indian Cinema through Farah
Khans Om Shanti Om Ipshita Chanda / Minority Rights in India: A View from the
Regional Press Partha Pratim Basu / Medical Advertisement: An Embodiment
of Culture Dalia Chakraborty / Just for Fun: Changing Notions of Social Forms
of Leisure Nilanjana Gupta and Devlina Gopalan / Index /
2011 304 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0576-3)
ENGENDERING PERFORMANCE
Indian Women Performers in Search of an Identity
Bishnupriya Dutt and urmimala Sarkar Munsi,
both at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi
Engendering Performance is a comprehensive critical history of
women performers in Indian theatre and dance of the colonial and
postcolonial periods. Its underlying premise is that one cannot evaluate
performance in the Indian context without looking at dance and theatre
together, unlike the course taken by traditional scholarship. Issues of
sexuality and colonialism, and culture and society come together in this
study to provide a holistic account of women performers in India.
CONTENTS
Introduction / THE STORY OF THE ACTRESS / Actresses of the Colonial Space:
English Actresses in India (1789-1842) / Locating a New Space and Identity:
Coming of the Indian Actresses (1872-1910) / The Peoples Actress: A Journey
to Modernity / Actresses in the Jatra Space / OF THE WOMAN DANCER /
Natyasastra: Emerging (Gender) Codes and the Woman Dancer / The Body and
the Woman Dancer: What She is, or What She is Expected to be / Emergence of the
Contemporary Woman Dancer: Contribution of Tagore, Shankar, and IPTA / Tale
of the Professional Woman Dancer in Folk Traditions in India: Commodification
of Dance and the Traditional Dancing Women / Conclusion: In Conversation with
Samik Bandyopadhyay / Bibliography / Index
2010 332 pages Hardback: ` 995.00 (978-81-3210-456-8)
9
Cultural Studies | Gender Studies
WOMEN IN INDIAN BORDERLANDS
Edited by Paula Banerjee, University of
Calcutta, Kolkata, and Mahanirban Calcutta
Research Group, India and Anasua Basu Ray
Chaudhury, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group
Women in Indian Borderlands is an ethnographic compilation on the
complex interrelationship between gender and political borders in South
Asia. The book focuses on the border regions of West Bengal, Jammu
and Kashmir and Northeast India.
CONTENTS
Introduction: Resistance in the Borderlands Paula Banerjee and Anasua Basu
Ray Chaudhury / WEST BENGAL / BengalBangladesh Borderland: Chronicles
from Nadia, Murshidabad and Malda Paula Banerjee / Narrated Time and
Constructed Space: Remembering the Communal Violence of 1950 in Hooghly
Anasua Basu Ray Chaudhury / JAMMU AND KASHMIR / Womens Voices: From
Jammu and Kashmir Anuradha Bhasin Jamwal and Suchismita / Renegotiating
Internal Boundaries by Women of Jammu and Kashmir Sumona Dasgupta /
NORTHEAST / Sanitized Society and Dangerous Interlopers: Law and the Chins
in Mizoram Sahana Basavapatna / Engendered Lives: Women in the West Garo
Hills Anjuman Ara Begum / VOICES / Voices of Women in the Borderlands Aditi
Bhaduri / Voices of Women in a Border Town Called Moreh Chitra Ahanthem /
Consolidated Bibliography / Index
2011 268 pages Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0650-0)
BORDERS, HISTORIES, EXISTENCES
Gender and Beyond
Paula Banerjee, University of Calcutta, Kolkata
Backed by data, historical fact and popular narrative, this
timely book helps the reader to understand that human rights
and security are complementary paradigms - one cannot be
sustained without the other.
Himal South Asian
CONTENTS
Introduction: Histories and Historians of Borders / BORDERS AND THEIR PASTS
Aliens in the Colonial World / Borders as Unsettled Markers: The Sino-Indian
Border / The Line of Control: Kashmir / LIFE ON THE BORDER / Circles of
Insecurity: The Border People / Negotiating Differences: The Indian State and
its Women in the Borderlands / Mobile Diseases and the Border / LAW AND
THE BORDER / Border Laws and Conflicts in North-east India / Epilogue /
2010 300 pages Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-81-321-0226-7)
WOMEN IN PEACE POLITICS
Edited by Paula Banerjee, Calcutta University
2008 343 pages Paper: ` 495.00 (978-0-7619-3570-4)
PROSTITUTION AND BEYOND
An Analysis of Sex Work in India
Edited by Rohini Sahni, V Kalyan Shankar and
Hemant Apte all at University of Pune
2008 372 pages Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-0-7619-3638-1)
INDIAN YOUTH IN A TRANSFORMING
WORLD
Attitudes and Perceptions
Edited by Peter Ronald Desouza, Indian Institute of
Advanced Study Shimla, Sanjay Kumar, Centre for the Study
of Developing Societies and Sandeep Shastri, Director,
International Academy for Creative Teaching, Bangalore
A riveting read for anyone attempting to understand Young India,
the volume pans across the country to present an interesting
picture of the beliefs and activities of the youthThis is one of
those books youll underline heavily.
Mail Today
CONTENTS
The Big Story / Executive Summary / Through the Lens of Indian Youth: An
Overview / Trust and Circles of Belonging / Family and Social Networks / Leisure
and Lifestyle / Politics and Democracy / Governance and Development / Nation
and the World / Anxiety and Aspiration / Appendices
2009 208 pages Paperback: ` 695.00 (978-81-3210-171-0)
GENDER DISCRIMINATION
IN LAND OWNERSHIP
Edited by Prem Chowdhry, Senior Academic Fellow at
the Indian Council of Historical Research, New Delhi
This edited volume analyzes the different degrees of discrimination meted
out to women by the countrys inheritance laws and the corresponding
customary practices in tribal societies. It also exposes the current socio-
legal structure in the country, which systematically denies women the
accessibility to and ownership of productive resources.
CONTENTS
Foreword Rudhra Gangadharan and Padamvir Singh / A Note from the Co-
ordinator Yatendra Kumar / Editors Introduction: Understanding Land Rights
of Women Prem Chowdhry / Assam / Marginalization of Women: Inheritance in
Assam M Parwez / Bihar / Need for an Ideological Struggle: Society and Law in
Bihar Hetukar Jha / Haryana / Gendered Spaces: Agrarian Economy of Haryana
Raj Mohini Sethi / Himachal Pradesh / Customary Practices, Law and Gender
in Himachal Pradesh Raj Mohini Sethi / Karnataka / Addressing Legal Rights in
Karnataka Jennifer Brown, Kripa Ananthpur and Renee Giovarelli / Kerala /
Residual Farmers on Household Land? Women and Second Generation Concerns
of Regulation in Kerala Praveena Kodoth / Madhya Pradesh / Gendering
Land Reforms in Madhya Pradesh M Rajivlochan and Meeta Rajivlochan /
Manipur / Women and Inheritance Practices in Manipur Ksh Bimola Devi and
Saroj Arora / Meghalya / Tribal Areas of Meghalaya : Land Ownership of Women
M N Karna / Orissa / Need for a Paradigm Shift: Justice and Equality for Women
in Orissa Asha Hans, Padmaja Mishra and Amrita Mishra Patel / Puducherry
(Pondicherry) (Union Territory) Womens Entitlement and Legal Position in
Puducherry (Pondicherry) N Rajasekhar / Punjab / Gender and Reform in Punjab
Raj Mohini Sethi / Uttar Pradesh / Womens Access and Rights to Land in Uttar
Pradesh Saroj Arora and l C Singhi / West Bengal / Analyzing Womens Rights:
A Field Study from West Bengal Jennifer Brown and Sujata Das Chowdhury
2009 352 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-7829-942-6)
10
Gender Studies
INDIGENOUS ROOTS OF FEMINISM
Culture, Subjectivity and Agency
Jasbir Jain Institute for Research
in Interdisciplinary Studies, Jaipur
Indigenous Roots of Feminism is an exploration of the historical sources
across Indias composite culture that have shaped the female self.
Beginning with the Upanisads, it works with several foundational texts
such as the epics and their retellings, Manusmriti, Natyasastra and
the literature of the Bhakti Movement in order to trace the histories of
feminist questionings.
The constant interweaving of literary and social texts and the tracing
of both continuities and disruptions across time and space enables
a perception of the way in which individual struggles have merged
with collective resistance and allowed a questioning of relationships,
institutional frameworks and traditional role models.
CONTENTS
Preface / A People without a History? / The Body and the Soul EpicsThe Living
Tradition / Working Through Space: Patriarchy and Resistance / Getting Back
at Men Through God / The Nineteenth Century and After / Articulating the Self /
Tracing the Difference / Notes / Bibliography / Index
2011 368 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0439-1)
MULTIPLE MEANINGS OF MONEY
How Women See Microfinance
Smita Premchander, V Prameela, M Chidambaranathan
and l Jeyaseelan all at Sampark
An interesting composition of detailed evidences in the form of
case studies of individuals and the self-help groups (SHG) and
monographs the book concludes that microfinance can bring
about a social change with a few moderations and changes in
the terms and conditions in the extension of credit facilities,
taking into account the person`s social and economic status.
The Book Review
2009 288 PAGES Paperback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0169-7)
WORKING WOMEN
Stories of Strife, Struggle and Survival
Kogi Naidoo, University of Adelaide and
Fay Patel, Massey University
Working Women: Stories of Strife, Struggle and Survival brings hope
for those who continue to suffer in silence. This multi-cultural anthology
of essays highlights womens perspectives on a wide range of issues:
survival in the workplace, spirituality and religion, empowerment and
financial independence, and health and wellness. It provides a space for
women to present their lived realities within a global context.
2009 268 pages Hardback: ` 525.00 (978-81-782-9922-8)
WOMEN, GENDER AND DISASTER
Global Issues and Initiatives
Edited by Elaine Enarson Independent Scholar and
P G Dhar Chakrabarti, National Institute of Disaster
Management and SAARC Disaster Management Centre
Women, Gender and Disaster provides a comprehensive
overview of the role gender plays in various disaster situations
[The book] brings together cross-cultural and grassroots
perspectives on both response and reduction, examining what is
being done now and what could be done in the futureThe book
gives important case studies and examples for those working
in the disaster management field, policy makers, academics
and students alike.
Feminist Review
CONTENTS
Preface Elaine Enarson / 1: Understanding Gender Relations in Disaster / Sex,
Gender and Gender Relations in Disasters Madhavi Malalgoda Ariyabandu /
A Gender Perspective on Disaster Risk Reduction Helena Molin Valdes / Lets
Share the Stage: Involving Men in Gender Equality and Disaster Risk Reduction
Prafulla Mishra / Organising for Risk Reduction: The Honolulu Call to Action
Cheryl l Anderson / II: Gendered Challenges and Responses in Disasters
/ Reducing Disaster Risk Through Community Resilience in the Himalayas
Manjari Mehta / Gender Perspectives on Disaster Reconstruction in Nicaragua:
Reconstructing Roles and Relations? Sarah Bradshaw and Brian linneker
/ Environmental Management and Disaster Mitigation: Middle Eastern Gender
Perspective Samia Galal Saad / Everything Became a Struggle, Absolute
Struggle: Post-flood Increases in Domestic Violence in New Zealand Rosalind
Houghton / Parenting in the Wake of Disaster: Mothers and Fathers Respond to
Hurricane Katrina lori Peek and Alice Fothergill / Women in the Great Hanshin
Earthquake Reiko Masai, lisa Kuzunishi and Tamiyo Kondo / Victims of
Earthquake and Patriarchy: The 2005 Pakistan Earthquake Azra Talat Sayeed
/ A Part of Me Had Left: Learning From Women Farmers in Canada About
Disaster Stress Simone Reinsch / Supporting Women and Men on the Front
Lines of Biological Disaster Tracey l Osullivan and Carol A Amaratunga / III:
Womens Organised Initiatives / We Can Make Things Better for Each Other:
Women and Girls Organise to Reduce Disasters in Central America Maureen
Fordham / Womens Participation in Disaster Relief and Recovery Ayse Yonder
with Sengl Akar and Prema Gopalan / Work-focused Responses to Disasters:
Indias Self Employed Womens Association Francie lund and Tony Vaux / A
Climate for Change: Humanitarian Disaster and the Movement for the Commons
in Kenya leigh Brownhill / Sri Lankan Womens Organisations Responding to
Post-tsunami Violence Sarah Fisher / A We Run Tings: Women Rebuilding
Montserrat Judith Soares and Audrey Y Mullings / Women Responding to
Drought in Brazil Adelia De Melo Branco / IV: Gender-Sensitive Disaster Risk
Reduction: Balancing Gender Vulnerabilities and Capacities in the Framework of
Comprehensive Disaster Risk Management: The Case of Mexico Cecilia Castro
Garcia and luisa Emilia Reyes Zuiga / Towards Gender Equality in Climate
Change Policy: Challenges and Perspectives for the Future ulrike Rhr, Minu
Hemmati and Yianna lambrou / Engendering Tsunami Recovery in Sri Lanka:
The Role of Unifem and its Partners Chandni Joshi and Mihir R Bhatt / Gendering
Disaster Risk Reduction: 57 Steps from Words to Action Elaine Enarson / Toolkit
for Mainstreaming Gender in Emergency Response P G Dhar Chakrabarti and
Ajinder Walia / Index
2010 404 pages Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-3210-148-2)
WOMEN TEACHING IN SOUTH ASIA
Edited by Jackie Kirk, International Rescue Committee,
New York and McGill University, Montreal
2008 260 pages Hardback: ` 550.00 (978-81-782-9869-6)
11
Gender Studies | Economics
LIVING THE BODY
Embodiment, Womanhood and Identity in Contemporary
India
Meenakshi Thapan, Delhi School of Economics, University of Delhi

Undoubtedly, not a work that is merely another attempt to
keep up with trends or cater to the current passing interests
in nonchalant gender issues, Living the Body is a meaningful
sociological research in women`s studies that builds on previous
work focusing on factors that go to fashion womens identities
and perspectives.
The Tribune
2009 220 pages Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-782-9901-3)
URBAN WOMEN IN CONTEMPORARY INDIA
A Reader
Edited by Rehana Ghadially, Indian Institute of Technology, Mumbai
2007 372 pages Paper: ` 650.00 (978-0-7619-3520-9)
PROMOTING ECONOMIC
COOPERATION IN SOUTH ASIA
Beyond SAFTA
Edited by Sadiq Ahmed, Policy Research Institute of Bangladesh,
Dhaka, Saman Kelegama, Institute of Policy Studies, Sri Lanka,
and Ejaz Ghani, South Asia Region, World Bank, Washington D C
Promoting Economic Cooperation in South Asia examines
the distinct development dichotomy that exists in South Asia
and tries to find a workable solution to bridge this gap
Undoubtedly, the book is an eloquent plea to ensure high
regional co-operation leading to a strong South Asia.
Free Press Journal
CONTENTS
Preface / THE IMPERATIVE FOR COOPERATION / A Perspective on Peace
and Economic Cooperation in South Asia Akmal Hussain / Making Regional
Cooperation Work for South Asias Poor Sadiq Ahmed and Ejaz Ghani / SAFTA
AND BEYOND: SELECTED COOPERATION ISSUES / SAFTA: Current Status and
Prospects Dushni Weerakoon / Bilateral Free Trade Agreements in SAARC and
Implications for SAFTA Deshal De Mel / Connecting South Asia: The Centrality
of Trade Facilitation for Regional Economic Integration Jayanta Roy and Pritam
Banerjee / Transit and Border Trade Barriers in South Asia Prabir De, Sachin
Chaturvedi, and Abdur Rob Khan / Transport Issues and Integration in South Asia
M Rahmatullah / Harmonizing Regulatory Mechanisms: Options for Deepening
Investment Integration in South Asia Mark Andrew Dutz / Managing the Food
Price Crisis in South Asia Richard Vokes and Savindi Jayakody / Labor Migration,
Employment, and Poverty Alleviation in South Asia Sridhar K Khatri / Promoting
Tourism in South Asia Renton De Alwis / PRIVATE SECTOR PERSPECTIVES ON
COOPERATION / Regional Cooperation in South Asia: Bangladesh Perspective
Yussuf A Harun / Regional Cooperation in South Asia: India Perspective Sonu
Jain / Regional Cooperation in South Asia: Pakistan Perspective Khalid Amin /
Regional Cooperation in South Asia: Sri Lanka Perspective Chandra Jayaratne /
THE POLITICAL ECONOMY OF COOPERATION / Weaker Economies in SAFTA:
Issues and Concerns Mohammad A Razzaque / SAARC Programs and Activities:
Assessment Monitoring and Evaluation Mahendra P lama / Index
2010 472 pages Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-3210-311-0)
MARRIAGE, MIGRATION AND GENDER
Edited by Rajni Palriwala, University of Delhi and Patricia
uberoi, Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi, and Honorary
Director of the Institute of Chinese Studies, Delhi
The collection of articles gives insights into the dynamics
and interplay of state regulations and immigration laws on
migration, which is an emerging area of interest in recent years
with increased restrictions on the movement of the people.
The Book Review
WOMEN AND MIGRATION IN ASIA, VOl-5
2008 364 pages Paperback: ` 525.00 (978-0-7619-3675-6)
WHISTLING IN THE DARK
Twenty-one Queer Interviews
Edited by R Raj Rao, University of Pune and
Dibyajyoti Sarma, Times of India, Pune

The book would be a must have for gay activists and
organisations working in the fields of sexuality studies, feminism
and alternative literature but at the same time, it has a much
wider appeal than just those. Not just a dry-as dust series
of interviews, these are real-life stories of real people, living all
around us, yet feeling separate from the mainstreamThis book
gives them a voice.
The Tribune
2009 300 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-782-9921-1)
GAY BOMBAY
Globalization, love and (Be)longing in Contemporary
India
Parmesh Shahani, Research Affiliate, MIT Comparative Media
Studies, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA
Shahanis Gay Bombay traces the modern and the old with
charming first person. This book takes you to the television
studios, the editing rooms, the dance floors, the chat rooms
and the private parlours to discover gay Bombay in all its subtle
victories, intimate vibrancy and surprising diversity.
Wendell Rodricks
2008 360 pages Paperback: ` 475.00 (978-0-7619-3648-0)
ZEALOUS REFORMERS, DEADLY LAWS
Battling Stereotypes
Madhu Purnima Kishwar, Centre for the Study of Developing
Societies and Founder Editor and Managing Trustee, Manushi
2008 420 pages Paperback: ` 525.00 (978-0-7619-3637-4)
12
Economics
OLD CHINAS NEW ECONOMY
The Conquest of a Billion Paupers
T K Bhaumik, Reliance Industries Limited (RIL) and
Confederation of Indian Industries, New Delhi
Old Chinas New Economy is a chronological review and a
comprehensive analysis of Chinas economic reforms and its
rise from an impoverished economy in 1978 to the most efficient
economy of the 21st century.
Himal Southasian
In the book, under review, the author presents a concise and
easily readable account of the phenomenal transformation of
the Chinese economy, within a short period of half a century or
so, from a stagnant, if not decaying, feudal set-up to the most
rapidly growing economy in the world.
C T Kurien, Frontline
2009 328 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-7829-862-7)
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMETRICS
An Introduction (using R)
Neeraj R Hatekar, University of Mumbai
Principles of Econometrics takes the readers step-by-step from
introduction to understanding, first introducing the basic statistical
tools like concepts of probability, statistical distributions and hypothesis
tests, and then going on to explain the two variable linear regression
models along with certain additional tools such as the use of dummy
variables, various data transformations. The most innovative feature of
this textbook is that it familiarizes students with the role of R, which is
a flexible and popular programming language. Using R, student will be
able to implement a linear regression model and deal with the associated
problems with substantial confidence.
CONTENTS
Preface / Random Variables / Jointly Distributed Random Variables / Elements of
Hypothesis Testing / Point Estimation and the Method of Ordinary Least Squares /
Multiple Linear Regression / Heteroskedasticity, Autocorrelation and Issues of
Specification / Appendix 1: An Introduction to R / Sample Questions / Index /
About the author
SAGE TEXTS
2010 464 pages Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-81-321-0469-8)
INDIAN MICROFINANCE
The Challenges of Rapid Growth
Prabhu Ghate, Independent Researcher,
journalist and consultant, New Delhi
2007 228 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-0-7619-3643-5)
KNOWLEDGE ECONOMY
The Indian Challenge
Edited by Ashoka Chandra, International Management Institute,
Delhi and M K Khanijo, International Management Institute, Delhi
The entire book touches upon important areas that India must
consider while transiting into a knowledge economy; it also
touches some Knowledge Management concepts.
Current Science
CONTENTS
Preface / Overview by Ashoka Chandra and M K Khanijo / Directions of Change
Towards a Knowledge Economy: Mapping the Directions of Transition from
Industrial Economy to Knowledge Economy Vinod Kumar, Harsha Sinvhal
and Vinay K Nangia / Conceptual and Assessment Dimensions of Knowledge
Management: An Overview Vidhu Shekhar Jha, Siddharth Mahajan and
Himanshu Joshi / Knowledge Management in a Manufacturing Organization
Ravi Prakash / Structure and Behaviour of IT Firms in India K Narayanan and
Savita Bhat / Trends and Issues in Formulating Policy Initiatives and Developing
Strategies of Change Management: Indias Transition to Knowledge Economy:
Variation across States Arindam Banik and Pradip K Bhaumik / An Approach
to Developing Knowledge Economy Indicators for Individual States Siddharth
Mahajan, Ashoka Chandra and Mainak Sarkar / Knowledge Management
Initiative and Practice for Moving towards Learning Organization and Business
Excellence Himanshu Joshi, Vidhu Shekhar Jha and Siddharth Mahajan /
New Approaches to Management Research and Knowledge Building: Division,
D-Vision and Direct Vision Approaches and Their Convergence Subhash Sharma
/ A Note on Change Management Processes M D G Koreth / Human Resource
Development for the Knowledge Economy: Identifying New Knowledge Streams
in the Evlolving Knowledge Economy Prema Rajagopalan and M S Mathews /
Scope and Significance of Knowledge, Technology, R&D and Innovation
Management for the Emerging Knowledge Economy: Key Stakeholders for the
Knowledge Economy Prema Rajagopalan and M S Mathews / Knowledge,
Science and Technology Abid Hussain / Innovation in Knowledge Economy
Rajeeva Ratna Shah / Intellectual Property Rights in Knowledge Management
A K Sengupta / Research Planning and Management in a Knowledge-intensive
R&D Organization: The Case of CSIR-India Naresh Kumar / Strategy and
Structure in the Knowledge Enterprise Arun P Sinha / Expectations of the SME
Sector from Knowledge Economy K K Sarkar / New Public Management in the
Emerging Knowledge Economy T S Krishna Murthy / Creating a Network of
Knowledge Institutions: Networking of Knowledge Institutions M S Mathews
and Prema Rajagopalan / International Networking for Knowledge Management
Arundhati Chattopadhyay, G S Krishnan and u S Singh / International
Partnering for Capacity Building in IMTT: An IIFT Initiative Niraj Kumar / Sensitivity
to Self-Organization and Effectiveness of IT Networks in the Social Sector
K Sankaran / Application of Knowledge Management for Achieving Social
Objectives: Promoting the use of Knowledge Management as a Tool for Securing
Larger Good of the Society Surinder Batra / Knowledge Management and Human
Development Mainak Sarkar and Siddharth Mahajan / Knowledge Management
as a Change Driver Sanjay Dhar / A Digital Ecosystem Model for Competitive
Agriculture in the Knowledge Economy Runa Sarkar and Jayanta Chatterjee
/ Development Leadership in a Knowledge Economy Nagendra P Singh /
Appendix: Towards Knowledge SocietyA Discussion Divya Kirti Gupta / Index
2009 324 pages Hardback: ` 875.00 (978-81-7829-909-9)
PATTERNS OF MIDDLE CLASS
CONSUMPTION IN INDIA AND CHINA
Edited by Christophe Jaffrelot, Centre DEtudes et de Recherches
Internationales, Paris and Peter Van Der Veer, Utrecht University
2008 308 pages Hardback: ` 775.00 (978-0-7619-3623-7)
13
Economics
LATIN AMERICA 2040
Breaking Away from Complacency: An Agenda for
Resurgence
Edited by Harinder S Kohli, Emerging Markets Forum and
Centennial Group Holdings, Washington DC, Claudio M loser,
Centennial Latin America and Emerging Market Forum and
Anil Sood, Centennial Group International, Washington DC
latin America 2040 presents a longer term vision of Latin American
society and economies, within which current policy debates and actions
must be anchored. It presents a set of multigenerational issues that
must be tackled urgently in order for countries in the region to sharply
reduce inequities as well as raise their economic growth rates. While
most Latin Americans have weathered the latest economic turmoil
reasonably well, the fact is that the region has been underperforming
Asia for the past thirty years.
CONTENTS
Foreword Enrique Garcia / Introduction Harinder S Kohli / Breaking Away
from Mediocrity to a Prosperous Future Claudio M loser and Anil Sood / Latin
America: Is Average Good Enough Homi Kharas / Successful Macroeconomic
Performance: Launching Long-Term Reforms Claudio M loser / Is Latin America
Becoming Less Unequal? Nora lusting / How can Education Help Latin America
Develop? Jeffrey M Puryear and Tamara Ortega Goodspeed / Innovation
and Technology Development for Economic Restructuring Vinod K Goel /
Infrastructure Needs for a Resurgent Latin America Harpaul Alberto Kohli and
Phil Basil / Greater Openness: Regional Cooperation and Trade Harinder S
Kohli and Claudio M loser / Democratic Governance and Political Sustainability:
Towards a Prosperous Latin America Michael Shifter / References / Index
2010 308 pages Hardback: ` 1450.00 (978-81-321-0582-4)
UNFREEDOM AND WAGED WORK
labour in Indias Manufacturing Industry
Sunanda Sen, Jamia Millia Islamia and Byasdeb
Dasgupta, University of Kalyani, West Bengal
unfreedom and Waged Work makes for a critical read of the
post-reform India, and, on the neoliberal theories on wages,
employment and labour flexibility. Apart from the field survey,
the book takes a closer look at the recommendations of the
National Commission of Labour with its own advocacy of labour
flexibility, undermining the role of trade unions and the political
economy of labour.
Businessworld
2009 248 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-7829-940-2)
MICROFINANCE IN INDIA
Edited by K G Karmakar, National Bank for Agriculture
and Rural Development (NABARD), Mumbai
Microfinance in India is well-organised and possesses a
judicious mix of both theoretical content and practical
experience of cross-country success stories of development
sectorthe volume makes a significant contribution to the
literature on micro finance.
Journal of Social and Economic Development
2008 488 pages Hardback: ` 775.00 (978-0-7619-3626-8)
INDIAS LIBERALISATION EXPERIENCE
Hostage to the WTO?
Edited by Suparna Karmakar, Indian Council for Research on
International Relations, New Delhi, Rajiv Kumar, Indian Council
for Research on International Relations, New Delhi and Bibek
Debroy, International Management Institute, New Delhi
Indias liberalisation Experience: Hostage to the WTO? analyses
how the country has coped with and benefited from its obligations
and rights as a WTO member. It attempts to evaluate the impact of
the domestic reforms on the countrys economy and the implications
thereof on its performance as a WTO negotiator. It tries to dispel the
myths regarding the impact of international trade negotiations on Indias
ongoing reform processes and its developmental and poverty/livelihood
concerns.
2008 416 pages Hardback: ` 725.00 (978-0-7619-3657-2)
A RESILIENT ASIA AMIDST
GLOBAL FINANCIAL CRISIS
From Crisis Management to Global leadership
Edited by Harinder S Kohli, Emerging Markets Forum
and Centennial Group Holdings, Washington DC and
Ashok Sharma, Asian Development Bank, Manilla
A Resilient Asia Amidst Global Financial Crisis is based on the
papers presented and discussions held at a high-level regional workshop
organized by the Asian Development Bank in January 2010 to discuss
the impact of the global economic and financial crisis on developing
Asia. It provides a clear and thought-provoking analysis of the global
economic crisis from the perspective of 19 Asian countries.
CONTENTS
Foreword Haruhiko Kuroda / Overview Harinder S Kohli / Opening Address
Hiroshi Watanabe / Global Economic and Financial Crisis: Genesis and Global
Response Andrew Sheng / Global Economic and Financial Crisis: Impact on
Developing Asia and Policy Responses Manu Bhaskaran and Ritwick Ghosh /
Impact and Policy Responses: Peoples Republic of China Manu Bhaskaran
and Ritwick Ghosh / Impact and Policy Responses: Indonesia, Philippines, and
Thailand Manu Bhaskaran and Ritwick Ghosh / Impact and Policy Responses:
India Manu Bhaskaran, Harinder S Kohli, and Ritwick Ghosh / Impact and
Policy Responses: Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Nepal, Bhutan, and Maldives Manu
Bhaskaran and Ritwick Ghosh / Impact and Policy Responses: Pakistan and
Afghanistan Manu Bhaskaran and Ritwick Ghosh / Impact and Policy Responses:
The Caucasus, Central Asia, and Mongolia Pradeep K Mitra / Social Impact of
the Crisis on the Asian Emerging Markets: Globalization, Social Protection, and
Informal Employment Suman Bery / A Short Perspective from unicef Colin Davis /
A Short Perspective from the International Social Security Association Corazon De
la Paz-Bernardo / Lessons of the Crisis and Long-term Implications: Reinforcing
Resilience and Rethinking the Growth Model Manu Bhaskaran, Harinder S
Kohli, and Ritwick Ghosh / Longer Term Implications: Regional Coordination
and Cooperation Rajat M Nag / Conclusion Haruhiko Kuroda
2010 456 pages Hardback: ` 995.00 (978-81-3210-516-9)
14
Economics
BUSINESS AND POLITY
Dynamics of a Changing Relationship
D N Ghosh, ICRA, Kolkata
Over 400 pages and 1,20,000 words in length, this book may
appear long, but its canvas is so vast that it races through
centuries and continents at breakneck speed. The reader will
learn many obscure and interesting things from it
The Telegraph
CONTENTS
Foreword by Y Venugopal Reddy / Preface / Prologue / Introduction / THE
MAKING AND UNMAKING OF EMPIRES: DOMINATION OF POLITICAL POWER
/ Sagacity in Governance: The Greek Exemplar / Governance Culture: Roman
Mirror / Tolerant Ambience: India / Resource Raising: Uniqueness of China
/ An intimidating Colossus: The Arab Miracle / THE MEDIEVAL WORLD: AD
10001500 / Trade and Politics in the Indian Ocean / Business on Leash: Japan
/ Emerging Out of the Shadows: Europe / In the Limelight: Knights of Commerce
/ Playing with Power: Merchant Republics / THE GREAT TRANSITION: WARFARE
TECHNOLOGYTHE CATALYTIC / Sword and Purse: Beginnings of Collaboration
/ Fiscal Revolution: Grip of Financiers / Economic Nationalism: Fusion of the
Sword and Purse / A BOILING CAULDRON / Setting the Tone: The Portuguese
/ Weaving a Pattern: The Spanish Imperial Machine / Showing the Way: The
Dutch Interlude / Not in a Fit of Absentmindedness: Britains Forays / TOWARDS
GLOBAL HEGEMONY / Chinks in the Armour: Empires in the Eurasan Landmass
/ Pax Britannica: Rise and Fall of British Hegemony / Pillars of US Hegemony /
Epilogue / Glossary / Reference List and Select Bibliography / Index
2011 468 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0531-2)
PUBLIC ECONOMICS
Theory and Policy
Essays in Honour of Dr Amaresh Bagchi
Edited by: M Govinda Rao, National Institute of Public
Finance and Policy and Mihir Rakshit, Information
and Crediting Agency (ICRA), Kolkata
Public Economics is a collection of essays by eminent scholars,
who were closely associated with Bagchi, as a tribute to his
memory. The general objective has been to take forward some of
Bagchis initiatives in the realm of public economics. Advanced
students of economics will find the essays challenging and
rewarding.
The Hindu
CONTENTS
List of Tables / List of Figures / List of Abbreviations / Foreword by C Rangarajan
/ Introduction / Amaresh Bagchi: His Life and Work Sudipto Mundle / Budgetary
Rules and Plan Financing: Revisiting the Fiscal Responsibility Act Mihir Rakshit /
The BBLR Approach to Tax Reform in Emerging Countries Richard M Bird / GST
Reforms and Interim Governmental Considerations in India Satya Poddar and
Ehtisham Ahmad / Normative Framework of Fiscal Federalism for Economies
in Transition M Govinda Rao / Global Public Goods: Provision, Production and
Benefits u Sankar / Effective Carbon Taxes and Public Policy Options Ehtisham
Ahmad and Nicholas Stern / Sustainable Economic Growth and Modelling for
Resource and Income Accounting Ramprasad Sengupta / Do public funds
increase days of Instruction in primary schools? A Study of 3 Districts in India
Arnab Mukherji and Anjan Mukherji / Neglected Topics in Public Economics
Courses Arindam Dasgupta / Reminiscences: A Teacher Remembers Tapas
Majumdar / My Friend Amaresh Shankar Acharya / About the Editors and
Contributors / Index
2011 364 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0502-2)
INDIA MACROECONOMICS
ANNUAL 2010
Edited by Sugata Marjit, Centre for
Studies in Social Sciences, Kolkata
India Macroeconomics Annual 2010 is a collection of scholarly
work that analyses contemporary macroeconomic trends using
macroeconomic and statistical tools. The volume looks into a range
of economic issues such as inclusive growth, child labour and
unemployment, foreign direct investment, and import prices.
CONTENTS
Editors note / Towards Faster and More Inclusive Growth: Challenges Before
India Alok Ray / Hedging Risks in a Duopoly Framework udo Broll, Jack E Wahl
and Christoph Wessel / Public Economics and the Environment Vivekananda
Mukherjee, Sujan Pandit and Tilak Sanyal / Exchange Rate Pass-Through Import
Prices: Sectoral Analysis Jarita Duasa and Nursilah Ahmad / Consumption,
Quality of Life and Growth Dipankar Dasgupta and Sugata Marjit / Foreign
Direct Investment, Child Labour and Unemployment of Unskilled Labour in a Dual
Economy Sarbajit Chaudhuri / The Effect of Trade Liberalization on Consumer
Price Index of Agricultural Labourers in India Indrani Mitra
2011 216 Paperback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0652-4)
INDIA MACROECONOMICS ANNUAL 2009
Edited by Sugata Marjit, Centre for Studies
in Social Sciences, Kolkata
2010 212 pages Paperback: ` 595 (978-81-3210-451-3)
2009 176 pages Paperback: ` 595 (978-81-7829-939-6)
2008 176 pages Paperback: ` 595 (978-81-7829-871-9)
TRADE IN SERVICES IN SOUTH ASIA
Opportunities and Risks of liberalization
Edited by Saman Kelegama, Institute of Policy Studies, Sri Lanka
Trade in Services in South Asia provides broad directions in
which services negotiations would be beneficial for the South
Asian nations and is not only recommended for compulsory
reading for the researchers in the area of services but is equally
useful for the policy makers and trade negotiators.
South Asia Economic Journal
2009 336 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-7829-937-2)
15
Economics
HOW INDIA EARNS, SPENDS AND SAVES
unmasking the Real India
Rajesh Shukla, National Council of Applied
Economic Research, New Delhi
The survey on which this book is based covered over 440,000
households in rural and urban India spread over 24 states. No
previous research project has had such a formidable sample
base. It is no overstatement that we had at our disposal data
from one of the most scientifically designed and meticulously
conducted surveys of its kind in India. The effort, which marks
the debut of the NCAER-Centre for Macro Consumer Research
(NCAER-CMCR), explores the connection between national
economic well-being and phenomenon like urbanisation,
consumerism and rural market evolution.
Rama Bijapurkar, Chairperson
NCAER-Centre for Macro Consumer Research
(NCAER-CMCR)
CONTENTS
List of Tables / List of Figures / List of Abbreviations / Foreword by Rama
Bijapurkar / Message by Suman Bery / Introduction / Earning Pattern of
Indian Households / Spending Pattern of Indian Households / Saving Pattern of
Indian Households / Income Pyramid - Distribution and Income Disparity / Rural
Well Being / Urban Well Being / Annexure: Concepts, Definitions and Survey
Methodology / Index / About the author
2010 232 pages Hardback: ` 1500.00 (978-81-321-0476-6)
ECONOMY AND SOCIETY
Evolution of Capitalism
R R Suresh, Formerly at University of Delhi
Economy and Society discusses elaborately the ever changing
face of capitalism by ascertaining different stages in its evolution
in terms of its causes, characteristics and its implications, with
a focus on developing countries. This is primarily a textbook
covering the syllabus of the papers on economy, state and
society for Indian universities. The book is well-structured,
deeply analysed and discusses the implications of changing
phase of capitalism comprehensively economics students
will gain substantially by reading this book.
Current Science
CONTENTS
Introduction / The Study of Economy, State And Society / Modes of Production
/ Transition From Feudalism to Capitalism / Capitalism: Features and Regime /
Evolving Structure of Capitalism: Fordism and Before / Monopoly Capitalism: The
Post-Fordist Phase / The Functioning of the Capitalist Economic System / Crises
Tendencies Under Capitalism / Capitalism in the Global Context / Imperialism /
Model Questions / Bibliography / Index
SAGE TEXTS
2010 332 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-3210-404-9)
ISLAMIC FINANCE
Writings of V Sundararajan
Edited by Jaseem Ahmed, Islamic Financial Services
Board (IFSB) Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia and Harinder S Kohli,
Emerging Markets Forum and Centennial Group International
Islamic Finance is a collection of Dr. Venkataraman
Sundararajan`s writings on Islamic Finance. It is an example of
his intellectual strength, his analytic rigor and flair to put complex
professional materials in a language that non-experts can
readily understand, and his unique ability to give policy advice
to both technocrats and top decision makers.
Dr P R Narvekar, Former Deputy Managing Director,
International Monetary Fund
CONTENTS
Foreword / In Memoriam / Introduction / Current Developments and Key Issues
in Islamic Finance / Monetary Operations and Government Debt Management
Under Islamic Banking / Islamic Financial Institutions and Products in the Global
Financial System: Key Issues in Risk Management and Challenges Ahead / Risk
Measurement and Disclosure in Islamic Finance and the Implications of Profit
Sharing Investment Accounts / A Note on Strengthening Liquidity Management
of Institutions Offering Islamic Financial Services: The Development of Islamic
Money Markets / Issues in Managing Profit Equalization Reserves and Investment
Risk Reserves in Islamic Banks / Towards Developing a Template to Assess
Islamic Financial Services Industry (IFSI) in the World Bank-IMF Financial Sector
Assessment Program (FSAP) / Supervisory, Regulatory, and Capital Adequacy
Implications of Profit-Sharing Investment Accounts in Islamic Finance / Index
2011 320 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0706-4)
MICROFINANCE INDIA
State of the Sector Report 2010
N Srinivasan, Independent researcher,
journalist and consultant, New Delhi
Microfinance India is a must reference for those who want to
review the performance of the microfinance sector as well as
interested to know the status of various policy decisions taken
by the Reserve Bank of India and other agencies in facilitating
the growth and delivering of micro-finance disbursement in
rural pockets of India. The author should be highly appreciated
as the report handles difficult and contentious issues in a most
comprehensive manner and highlights the sector in a most
fascinating manner.
Journal of Rural Development
CONTENTS
Foreword Vipin Sharma / Preface / OverviewThe Juggernaut Decelerates / Self
Help Group Bank Linkage ProgrammeIn Search of Leadership and Direction /
Microfinance InstitutionsModeration Dictated by Market / Investment Climate
Getting Better / Microfinance in the Global Context / Savings, Investments and
Pension / Policy Environment and Regulation / Technology in Microfinance / Social
Performance, Transparency and Responsible Finance / Financial Inclusion
Reasons for Hope / An Agenda for the Future / Appendix / Bibliography
MICROFINANCE INDIA
2011 160 pages Paperback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0588-6)
16
Economics | Economics & Development Studies
DEVELOPMENT AND
PUBLIC FINANCE
Essays in Honour of Raja J Chelliah
Edited by D K Srivastava and u Sankar, both at Madras School of
Economics, Chennai, India
Development and Public Finance is a compendium of essays on
contemporary issues of Public Finance and Development, focused
on the rapidly globalizing Indian economy. Well-known scholars have
contributed to this commemorative volume on Dr Raja J Chelliah, one
of the foremost public finance experts of India.
CONTENTS
Foreword C Rangarajan / Acknowledgements / Introduction and Overview
D K Srivastava and u Sankar / I: PERSPECTIVES ON PUBLIC FINANCE / On
Strategies for Disinvestment and Privatization Vijay Kelkar / Financial Transactions
Taxes Parthasarathi Shome / Issues in Design and Implementation of a Carbon
Tax System in India u Sankar / Economic Analysis of Indias Double Tax Avoidance
Agreements Arindam Das-Gupta / A Political Cost Model of Fiscal Federalism:
Some Empirical Results from Indian Federation Shyam Nath / Tax Effort of Indian
States, 200207 Indira Rajaraman and Rajan Goyal / On the Political Economy
of Fiscal Imbalances in India D K Srivastava / When Should Budget Deficit be
a Serious Concern? Subra Ramamuthy / Revenue Estimation for Goods and
Services Tax Mahesh C Purohit and Vishnu Kanta Purohit / II: PERSPECTIVES
ON DEVELOPMENT / Contours of Central Banking: Have They Changed?
C Rangarajan / Decentralization and Economic Development: Issues in Policy
and Institutional Reform M Govinda Rao / Modelling Social Choice Policy Jaya
Krishnakumar, Paola Ballon & Juan Tellez / Decentralization in India: Outcomes
and Opportunities Kaliappa Kalirajan & Keijiro Otsuka / Globalization of
Knowledge Development N S Siddharthan / Climate Change: Adaptation and
Mitigation Policies in India K S Kavi Kumar / Regional Growth Convergence
in Indian States: A Panel Data Approach K R Shanmugam / Investment and
Subsidies in Indian Agriculture: One Variation on a Theme by Dr Raja J Chelliah
Raghbendra Jha / Credit, Bank Branching and Output: Evidence from Indian
States Kausik Chaudhuri and Mary Cherical / III: DR RAJA J CHELLIAH: IN
MEMORIAM / A Biographical Sketch D K Srivastava / Raja Chelliah: Economist
Without an Honorific Indian Deena Khatkhate / Dr Chelliah: Great Crusader
for Fiscal Reforms Subra Ramamurthy / Raja Chelliah: An Indomitable Crusader
T S Rangamannar / About the Editors and Contributors / Index
TOWARDS A NEW POVERTY
AGENDA IN ASIA
Social Policies and Economic Transformation
Arjan de Haan, Institute of Social Sciences, The Hague, Netherelands
Towards a New Poverty Agenda in Asia describes the role of social
policy in the context of globalization and rapidly changing economies
and societies in Asia. It compares the social policy experience of a
number of countries with a focus on comparing East Asian (China,
Indonesia, Vietnam), and South Asian (India, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka)
models and experiences.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / SOCIAL POLICY IN AN AGE OF GLOBALIZATION / Why
Social Policy Matters / Globalization: All Boats Rising or Growing Divides? /
Demise of the State? / International Development and Social Policy / SOCIAL
POLICY REGIMES / Latin America: from Corporatism to Liberalism / The Short Era
of the Developmental State in Africa /East Asia: Social Policys Role in Economic
Success / South Asian Welfarism / CONCLUSION / A Normative Framework for
Social Policy / Annexure: Selected data on Well-being and Government Spending
/ References / Index
2010 284 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-3210-504-6)
THE GLOBAL ECONOMIC CRISIS
THROUGH AN INDIAN LOOKING
GLASS
Adarsh Kishore, Axis Bank Ltd, India, Michael Debabrata
Patra, International Monetary Fund and Partha Ray, Department
of Economic and Policy Research, Reserve Bank of India
The fact that the authors have had a first-hand understanding
and a ring-side view of Indian policy settings (in different
capacities), and at the same time, the living experience of the
international efforts to deal with the crises is reflected in their
competent and insightful treatment of a most topical theme
that continues to draw both heat and light, and animated
engagement in the public space.
Dr C Rangarajan, Chairman, Economic Advisory
Council to the Prime Minister of India
CONTENTS
Foreword C Rangarajan / Introduction / Origin of the Crisis / Proximate Causes
of the Crisis / Impact of the Crisis / Impact on India / The Policy Response /
Lessons from the Crisis and the Way Forward / Annexure I: Causes of the Financial
Crisis / Annexure II: The Global Financial Crisis: A Chronology of Major Events
(2007July 2010)
2011 340 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0651-7)
CENTRAL ASIA AND THE CAUCASUS
At the Crossroads of Eurasia in the 21st Century
Edited by Werner Hermann, Swiss National
Bank and Johannes F linn, Emerging Markets Forum
and Brookings Institution, Washington, D C
Central Asia and the Caucasus are receiving an increasing
international recognition as a region that holds the key for
Eurasias future. This book makes a valuable contribution in
identifying the priorities and policy prescriptions that will help
the economics of Central Asia to realize their promise.
Oraz Jandosov,
Former Deputy Prime Minister of Kazakhstan
CONTENTS
Foreword Harinder S Kohli / Introduction Werner Hermann and Johannes
F linn / Connecting Central Asia and the Caucasus with the World Johannes
F linn / Rivalry and Competition in Central Asia Martha Brill Olcott / Trade
and Transport in Central Asia Richard Pomfret / Central Asias Oil and Gas
Reserves: To Whom Do They Matter? Martha Brill Olcott / How Bad Are Central
Asias Business Environments and What Can Be Done about Them? Dennis De
Tray / The Impact of the Global Financial Crisis and Policy Responses: Central
Asia and the Caucasus Pradeep K Mitra / Annex 1: Emerging Markets Forum in
Thun, Switzerland, January 2325, 2010: Conference Summary and Discussion
Gilbert Heim / Annex 2: Central Asia and the Caucasus: Selected Regional
and Country-specific Geophysical and Socioeconomic Indicators Natasha
Mukherjee / References / Index
2011 264 pages Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-321-0743-9)
17
Economics & Development Studies
POLITICAL ECONOMY OF POVERTY
ERADICATION IN INDIA AND
ESSAYS ON FISCAL REFORM
Raja J Chelliah, Late Economist and Chairman, Tax Reforms
Committee
I feel honoured to write the Foreword to Political Economy of
Poverty Eradication in India and Essays on Fiscal Reform,
a posthumous offering by Dr Raja J Chelliah. The manuscript
though completed before his death, could be published only
now. The book makes an effort to unravel the working of
Indian political economy and explores the underlying causes
for persistent poverty and low levels of well-being in spite of
significant economic growth.
C Rangarajan
CONTENTS
Foreword by C Rangarajan / A Tribute to Dr Chelliah by D K Srivastava / Preface
/ Political Economy of Poverty Eradication in India / A Tract on Reform of Federal
Fiscal Relations in India / Task Force Recommendations on Direct Taxes / Index
2010 180 pages Hardback: ` 495.00 (978-81-3210-400-1)
INDIAS FINANCIAL SECTOR
An Era of Reforms
Vyuptakesh Sharan, Emeritus Fellow, South Asian
Studies Division, School of International Studies,
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi
Indias Financial Sector: An Era of Reforms deals with the reform
measures undertaken in the financial sector and their impact. The impact
is assessed in terms of growth in activities, profitability, financial stability
and financial inclusion among intermediaries such as banks, NBFCs and
mutual funds, as well as in the financial markets. This book adds to the
existing literature on the subject by offering an analysis of the impact
that covers not only the increased activities in the sector but also the
issue of financial stability and financial inclusion.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / I: Reforms in Financial Intermediaries / The Banking
Sector / Non-banking Financial Companies / Mutual Funds / II: Financial Markets
and Instruments / The Primary Market For Securities / The Secondary Capital
Market / The Market for Government Securities / The Money Market / The Foreign
Exchange Market / III: Internationalisation of Indian Financial Market / Euro Issues
of Indian Firms / Foreign Institutional Investment in India / Epilogue / Postscript /
Appendix / Bibliography / Index
2009 280 pages Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-81-3210-242-7)
PROGRESSIVE FISCAL
POLICY IN INDIA
Edited by Praveen Jha, Centre for Economic Studies
and Planning Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi
Progressive Fiscal Policy in India locates the prevailing fiscal policy
in the overall macroeconomic policy regime of the nation. It presents
a rigorous critique of the predominance of fiscal conservatism and
neoliberal fiscal orthodoxy over the last two decades. The book develops
a strong case for bringing forth progressive change in the countrys
fiscal policy and explores the role of public policies and institutions in
addressing the development deficits confronting the country.
CONTENTS
Introduction by Praveen Jha / OVERALL MACROECONOMIC POLICY REGIME
AND ITS LINKAGES WITH FISCAL POLICY / Finance Capital, Fiscal Deficits and
The Current Global Crisis Prabhat Patnaik / Liberalization as a Constraint on
Fiscal Policy: Some Lessons from the Indian Experience C P Chandrasekhar
/ Inclusive Growth in Neoliberal IndiaA Mirage? Nirmal Kumar Chandra /
Growing Inequality: A Serious Challenge to the Indian Society and Polity S l
Shetty / Assessing Tax Policy and Tax Compliance in the Reform Era Saumen
Chattopadhyay / PRESSING CONCERNS RELATING TO FISCAL FEDERALISM
IN INDIA / Challenges to Fiscal Policy in India in the Era of Reforms T M Thomas
Isaac and R Ramakumar / Fiscal Devolution in the Era of Liberalisation: The Indian
Experience Jayati Ghosh / Thirteenth Finance Commission: Core Issues and New
Challenges D K Srivastava / Horizontal Imbalances in Indian Federalism Tapas K
Sen / Regaining the Constitutional Identity of the Finance Commission: A Daunting
Task for the Thirteenth Commission K K George and K K Krishnakumar / Towards
a Rational and Progressive Fiscal Policy: What Role for Local Governments?
M A Oommen / PUBLIC POLICIES AND INSTITUTIONS TOWARDS ADDRESSING
THE DEVELOPMENT DEFICITS / Unbalanced Growth, Tertiarization of the Indian
Economy and Implications for Mass Living Standards utsa Patnaik / From Outlays
to Outcomes: Some Missing Links N C Saxena / Social Sector Expenditures: An
Analysis for All India and States, 198081 to 200708 S Mahendra Dev and
N Sreedevi / Centrally Sponsored Schemes: Are They the Solution or the Problem?
Praveen Jha, Subrat Das and Nilachala Acharya / Improving Indias Health: The
Significance of Public Financing Mita Choudhury and A K Shiva Kumar / Financing
the Right to Education Santosh Mehrotra / Index
2011 516 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0558-9)
STRATEGIES FOR ACHIEVING SUSTAINED
HIGH ECONOMIC GROWTH
The Case of Indian States
Kaliappa Kalirajan, The Australian National University,
Canberra and Foundation for Advanced Studies in International
Development, Tokyo, Richard T Shand, The Australian
National University, Canberra and Shashanka Bhide, National
Council of Applied Economic Research, New Delhi
The merit of this book is the use of various methods of
econometrics to measure convergence of per capita income,
inter-sectoral linkage between agriculture and manufacturing,
efficiency of agricultural productivity, etc.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / Growth Experience of the Indian States: Similarities and
Divergence / Learning from Sectoral Linkages: Agriculture and the Economy
/ State Agriculture in the National Economy Setting / Explaining Variations in
Agricultural Productivity Across Indian States: The Role of Human Capital and
Infrastructure / Investment Patterns and Response to Economic Reforms at the
State Level / Policy Conclusions / References / Index
2010 256 pages Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0448-3)
18
MIGRATION, REMITTANCES AND
DEVELOPMENT IN SOUTH ASIA
Edited by Saman Kelegama,
Institute of Policy Studies, Sri Lanka
Migration, Remittances and Development in South Asia
is a valuable addition to the scant literature on migration
and development in South Asia. [It] reviews migration and
development issues, perhaps for the first time, in three South
Asian countries largely neglected in the literatureAfghanistan,
Bhutan and the Maldives.
Philip Martin, Professor of Economics,
University of California, Davis, USA
CONTENTS
Foreword Philip Martin / Introduction Saman Kelegama / COUNTRY STUDIES
/ India S Irudaya Rajan / Pakistan Rizwana Siddiqui / Sri Lanka Nisha
Arunatilake, Priyanka Jayawardena and Dushni Weerakoon / Bangladesh
Selim Raihan and Syed Al-Helal uddin / Nepal Jagannath Adhikari / Bhutan
Sonam Tobgay / The Maldives Deshal De Mel and Suwendrani Jayaratne /
Afghanistan Tilani Jayawardhana and Roshini Jayaweera / SOUTH ASIA / South
Asia: Issues on Migration and Development Piyasiri Wickramasekara / Case for
a South Asian Migration Commission Farooq Sobhan / Index
2011 372 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0641-8)
ECONOMIC REFORMS IN INDIA AND CHINA
Emerging Issues and Challenges
Edited by B Sudhakara Reddy, Indira Gandhi
Institute of Developmental Research, Mumbai
The book presents the latest data and appraises issues pertaining to
the economic reforms of India and Chinatwo of the major contenders
for global power.
CONTENTS
Foreword by Kirit S Parikh / Introduction: Economic ReformsUnanswered
Questions and Open-Ended Answers B Sudhakara Reddy / I: UNDERSTANDING
REFORMS / Political Economy of Post-1991 Reforms Suresh D Tendulkar and
T A Bhavani / Institutional Reform, Trade and Growth: The Experiences of India and
China in a Global Economy Brigitte Desroches, Michael Francis and Franois
Painchaud / Impact of Economic Reforms and Globalization on Engineering
Education Sector: A Comparison of Indian and Chinese Scenarios N J Rao and
K G Viswanathan / A Comparative Study of the Implications of Economic Reforms
on Poverty in India and China C Ramasamy and K lokanadhan / II: FISCAL
DECENTRALIZATION / Financial System in India and China: A Comparative
Study Narendra Jadhav and Janak Raj / Investment Climate and Productivity
in Indian States C Veeramani and Bishwanath Goldar / Export-led Growth:
Characteristics Contrasting India and China Sebastian Morris / China and India:
What do their Business Firms have to say? Rajalaxmi Kamath / III: FDI, BANKING
AND INSTITUTIONS / FDI Flows in India and China D Krishnamoorthy / Financial
Sector in China: Issues and Challenges Surjit Singh / Foreign Direct Investment:
A Comparative Study of China and India Anjali Kulkarni / Myth and Reality of
FDI Flows: Indian and Chinese Integration with the Global Economy Dolly Sunny
/ IV: AGRICULTURE, TRADE AND WTO / Impact of Chinas Access to WTO on FDI
in Wuxi Fu Xianzhi and Cai Jianying / Chinas Agriculture and WTO Accession
Jatinder Bir Singh / Impact of Reforms on Agricultural Trade in India and China
Tulsi lingareddy / V: SECTORAL STUDIES / Regulation of Employee Inventions
within Patent Law: A Comparative Overview of China and India Rajesh Sagar and
Aditya Nagarsheth / Emerging Challenges in Pension Policy: Perspectives from
China and India Kumudini Hajra / Prospects of Ancient Medical Systems in India
and China in Todays World Arijit Dutta / Energy-Environment Linkages in India and
China: A Comparative Review of Issues and Challenges Ashir Mehta / Index
2009 440 pages Hardback: ` 875.00 (978-81-7829-838-2)
INDIAS ECONOMY AND GROWTH
Essays in Honour of V K R V Rao
Edited by Pulin B Nayak, Delhi School of Economics,
Delhi, Bishwanath Goldar and Pradeep Agrawal,
both at Institute of Economic Growth, Delhi
Among the topics covered in the book is structural breaks in the India
growth process; relevance of the Solow growth model for a developing
economy; sources of the growth acceleration in India from the 1980s
and the contribution of sectoral changes to overall economic growth;
constraints to achieving 4 per cent annual growth rate in agriculture;
measurement of unorganized sector output, and savings and capital
formation; ensuring environmental sustainability of the energy
requirements for a fast, inclusive growth; the kind of inflation targeting
RBI monetary policy should aim for; appropriate interest rate policy for
India; evolution and structure of Indian fiscal federalism including tax and
expenditure assignments, fiscal imbalances, and the design of general
purpose and specific purpose transfers from the Centre to the states.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction Pulin B Nayak, Bishwanath Goldar and Pradeep Agrawal
/ INDIAN GROWTH PROCESS: SOME QUESTIONS RELATING THE INDIAN
GROWTH PROCESS Suresh D Tendulkar / The Veil of Growth: Some Thought
Experiments Errol DSouza / Productivity Increase and Changing Sectoral
Composition: Contribution to Economic Growth in India Bishwanath Goldar
and Arup Mitra / Achieving 4 per cent Growth Rate in Agriculture During the
Eleventh Five Year Plan: Feasibility and Constraints Ramesh Chand / ESTIMATION
OF NATIONAL INCOME AND RELATED AGGREGATES: UNORGANIZED
MANUFACTURING AND SERVICES IN GDP ESTIMATION: MEASUREMENT
ISSUES Ramesh Kolli / Estimation of Saving and Capital Formation in India:
Pending Issues for Improvement S L Shetty / Divergence Between NAS and
NSS Estimates of Private Final Consumption Expenditure Savita Sharma and
Janardan Yadav / SUSTAINING GROWTH AND THE DEVELOPMENT PROCESS:
INCLUSIVE ECONOMIC GROWTH AND SUSTAINABLE ENERGY DEVELOPMENT
OF INDIA Ramprasad Sengupta / Investment Data and Sustainability Measures
for India Purnamita Dasgupta / MONETARY POLICY: THE STRUCTURE OF
INFLATION, INFORMATION AND LABOUR MARKETS: IMPLICATIONS FOR
MONETARY POLICY Ashima Goyal / The Optimum Level of Real Interest Rate
for India: An Empirical Analysis Pradeep Agrawal / FISCAL POLICY: INDIAN
FISCAL FEDERALISM IN GLOBALIZING ENVIRONMENT: TRENDS AND
REFORM CHALLENGES M Govinda Rao / Fiscal Policy Rules in India: Impact
and Reassessment D K Srivastava / LIFE AND CONTRIBUTIONS OF PROF V
K R V RAO: V K R V RAO: VISIONARY SOCIAL SCIENTIST AND INSTITUTION
BUILDER Pulin B Nayak / Appendix / Index
2010 408 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0452-0)
ECONOMIC DEMOCRACY THROUGH
PRO POOR GROWTH
Edited by Ponna Wignaraja, South Asian Perspectives
Network Association (SAPNA), Colombo, Susil Sirivardana,
Participatory Institute of Development Alternatives and South
Asian Perspectives Network Association, Colombo and Akmal
Hussain, Pakistan Institute of Development Economics
and South Asia Centre for Policy Studies (Dhaka)
The present book gives an in-depth account of the importance of
economic democracy as an integral part of the holistic approach
in the South Asian region.
2009 376 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-7829-849-8)
19
ASIA 2050
Realizing the Asian Century
Edited by Harinder S Kohli, Emerging Markets
Forum and Centennial Group Holdings, Washington DC,
USA, Ashok Sharma, Asian Development Bank, Manila and
Anil Sood, Centennial Group Holdings, Washington DC
Asia 2050 lays out a bold and ambitious agendanational,
regional and globalto lift an additional 3 billion Asians to
affluence by 2050. As a long-standing friend of the region, I wish
Asias leaders great success in realizing this goal of the Asian
Century. The book also highlights the critical role that Asia must
play in global governance.
Michel Camdessus, Chairman, Emerging Markets
Forum and Former Managing Director, IMF
CONTENTS
Foreword / Executive Summary / Introduction / MAKINGS OF THE ASIAN
CENTURY / Asia in the Global Economy in 17002010: Setting the Scene / Asia
in the Global Economy in 20112050: The Main Drivers of the Asian Century /
Asia in the Global Economy in 2050: The Asian Century / Realizing the Asian
Century: Mega-challenges and Risks / REALIZING THE ASIAN CENTURY /
Realizing the Asian Century: A Strategic Framework / Growth and Inclusion /
Driving Productivity and Growth / A New Approach to Urbanization / Transforming
Finance / Reducing Energy Intensity and Ensuring Energy Security / Action on
Climate Change in Asias Self-Interest / Transforming Governance and Institutions
/ Regional Cooperation and Integration / Realizing the Asian Century: Asias
Role in the World / Conclusion: Cost of Missing the Asian Century / Appendix 1.
Demographic Changes in Asias Regions by 2050 / Appendix 2. Model for
Developing Global Growth Scenarios / Appendix 3. Asias Technology Landscape
/ Appendix 4. Driving Productivity and Growth / Appendix 5. A New Approach to
Urbanization / References / Index
2011 412 pages Hardback: ` 2500.00 (978-81-321-0756-9)
GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT IN
EMERGING MARKET ECONOMIES
International Private Capital Flow, Financial Markets and
Globalization
Edited by Harinder S Kohli, Emerging Markets Forum and
Centennial Group Holdings
Growth and Development in Emerging Market Economies:
International Private Capital Flows, Financial Markets and
Globalization encapsulates in one volume the understanding of the
inter-related topics of global imbalances, finance, investment, trade,
and infrastructure. Such assemblage is difficult to find in the existing
literature in this field.
2008 368 pages Hardback: ` 775.00 (978-0-7619-3671-8)
FINANCIAL INTERMEDIATION IN A
LESS DEVELOPED ECONOMY
The History of the united Bank of India
Indrajit Mallick and Sugata Marjit, Both at Centre
for Studies in Social Sciences, Kolkata
2008 328 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-0-7619-3656-5)
TOWARDS FINANCIAL
INCLUSION IN INDIA
K G Karmakar and G D Banerjee, formerly
at National Bank for Agriculture and Rural Development,
Mumbai, and N P Mohapatra, National Bank for
Agriculture and Rural Development, Mumbai
Towards Financial Inclusion in India is a treatise on inclusion of the
Last, the Lost and the Least. It provides an in-depth analysis of the
various pillars of financial inclusion such as micro-remittance, micro-
savings, micro-credit and micro-insurance.
The book stresses on financial literacy and counseling, which are core
to the achievement of financial inclusion. The authors dwell upon the
difficulties faced by vulnerable groups like women, tribals, weavers and
rural populace while trying to access financial services. The book also
analyzes inclusion measures like ICT interventions, post office model
and payment mechanisms.
CONTENTS
Foreword K C Chakrabarty / Preface / FINANCIAL INCLUSION ANALYSED /
Financial Inclusion Defined / The Long March since 1793 / Resource-poor Regions
and Financial Inclusion / Women Empowerment and Sustainable Livelihoods /
Strategy to extend Financial Services to Vulnerable Groups / Financial Inclusion
- Index for Rural India / Institutional Changes Required for Financial Inclusion /
MAPPING DEMAND SIDE REQUIREMENTS / Role of Savings / Micro-insurance
Innovations / Safe Remittances for the Poor / Understanding Rural Debt / Emerging
Trends in Microfinance / Financial Inclusion in Tribal Areas / Inclusion Techniques
for Farmers / Technology Options and Inclusion / SUPPLY SIDE INNOVATIONS /
Reducing Transaction Costs for Banks and Their Clients / Business Correspondent
and Business Facilitator Outreach Model for Banks / The Post Office model /
Financial Literacy and Counselling / Micro Pension: A Safety Net for Rural India
/ Joint Liability Groups for Farmers / Rural Infrastructure: The Missing Link /
Joint Liability Groups for andloom Weavers / CHALLENGES FOR THE FUTURE
/ Inclusive Growth through Rural Employment / The Micro-enterprises Model /
Unique Identification Number and Financial Inclusion / Social Audit Systems:
A Need / Best Practices in Financial Inclusion and Case Studies / Initiatives for
Financial Inclusion: The Road Map / Glossary / Index
2011 600 pages Hardback: ` 995.00 (978-81-321-0584-8)
ECONOMIC REFORMS AND
SOCIAL EXCLUSION
Impact of liberalization on Marginalized Groups
in India
K S Chalam, Ex-Member, Union Public Service Commission
Economic Reforms and Social Exclusion is an analytical study that
focuses on the socially marginalized and excluded groups in India since
the onset of liberalization. It examines how liberal economic reforms
have impacted socio-economic categoriescaste, tribe and religious
minoritiessubjecting them to further deprivation.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / Social Exclusion and the Methodological Dichotomies
/ Economic Reforms and the Socially Excluded Groups in India / Emergence of
Caste as Property under Liberalization / Impact of Reforms on Scheduled Castes
/ Liberalization and the Adivasi Development / Marginalization of Rural Artisans
and Muslims / Handloom Weavers under Liberalization: A Case Study / Exit Policy
and the Welfare of the Working Classes / Inequity in the Development of Human
Capital and Alienation in Higher Education / Public Health Services and the Poor
/ Civil Society Responses to Economic Reforms: A Case Study of Temperance
Movement / In Lieu of Conclusion / Appendix / Bibliography / Index
2011 248 pages Hardback: ` 550.00 (978-81-321-0644-9)
20
Development Studies
RURAL WOMENS ROAD TO
EMPOWERMENT
Micro-enterprise through Achievement Motivation
Kiron Wadhera, Member, Board of ACORD, New Delhi, India and
George Koreth, Chairman, Board of ACORD, New Delhi, India
In the past 60 years, there has been sufficient research on male, urban
entrepreneurs, their achievement-motivation, and their entrepreneurial
success. However, no significant study of this kind has been undertaken
for women entrepreneurs (whether urban or rural). Rural Womens Road
to Empowerment intends to fill this lacuna through original research on
poor, rural women micro-entrepreneurs, whose achievement-motivation
has been rigorously measured. This pioneering study establishes a clear
relationship between presence/absence of achievement-motivation
and the success/failure of these women in sustaining their enterprises.
CONTENTS
Foreword N C Saxena / Preface / Acknowledgements / Rural Women Entrepreneurs
and Achievement Motivation / The Setting: ACORDs Micro-enterprise Project for
Rural Women / Poor Rural Women as Entrepreneurs / Measuring Achievement
Motivation in Rural Women Micro-entrepreneurs / Personal Stories of Achievers
and Non-achievers / Patterns of Male Response / Summary, Conclusion, and
the Way Forward / Appendix: Organisations Supporting Micro-enterprise /
Bibliography / Index / About the Authors
HARVESTING FEMINIST
KNOWLEDGE FOR PUBLIC
POLICY
Rebuilding Progress
Edited by Devaki Jain, Founder-Director, Institute of Social Studies
Trust, New Delhi, India and Diane Elson, University of Essex, UK
Harvesting Feminist Knowledge for Public Policy brings together 14
essays by feminist thinkers from different parts of the world, reflecting
on problems of current patterns of development and arguing for political,
economic, and social changes to promote equality and sustainability.
The authors argue that the very approach being taken to understand
and measure progress, and plan for and evaluate development, needs
rethinking in ways that draw on the experiences and knowledge of
women.
CONTENTS
Foreword Navi Pillay / Preface Winnie Byanyima and Rawwida Baksh /
Introduction Devaki Jain and Diane Elson / Economics for a Post-crisis World:
Putting Social Justice First Diane Elson / Rebooting is Not an Option: Toward
Equitable Social and Economic Development Stephanie Seguino / Questioning
Economic Success through the Lens of Hunger Devaki Jain / Globalization,
Labour, and Womens Work: Critical Challenges for a Post-Neoliberal World
lourdes Benera / Removing the Cloak of Invisibility: Integrating Unpaid
Household Services in the Philippines Economic Accounts Solita Collas-
Monsod / Poor Women Organizing for Economic Justice Renana Jhabvala
/ Gender Dimensions of the World of Work in a Globalized Economy Naoko
Otobe / Gender, Global Crises, and Climate Change Itz Castaeda and Sarah
Gammage / The Cost of the Commoditization of Food and Water for Women
Yassine Fall / Modernity, Technology, and the Progress of Women in Japan:
Problems and Prospects Hiroko Hara / Equity in Post-crisis China: A Feminist
Political Economy Perspective lanyan Chen / Cuban Development Alternatives
to Market-driven Economies: A Gendered Case Study on Womens Employment
Marta Nez Sarmiento / Challenges for African Feminism in the Contemporary
Moment Patricia McFadden / Progressive Masculinities: Oxymoron or
Achievable? Jael Silliman / About the Editors and Contibutors / Index
INDIA 2039
An Affluent Society in One Generation
Harinder S Kohli, Emerging Market Forum and Centennial Group
Holdings, Washington DC and
Anil Sood, Formerly at World Bank, Washington DC
Features unique to this study:
unlike other vertical studies that treat a topic in depth but on its own,
this book tries to connect the dots between the key issues that could
decide the future of Indian society
it has a longer 30-year perspective, with a corresponding emphasis
on challenges that require long gestation to address
it offers a projection not of what will be but of what Indias potential is.
CONTENTS
Foreword Haruhiko Kuroda / Preface / Introduction: Determined Marathoner or
Sporadic Sprinter? Harinder S Kohli / I: INDIAS PROMISE AND IMPERATIVES
TO ACHIEVING IT / Indias Promise: An Affluent Society in one Generation Homi
Kharas / Realizing the Potential: Avoiding the Middle Income Trap Homi Kharas
/ Realizing the Potential: Managing Multiple Transformations Simultaneously
Harinder S Kohli / Realizing the Potential: Overarching ImperativeImproving
Governance Harinder S Kohli / II. MOVING TO A COHESIVE AND AFFLUENT
SOCIETY / Inequities and Indias Long-term Growth: Tackling Structural Inequities
Michael Walton / Urbanization and Public Services: Creating Functioning Cities
for Sustaining Growth Inder Sud / Environmental Quality of Indias Citizens:
Meeting Needs and Expectations of a more Affluent Society Harinder S Kohli
/ III: MOVING TO A GLOBALLY COMPETITIVE ECONOMY / Infrastructure for a
Competitive Edge: Overcoming Bottlenecks and Keeping Pace with Exploding
Demand Harinder S Kohli / Global Competitiveness through Technology
Vinod K Goel and R A Mashelkar / Energy and Sustainability in Affluent India:
Unleashing an Energy Revolution Hossein Razavi / IV: IMPROVING GOVERNANCE:
ROLE OF THE STATE AND GOVERNANCE Bimal Jalan / Governance for a Modern
Society: Combining Smarter Government, Decentralization and Accountability to
People Inder Sud / Governance and Administrative Reforms: Reforming the Public
Administration and Civil Service C M Vasudev, Hariharan Ramachandran, and
Vivek K Agnihotri / Notes / References
2010 300 pages Hardback: ` 2300.00 (978-81-3210-309-7)
TRANSITIONAL PUZZLES
Reflections on Social, Economic and Political Issues
Amlan Datta, Late of Economist and Educationist
Transitional Puzzles touches upon a number of issues, ideas
and institutions at the global level with a special outlook towards
India. It discusses the important issues in bits and pieces
without going into jugglery of scientific terms and statistical
formulations.
The Tribune
2009 304 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-7829-883-2)
21
Development Studies
STATE OF INDIAS LIVELIHOODS
REPORT 2010
The 4P Report
Edited by Sankar Datta, Livelihood School and Indian
Grameen Services, Hyderabad and Vipin Sharma,
ACCESS Development Services, New Delhi
The State of Indias Livelihoods (SOIL) Report is an annual publication
that aims to document recent trends and issues in the sphere of
livelihoods promotion of the poor. A one-of-its-kind report, it is the
only document that aggregates the experiences and challenges of the
livelihoods sector, analyzes case studies and reports the progress of
both government and privately run programmes with respect to the
4PsPeople, Policy, Promoters and Potential.
CONTENTS
Preface / Overview of Livelihoods Situation Sankar Datta and Vipin Sharma /
Livelihoods in AgricultureStatus, Policies and Prospects Trilok Singh Papola
/ Greening India Through MGNREGAConvergent Action for Benefits beyond
Employment Generation Suryamani Roul / New Generation Initiatives in Agri-
based LivelihoodsFive Successful Private Sector Initiatives Pradeep Kumar
Mishra / Financing AgricultureEmerging Scenario Biswa Bandhu Mohanty /
Agriculture MarketingFrom Livelihoods to Enterprise Reshma Anand / Climate
Change and AgricultureChallenges and Opportunities in India Shailesh Nagar
and Jayesh Bhatia
STATE OF INDIAS lIVElIHOODS REPORT 2010
2011 152 pages Paperback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0587-9)
SQUATTING WITH DIGNITY
lessons from India
Kumar Alok, Unique Identification Authority of India, Delhi, India
Written with commitment and passion, Squatting with Dignity
provides an in-depth analytical account of what has worked and
what remains to be achieved in the sanitation arena.
www.d-sector.org
The book is an essential reading for all those who are concerned
about Sanitation and it should be used as a resource material
for various sanitation related training programmes.
Rajwant Sandhu
CONTENTS
Foreword by Dr N C Saxena / Preface by Karin Hulshof / Introduction / Rural
Sanitation: Development in Phases / Debate on Key Policies and Evolution of
Implementation Strategy / Systems Building / Geographical Spread / Spread of
the Movement / Key Achievements and Learnings / Key Challenges / The Way
Forward / Glossary / Bibliography / Index
2010 412 pages Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-81-321-0744-6)
TAKING SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT SERIOUSLY
The Experience of Sri lanka
laksiri Jayasuriya, Professor Emeritus, University of Western Australia
The perspective in this book is quite different to much of
the previous analyses of the Sri Lankan social development
experience... the book presents what is best described as an
insider/outsider view on Sri Lanka, which is a rarity.
The Book Review
CONTENTS
Foreword by James Midgley / Introduction / SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND
SOCIAL POLICY / Changing Ideas of Social Policy / Rethinking Social
Development / Marshall and Citizenship Theorising / THE EVOLUTION OF SOCIAL
DEVELOPMENT IN SRI LANKA / The Formative Phase of Social Development in
Sri Lanka / Welfarism and Democratisation in the Late Colonial State (1931-48)
/ Consolidation of the Welfare State / THE END OF AN ERA AND REFRAMING
WELFARISM / Retreat from the Welfare State / Reclaiming Social Democracy:
Charting a Third Way for Sri Lanka / Postscript: Taking Stock after the Fall of
Sri Lankas `Berlin Wall` / Afterword by Nimal Sanderatne / References / Index
2010 248 pages Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-3210-465-0)
DISPLACED BY DEVELOPMENT
Confronting Marginalisation and Gender Injustice
Edited by lyla Mehta, University of Sussex
2008 356 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-7829-900-6)
BEYOND RELOCATION
The Imperative of Sustainable Resettlement
Edited by Renu Modi, Director, Centre for
African Studies, University of Mumbai
Beyond Relocation: The Imperative of Sustainable Resettlement
emphasizes the need for reforming laws and policies dealing with
displacement and resettlement in the Indian as well as the global
context. It analyses thee issues of risks, impoverishment, entitlements
and survival strategies of those displaced.
2009 456 pages Hardback: ` 875.00 (978-81-3210-087-4)
BEARING THE BRUNT
Impact of Rural Distress on Women
Swarna S Vepa, Madras School of Economics
Selecting relevant welfare indicators and focusing on the neglected
dimensions of gender equity, Bearing the Brunt: Impact of Rural
Distress on Women discusses the gendered impact of rural economic
distress with respect to employment, agricultural production, natural
resource management and food security. It shows that women are
bearing the brunt of the increase in rural economic distress at the turn of
the century, with spillover effects on their physical and social wellbeing.
The gender gap index shows a widening of the gender gap in welfare
between mid-nineties and this decade.
2009 264 pages Hardback: ` 575.00 (978-81-7829-925-9)
22
Development Studies | Urban Studies
CHALLENGING THE INJUSTICE OF POVERTY
Agendas for Inclusive Development in South Asia
Rehman Sobhan, Centre for Policy Dialogue, Dhaka
Rehman Sobhan strongly believes that poor people
themselves can dramatically change their own lives for better,
if institutional opportunities are created to do so. This is a
must-read book.
Muhammad Yunus, Nobel Laureate and Managing
Director, Grameen Bank, Bangladesh
CONTENTS
Preface / Poverty as Structural Injustice / Prevailing Poverty Alleviation Strategies:
A Review / Promoting Agrarian Reform / Enhancing the Market Power of the
Excluded: Sharing in Value Addition / Democratising Educational Opportunities
/ Budgetary Policies for Poverty Eradication / Financial Policies for Poverty
Eradication / Broadening Ownership of Assets through Collective Action /
Institutions for Promoting Collective Action by the Excluded / The Political
Economy of Structural Change / Annexures / Bibliography / Index
2010 516 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0468-1)
ANALYSING SOCIAL OPPOSITION
TO REFORMS
The Electricity Sector in India
V Santhakumar, Centre for Development
Studies, Thiruvananthapuram
2008 248 pages Hardback: ` 625.00 (978-81-7829-858-0)
ACCUMULATION BY DISPOSSESSION
Transformative Cities in the New Global Order
Edited by Swapna Banerjee-Guha, Tata
Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai
Written by some of the most eminent theorists and social
scientists of our time, including David Harvey himself, the
chapters cover critical empirical analyses of the contemporary
transformation processes of several cities and the related socio-
economic implications. [This books] publication is both timely
and important.
Social Action
CONTENTS
Introduction: Transformative Cities in the New Global Order Swapna Banerjee-
Guha / The Right to the City: From Capital Surplus to Accumulation by
Dispossession David Harvey / The Global City: Strategic Site, New Frontier Saskia
Sassen / Global Capital, Neoliberal Politics and Terrains of Resistance in Vienna
Heinz Nissel / Globalisation and Transformation of Dhaka City Nazrul Islam
and Salma A Shafi / Manufacturing / Neoliberalism: Lifestyling Indian Urbanity
Solomon Benjamin / Hi-tech Hyderabad and the Urban Poor: Reformed out of the
System umesh Varma Pakalapati / Reconfiguring Power Relationships: Policies
towards Urban Services in Mumbai Marie-Helene Zerah / Urban Transport
Projects in a Globalised Scenario Darryl Dmonte / Urban Public Space and
the Urban Poor Sharit K Bhowmik / Revisiting Accumulation by Dispossession:
Neoliberalising Mumbai Swapna Banerjee-Guha / Index
2010 256 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-8-1321-0313-4)
PARTICIPATORY RURAL APPRAISAL
Principles, Methods and Application
N Narayanasamy, Gandhigram Rural University, Tamil Nadu
The best part of this book is its liberal use of tables and
illustrations (maps and diagrams), which were developed in the
field during application of these tools. And, perhaps, this is what
makes it stand apart in comparison to other books. This book
would be of immense value to students and scholars working
on issues related to rural development. It will also be useful to all
those who work with rural communities and especially those who
are engaged in training rural development practitioners.
Current Science
2009 388 pages Paperback: ` 575.00 (978-81-7829-885-6)
A HUNDRED SMALL STEPS
Report of the Committee on Financial Sector Reforms
Planning Commission, Government of India
A Hundred Small Steps is a Report of the Committee on Financial
Sector Reforms goes deep into other areas where reforms are less
controversial, but perhaps as important. The report argues that we
need a change in mindset for the financial sector, one that recognizes
that efficiency, innovation, and value for money are as important for the
poor as they are for our new Indian multinationals, and these will come
from improved governance, new entry and competition.
2009 208 pages Paperback: ` 850.00 (978-81-7829-950-1)
RURAL DEVELOPMENT
Principles, Policies and Management
Katar Singh, India Natural Resource Economics and
Management (INREM) Foundation, Anand
The book recognizes the changes in the approach of rural
development and includes all relevant issues for inclusive
development with updated information.It is an essential
reading and makes a significant contribution to the rural
development literature and will be a good source of reference
for students, researchers and policy makers particularly in India
and in developing countries in general.
Indian Journal of Agricultural Economics
ABRIDGED CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / Rural Economy of India / Measures of Development /
Some Paradigms of Rural Development / Determinants of Rural Development
/ Rural Development Policies / Strategies for Sustainable Development / Policy
Instruments of Rural Development / Equity-Oriented and Growth-Oriented
Programmes / Poverty and Unemployment Eradication Programmes / Natural
Resources and Infrastructure Development Programmes / Planning for Rural
Development / Organising for Rural Development / Financing Rural Development
/ Implementation, Monitoring and Evaluation / Main Points / Questions for
Discussion / References and Select Bibliography / Index
SAGE TEXTS
2008 368 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-7829-926-6)
23
Urban Studies | Development Theory
RE-VISIONING INDIAN CITIES
The urban Renewal Mission
K C Sivaramakrishnan, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi, India
Re-visioning Indian Cities probes the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban
Renewal Mission (JNNURM) right from its inception to its present-day
avatar. The book significantly adds to the knowledge base on the urban
history of India.
Commencing with a historical background of the JNNURM, the book
traces the evolution of public policy in India on urban growth. In the
process it provides an understanding of the complex urban issues
and examines whether the JNNURM is a project response or a policy
response to these problems.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / Policy Background / Coverage and Components / Housing
and Services for the Urban Poor / The NURM and Urban Mobility / Disconnects
and Deficiencies / The Reforms Agenda / Dealing with District Planning / The
Metro Dimension / Reinforcements for the Reforms Agenda / The TAG: Looking
over the Shoulder? / A Mission amidst Many Realities / The Missions Journey:
Thus Far and the Way Ahead / Annexures / Index
2011 304 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0689-0)
DEVELOPMENT
THEORY
Second Edition
Jan Nederveen Pieterse, University of
California, Santa Barbara, USA
This exciting book is a tour de force, spanning a broad range
of approaches to development. It does not stop at critique, as
so many previous books on these issues have done, but offers
a unique perspective on future possibilities and the shape of
things to come.
Andrea Cornwall
CONTENTS
Preface to the Second Edition / Introduction / Trends in Development Theory
/ Dilemmas of Development Discourse - The Crisis of Developmentalism
and the Comparative Method / The Development of Development Theory:
Towards Critical Globalism / Delinking or Globalization? / The Cultural Turn
in Development: Questions of Power / My Paradigm or Yours? Variations on
Alternative Development / After Post-Development / Equity and Growth Revisited:
From Human Development to Social Development / Critical Holism and the Tao of
Development / Digital Capitalism and Development: The Unbearable Lightness
of ICT4D / Futures of Development / Twenty-First-Century Globalization and
Development / Reference
2010 / 272 pages / Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0565-7)
Originally priced at 70.00 (hardback) and 23.99 (paperback)!
URBANIZING CITIZENSHIP
Contested Spaces in Indian Cities
Edited by Renu Desai, Durham University, UK and
Romola Sanyal, Newcastle University, UK
urbanizing Citizenship tries to understand urban India, especially the
process of urbanization in the neo-liberalized cities, through the lens of
citizenship. It shows that urban citizenship and the consequent right to
the city are inextricably linked. Bringing together an interdisciplinary and
emerging group of scholars working on India, this book looks closely at
six Indian citiesAhmedabad, Bengaluru, Kolkata, Delhi, Mumbai, and
Varanasiand examines a range of processes in each of these cities,
thus exploring and analyzing how urbanization is taking place and what
it means to the inhabitants of that city.
CONTENTS
Foreword James Holston / Acknowledgements / Introduction: Emerging
Citizenships and Contested Spaces in Indian Cities Renu Desai and Romola
Sanyal / I: GOVERNANCE AND CITIZENSHIP IN THE NEOLIBERAL CITY:
Entrepreneurial Urbanism in the Time of Hindutva: City Imagineering, Place
Marketing and Citizenship in Ahmedabad Renu Desai / Democratic Urban
Citizenship and Mega-project Development in Globalizing Mumbai liza Weinstein
/ The Politics of Persuasion: Gendered Slum Citizenship in Neoliberal Mumbai
Sapana Doshi / Reengineering Citizenship: Municipal Reforms and the Politics of
e-Grievance Redressal in Karnatakas Cities Malini Ranganathan / II: PROTEST
AND CLAIMS-MAKING IN THE INDIAN CITY: Clean Air, Dirty Logic? Environmental
Activism, Citizenship and the Public Sphere in Delhi Sunalini Kumar / Who
Operates and Who Agitates? A Class-wise Investigation of Contentious Action
and Citizenship in Varanasi, India Jolie M F Wood / Linking Urban Vulnerability,
Extralegal Security and Civil Violence: The Case of the Urban Dispossessed in
Mumbai Jaideep Gupte / Displaced Borders: Shifting Politics of Squatting in
Calcutta Romola Sanyal / Afterword: In Other Words: The Indian City and the
Promise of Citizenship Janaki Nair / About the Editors and Contributors / Index
2012 320 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0730-9)
VULNERABLE INDIA
A Geographical Study of Disasters
Anu Kapur, Delhi School of Economics and a former Fellow
of the Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla
This book de-myths the oft repeated claim of natural disaster and
puts forward socio-economic factors as the cause for the recurrence of
disasters. With this framework, the author examines the popular notion
of the Vulnerable India in psycho-geographical terms and unmasks the
dimensions of vulnerability itself. In doing so the author foregrounds
the factors that create and perpetuate vulnerability of the marginalized
sections of the society and of the nation and redefines the phrase
Vulnerable India. Presenting a national level inquiry, the three sections
of the book called the Fact, Response, and Reality, spell a convincing
argument for why disasters recur in India.
CONTENTS
Foreword by Gopal Krishan / Preface / FACT / Indias Disasterscape /
Disasterscape Ascribed to the Naturals / RESPONSE / Traditional: Absorb and
Appeal / Colonial: / The Idea of Natural Disaster / Post-independence (194790):
Apathy and Blame / Globalization 1990 Onwards: Recognition not Realization
/ REALITY / Vulnerable India / A Disaster Divide / Appendices / Bibliography /
Image Credits / Index
2010 300 pages Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-8-1321-0077-5)
24
Development Methods | Environmental Studies | Agriculture
A FOREST HISTORY OF INDIA
Richard P Tucker, School of Natural Resources
and Environment, University of Michigan, USA
A Forest History of India by noted environmental historian Richard P
Tucker is an attempt to trace Indian forest history from the colonial era
to the present day. It is a study of the evolution of forest policy at the
national level, in counterpoint with management at the provincial and
local levels, primarily in the Himalayan districts. The book highlights the
two main strains of conflict that characterize the evolution of professional
forestry in India. First, the tension between the subsistence needs of the
local population and the commercial needs of the colonial state, and
second, the clash between the forest department that sought to preserve
and protect forests, and the revenue department that was driven by the
need to expand agriculture and industry.
CONTENTS
Introduction / Forest Management and Imperial Politics: Thana District, Bombay,
18231887 / The Forests of the Western Himalayas: The Legacy of British Colonial
Administration / The British Colonial System and the Forests of the Western
Himalayas, 18151914 / The Historical Context of Social Forestry in the Kumaon
Himalayas / The Evolution of Transhumant Grazing in the Punjab Himalaya / The
British Empire and Indias Forest Resources: The Timberlands of Assam and
Kumaon, 19141950 / The Depletion of Indias Forests under British Imperialism:
Planters, Foresters and Peasants in Assam and Kerala / The Commercial Timber
Economy under Two Colonial Regimes in Asia / Resident Peoples and Wildlife
Reserves in India: The Prehistory of a Strategy / Non-timber Forest Products
Policy in the Western Himalayas under British Rule / Index
ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
Theory and Applications
Katar Singh, India Natural Resource Economics and
Management Foundation, Anand and Anil Shishodia,
Sardar Patel University, Vallabh Vidyanagar
SAGE TEXTS
2007 422 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-0-7619-3597-1)
REFORMING INDIAN AGRICULTURE
Towards Employment Generation and Poverty Reduction
Essays in Honour of G K Chadha
Edited by Sankar Kumar Bhaumik, Calcutta University
2008 580 pages Hardback: ` 875.00 (978-0-7619-3645-9)
AGRICULTURE IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES
Technology Issues
Edited by Keijiro Otsuka and Kaliappa Kalirajan, both at
National Graduate Institute for Policy Studies (GRIPS), Tokyo
2008 162 pages Hardback: ` 550.00 (978-0-7619-3662-6)
OUR TOXIC WORLD
A Guide to Hazardous
Substances in Our
Everyday lives
Toxics link, New Delhi
For a topic as grim and morbid as toxics, the author has done
a good job to make it lively and interesting.The Illustrations are
wonderfully done, the script is easy to understand and peppered
with light humour.... All in all, a commendable effort and worth
an exposure.
Biblio
CONTENTS
Introduction / Cast of Characters / Construction: City of Bones / Automobile
Pollution: Air Today, Gone Tomorrow / Environmental Legislation: Laws of the
Land / Industrial Pollution: Poisonous Development / Chemicals: Killer Cocktail /
Electronic Waste: System Failure Imminent / Plastics: Material Mayhem / Heavy
Metals: Trail of Destruction / Food: Toxins at your Table / Household Waste:
Attitudes that Stink / Recycling: The Right Stuff / Festivals: Callous Celebrations
/ Glossary / Behind the Book
2010 180 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-3210-306-6)
ENERGY EFFICIENCY AND
CLIMATE CHANGE
Conserving Power for a Sustainable Future
B Sudhakara Reddy, Indira Gandhi Institute of Development
Research, Mumbai, Gaudenz B Assenza, Palacky
University, Czech Republic, Dora Assenza, Palacky
University Olomouc, Czech Republic and Franziska
Hasselmann, University of Fribourg, Switzerland
A handy book, the rather blandly titled Energy Efficiency and
Climate Change has the strength to draw in a wider range of
readers and not only get academics and policy wonks to nose
their way through the chapters.
Hindustan Times
CONTENTS
Preface / Energy, Economy and the Environment: An Introduction / Climate Debate
/ Win-Win Climate Policy / Fundamentals of Energy Efficiency / The Benefits and
Drawbacks of Energy Efficiency / The Concept of Barriers and Drivers and its
Application to Energy Efficiency / Energy Efficiency and International Environmental
Law / Commercializing Clean Energy Technologies / Financing Energy Efficiency
in Transition Economies / The Role of Institutions in Promoting Energy Efficiency
/ Epilogue: Road to a Sustainable Future: A Systematic Understanding of Energy
Efficiency and Climate Change / Consolidated Bibliography / Index
2009 372 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0228-1)
UNDERSTANDING ENVIRONMENT
Edited by Kiran B Chhokar, Mamata Pandya and Meena
Raghunathan, all at Centre for Environment Education, Ahmedabad
2004 336 pages Paperback: ` 375.00 (978-0-7619-3277-2)
25
Water Management
WATER, ECOSYSTEMS AND SOCIETY
A Confluence of Disciplines
Jayanta Bandyopadhyay, Indian Institute of Management, Calcutta
Water, Ecosystems and Society stresses the need for an
inter-disciplinary approach to water management. For those
interested in pursuing the topic in-depth, Bandyopadhyays
book is a rich source of information, as it provides plenty of leads
for further reading. The author brings out his rich and diverse
experience to lay sown a roadmap for companies to follow.
Businessworld
2009 212 pages Hardback: ` 575.00 (978-81-782-9933-4)
DROUGHTS AND INTEGRATED WATER
RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN SOUTH ASIA
Issues, Alternatives and Futures
Edited by Jasveen Jairath, Independent Consultant and
Researcher and Vishwa Ballabh XLRI, Jamshedpur
The book is an important contribution to current discourses on
water scarcity and the associated human dimensions in South
Asia, evolution of governmental response over the last almost
150 years, the continuing issues concerning equity, skewed
access to development resources/plans and the lack of gender
equality. In addition, some contributions also focus on the way
forward, with sound conceptual and practical approaches.
Current Science
WATER IN SOuTH ASIA, VOluME 2
2009 380 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-782-9859-7)
WATER FIRST
Issues and Challenges for Nations and Communities in
South Asia
Edited by Kuntala lahiri-Dutt, the Australian National University
and Robert J Wasson, Charles Darwin University, Australia
2008 476 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-0-7619-3625-1)
RESISTING REFORM?
Water Profits and Democracy
Kshithij uRS Action Aid and Campaign against Water
Privatisation in Karnataka and Richard Whittell, UK
Resisting Reform? Water Profits and Democracy critically examines
the attempts that have been made to reform Bangalores water supply
and situates them in their global and national context and in that of the
citys broader development. It looks at how the reforms have entered
government policy and how they have been opposed, principally by the
many poor in the city. This book also describes how involving private
players is not the best way to ensure an equitable water supply and
that treating water as a commodity is a dangerous principle to adopt
for running any water service, be it public or private.
2009 184 pages Hardback: ` 450.00 (978-81-782-9874-0)
INTERLACING WATER
AND HUMAN HEALTH
Case Studies from South Asia
Edited by Anjal Prakash and Jayati Chourey, both
at SaciWATERs, Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh, India
and Saravanan V S, Bonn University, Germany
Interlacing Water and Human Health is the third volume in the Water
in South Asia series published by SAGE and SaciWATERs and discusses
the relationship between water and health in South Asia. It studies health
issue with reference to poverty, environment and infrastructure in the
overall socio-political and economic developmental context. It combines
curative, preventive, adaptive and integrated features of the problem. This
book deals with the link between water and health; water supply, health
and sanitation; water pollution and health hazards; concerns of water and
health in the wake of natural disasters; urbanization; and industrialization.
CONTENTS
Series Editors Note / BACKDROP: Interlacing Water and Health in South Asia:
The Problmatique Anjal Prakash, Saravanan S V and Jayati Chourey / Good
Evidences, Bad Linkages: A Review of Water and Health in South Asia Jayati Chourey
and Anjal Prakash / Water, Health and Poverty in South Asia: Examining the Interface
in India Amita Shah and Sajitha O G / WATER SUPPLY, SANITATION AND HUMAN
HEALTH: Madhya Pradeshs Complex Challenges: Undernutrition and Infectious
Diseases Biraj Swain / Inequalities in Access to Safe Drinking Water, Sanitation and
Childhood Undernutrition in India William Joe and udaya Shankar Mishra / Access
to Safe Water and Health: Mortality, Morbidity and Malnutrition in Nepal Annette
l Fitzpatrick, Meera Kansakar, Jason Soh, Pam Elardo, Kevin C Fitzpatrick
and Dibya R Kansakar / Disease Burden Linked to Incomplete Water and Sanitation
Coverage in Orissa, India Aidan A Cronin and Srihari Dutta / INTENSIFICATION OF
AGRICULTURE, WATER AND HEALTH: Arsenic Contamination, Toxicity and Health
Effects: Cases from India and Bangladesh Nalini Sankararamakrishnan and leela
Iyengar / Arsenic Pollution and Reproductive Health: A Case Study of Murshidabad
District in West Bengal Mohua Guha and Kamla Gupta / Water Quality and Human
Health in Mewat: Challenges and Innovative Solutions lalit Mohan Sharma,
Aravinda Satyavada and Archana Chowdhury / RAPID INDUSTRIALISATION,
WATER AND HEALTH: Wastewater Use in Vegetable Production and Its Health
Impacts: A Case of Faisalabad, Pakistan Abedullah, Shahzad Kouser and Faisal
Abbas / Role of Farmers in Protecting Groundwater in Lower Bhavani River Basin of
Tamil Nadu, India Sacchidananda Mukherjee / Industrial Water Pollution and Health
Implications: Emerging Issues from Tiruppur, Textile Town of South India Prakash
Nelliyat / Impact of Mining on Water and Human Health: A Case Study of Baitarani
River Ecosystem in Orissa Sarmistha Pattanaik / INCREASING URBANISATION
AND WATER AND HEALTH: Wastewater in Sri Lanka: Implications on Human Health
Mohamed Mujithaba Mohamed Najim and Indika Harshani Rajapakshe /
Neglected Frontiers: Periurban Water Use and Human Health in the National Capital
Region, India Vishal Narain / Results of Unplanned Programmes: Drinking Water and
Sanitation System in Bhaktapur, Nepal Prachanda Pradhan / NATURAL DISASTERS,
WATER AND HEALTH: Interrelation between Water, Health and Livelihood in Disasters
Papreen Nahar, Fariba Alamgir, Andrew E Collins, Nibedita S Ray-Bennett and
Abbas Bhuiya / Health Disasters: Tsunami-induced Public Health Crisis in India
Nibanupudi Hari Krishna and Parnasri Ray Chodhury / Index
WATER IN SOuTH ASIA, VOluME 3
GOVERNANCE OF WATER
Institutional Alternatives and Political Economy
Edited by Vishwa Ballabh, Xavier Labour
Relations Institute, Jamshedpur
2008 396 pages Hardback: ` 1100.00 (978-0-7619-3607-7)
TOWARDS WATER WISDOM
limits, Justice, Harmony
Ramaswamy R Iyer, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi
2007 270 pages Hardback: ` 425.00 (978-0-7619-3585-8)
26
History
A PASSAGE TO INFINITY
Medieval Indian Mathematics from Kerala and Its Impact
George Gheverghese Joseph, University of
Manchester, UK and University of Toronto, Canada
Passage to Infinity: Medieval Indian Mathematics from Kerala and
its Impact begins with an examination of the social origins of the Kerala
School and proceeds to discuss its mathematical genesis as well as
its achievements. It presents the techniques employed by the School
to derive the series expansions for sine, cosine, arctan, and so on. By
using modern notation but remaining close to the methods in the original
sources, it enables the reader with some knowledge of trigonometry and
elementary algebra to follow the derivations.
CONTENTS
Introduction / The Social Origins of the Kerala School / The Mathematical Origins of
the Kerala School / The Highlights of Kerala Mathematics and Astronomy / Indian
Trigonometry: From Ancient Beginnings to Nilakantha / Squaring the Circle: The
Kerala Answer / Reaching for the Stars: The Power Series for Sines and Cosines
/ Changing Perspectives on Indian Mathematics / Exploring Transmissions: A
Case Study of Kerala Mathematics / A Final Assessment / Bibliography / Index
2010 236 pages Hardback: ` 495.00 (978-81-3210-168-0)
VOCALIZING SILENCE
Political Protests in Orissa, 1930-42
Chandi Prasad Nanda, Academic Staff College,
Utkal University,Vani Vihar, Bhubaneswar
Vocalizing Silence: Political Protests in Orissa, 193042 taps a
large chunk of unexplored archival and non-archival sources, within
a distinct historiographic framework. The book looks into the details
of both the mass movement and nonmass movement phases of the
struggle in Orissa, and discusses the strategies that build a mass anti-
imperialist struggle.
STuDIES IN MODERN INDIAN HISTORY, 13
2008 440 pages Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-0-7619-3634-3)
BUDDHISM IN INDIA
Challenging Brahmanism and Caste
Gail Omvedt, Kasegaon, Maharashtra
2003 324 pages Paperback: ` 550.00 (978-0-7619-9665-1)
LAND ACQUISITION, DISPLACEMENT AND
RESETTLEMENT IN GUJARAT: 1947-2004
lancy lobo, Centre for Culture & Development, Vadodara
and Shashikant Kumar, Planning Consultant
Lobo and Kumar deserve rich appreciation for arduously
generating a goldmine of data sets on this subject and then
incisively analyzing them. The book is an excellent addition
and it will have a long shelf life.
Social Action
2009 348 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-7829-938-9)
THE SOUTH ASIA STORY
The First Sixty Years of u.S. Relations with India and
Pakistan
Harold A Gould, Center for South Asian Studies,
University of Virginia, Charlottesville
The South Asia Story deals with the complex and changing U.S.
relations with India and Pakistan in the sixty years since World War
II. It carries a series of brief sketches on how twelve U.S. presidents,
starting with Franklin Roosevelt, perceived and dealt with South Asia.
The author proposes that though there are broad historical patterns in
which the policies and decisions of these American presidents can be
classified, yet their unique personalities and ideological predispositions
also played a role in the political choices they made. Since none of them
ever had any substantial experience with South Asia prior to assuming
office, probing the reasons for their preferences and decisions is an
enlightening and interesting exercise.
CONTENTS
Prelude / World War II and the Roosevelt Administration / The Truman
Administration (1945-1953) / The Eisenhower Administration (1953-1961) / The
Kennedy Administration (1961-1963) / The Johnson Administration (1963 to 1969) /
The Nixon Administration (1969-1974) / The Ford Administration (1974-1977) / The
Carter Administration (1977-1981) / The Reagan Administration (1981-1989) / The
Bush-1 Administration (1989-1993) / The Clinton Administration (1993-2001) / The
Bush-2 Administration (2001-2009) / Postscript / Notes / References / Index
2010 136 pages Paperback: ` 295.00 (978-81-321-0121-5)
COMMUNISM AND NATIONALISM
IN COLONIAL INDIA, 1939-45
D N Gupta, University of Delhi
Communism and Nationalism in Colonial India, 1939-45 can be
used both as a textbook as well as a supplementary reading material by
students, researchers and academicians working in the fields of Political
Science, Economics, Sociology and History. It is an invaluable resource
for all those interested in the study of the inter-play of communist,
nationalist and imperialist forces during the Second World War, including
political parties and civil society organizations.
STuDIES IN MODERN INDIAN HISTORY, 12 SERIES
2008 296 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-0-7619-3636-7)
NATIONAL MOVEMENT AND
POLITICS IN ORISSA, 1920-1929
Pritish Acharya, Reader in History, NCERT, Regional
Institute of Education, Bhubaneswar
National Movement and Politics in Orissa, 1920-1929 is a
comprehensive study of the nationalist movement and politics in
Orissa during the 1920s. It examines the national movement in the late
nineteenth century and the first two decades of the twentieth century
prior to the launch of the Civil Disobedience Movement by focusing on
the regional peculiarities, especially the Oriya linguistic and cultural
identity movement.
STuDIES IN MODERN INDIAN HISTORY, VOl-11
2008 324 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-0-7619-3627-5)
27
History
AN INDIAN POLITICAL LIFE
Charan Singh and Congress Politics, 1937 to 1961
Paul R Brass, University of Washington, Seattle, USA
An Indian Political life: Charan Singh and Congress Politics,
1937 to 1961 focuses on the role of Charan Singh in the politics of
the period while providing a broader perspective on the major issues,
controversies, and developments of the time.
The book is the result of a careful study of Charan Singhs personal
collection of political files coupled with a series of extensive interviews
with politicians, public personalities, and local people. It provides an
account of the principal issues and events of the period, including
HinduMuslim relations, the conflict between the Nehruvian goal of rapid
industrialization and the desires of those favoring primary attention to
agriculture, issues of law and order, the rise of corruption and criminality
in politics, the place of caste and status in a modernizing society, and
the pervasive factional politics characteristic of the era.
CONTENTS
Preface / Chronology of Principal Events in the Life of Charan Singh /
INTRODUCTION: An Indian Political Life / BEGINNINGS: Social Origins,
Early Life, and Beginning of a Political Career / Partition and HinduMuslim
Relations / TOWN VERSUS THE VILLAGE: Discrimination against the Village:
Reservation of 60 Percent of Places in Government Jobs for Agriculturists
(193962) / Transformation of the Agricultural Economy of Northern India:
Land Reforms and Charan Singhs Defence of Peasant Agriculture (194660) /
Urban Development and the Peasantry: Land Acquisition in Ghaziabad and the
Cultivators (19502009) / LAW AND ORDER, CORRUPTION, AND CRIMINALITY
IN POST-INDEPENDENCE UTTAR PRADESH: Corruption and Anti-Corruption
(194751) / Integrity and Reputation in a Corrupt System (194857) / Origins of
the PermitLicenseQuota Raj (1949) / Land Grabbing and Land Development
in the Tarai (195255) / The Political Economy of the Hindu Joint Family (1959) /
Political Parties and Crime in Early Post-Independence Uttar Pradesh (195461)
/ STATUS, HIERARCHY, AND GENDER: A Death in the Family: Status, Hierarchy,
and Gender in the Indian Bureaucratic System (1950) / CASTE, FACTION,
AND PARTY : Caste, Casteism, and Communalism before and after the
First General Elections (194756) / The Struggle for Control of Meerut District
(195456) / The Leader and His Followers: Loyalty, Betrayal, and Trust (194969)
/ Resignation After Resignation: Charan Singh in the Governments of Pandit Pant
and Dr Sampurnanand (194759) / CONCLUSION: Power, Principle, and Policy
/ Appendix / Glossary / Bibliography / Index
THE POlITICS OF NORTHERN INDIA: 1937 TO 1987, VOl 1
2011 612 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0686-9)
THE SIKH SEPARATIST
INSURGENCY IN INDIA
Political leadership and Ethnonationalist Movements
Jugdep S Chima, Associate Editor for South Asia,
Asian Survey, University of California, Berkeley
The book throws light on the political history of the Sikh
separatist insurgency in Punjab by focusing on patterns of
political leadership, the trends which led to the emergence of the
Punjab crisis, the various dynamics through which the movement
sustained itself and the changing nature of patterns of political
leadership which led to its decline in the mid-1990s.
Organiser
2010 340 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-3210-302-8)
DEBT AND DEATH IN RURAL INDIA
The Punjab Story
The late Aman Sidhu with Inderjit Singh Jaijee
Debt and Death in Rural India is a study of farmer suicides in rural
Punjab from the mid-1980s up to 2008. Based on comprehensive original
research work, it examines various factors ranging from central to state
policies and critically analyses political, economic and social trends
that led to the dismal condition of the farmers between 1988 and 2008.
This study presents a unique trajectory on the issue of farmer suicides
and contextualises the problem within a historical and geographical
framework. It includes interviews of family members of a number of
farmers who committed suicide in the subdivision of Sangrur district of
Punjab, India, which constitutes the area of the study.
CONTENTS
Foreword / Preface / Introduction / Punjabs Land, Rivers and Climate / Cultural
Profile of Moonak Subdivision / Dispute over Punjabs River Waters / History
of Southeast Punjab / The Demand for Federalism / Punjab versus the Central
Government Steamroller / Quantification of Suicides / A Problem does not Exist
if You do not Look at It / Rehabilitation and Compensation / Survival Strategies /
Afterword / Appendices / Index
2011 360 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0653-1)
BENGALURU, BANGALORE, BENGALURU
Imaginations and Their Times
Edited by Narendar Pani, Sindhu Radhakrishna, Kishor G
Bhat, all at National Institute of Advanced Studies, Bangalore
Probing into history beyond mere historical facts, this book focuses on
the imaginations that have determined the course of Bengaluru over the
last two-and-a-half centuries. It puts together contemporary accounts
of the imaginations of those who were heard at each point of time. This
approach is particularly relevant in the India of the current time where
debates on history are largely a matter of choosing one set of historical
facts over the other.
CONTENTS
Preface / Imaginations of Bengaluru Narendar Pani / BENGALURU TO
BANGALORE / The Fall of the Pete, 4 March 1791 Mark Wilks / The Storming of
the Fort, 21 March 1791 Thomas Munro / A Diary in 1800 Francis Buchanan /
CANTONMENT AND THE ANGLO-INDIAN LEGACY / The Defence of Lieutenant-
Colonel John Bell, 27 February 1810 / The Mutiny of the 84th, October 1815
/ A Weslyan View Rev Arthur Williams / Whitefield Benjamin lewis Rice /
Muslim Citizens of the Civil and Military Station M Kantharaj urs / EDUCATING
BANGALORE / Miss Manning and Zenana Education Rajamma Thamboo Chetty
/ Enumerating Education Benjamin lewis Rice / The Underdog as Scientist
Krishnaraja Wadiyar / Accessing Education Abroad C R Reddy / Examinations
and Merit Mirza M Ismail / IN PURSUIT OF THE MODERN / The Coming of
Electricity K Sheshadri Iyer, T R A Thumboo Chetty and P N Krishnamurti
/ Son of Mysore Harianna / Investigate, Educate, Organise M Visvesvaraya /
Workers of the City, Unite / Taking Off l C Mccarty / The Birth of the Infosys Saga
/ GUARDIAN STATE / The Plague C Sreenivasaiengar and K Sheshadri Iyer
/ Moving out of Risk CampbellS Directory / The Vokkaliga Case Vokkaligara
Sangha / Living Through the Debate on Reservation K R Srinivasa Iyengar /
BANGALORE TO BENGALURU / The Gokak Card Deepa Ganesh / Response
to Gokak u R Ananthamurthy / An Agenda for a Global City Bangalore Agenda
Task Force (BATF) / Warm, Warmer u S De / Getting up to Speed Kishor G Bhat
/ Governing Change Christoph Dittrich / The Built Environment Srikumar M
Menon and Nita Soans / THE FUTURE IN THE PAST / Of Men and Ramrajya M K
Gandhi / In Science We Trust Mirza M Ismail / Epilogue / Notes and References
2010 316 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-3210-303-5)
28
Sage Studies on Indias North East Series
NORTH EAST INDIA
local Economic Development and Global Markets
Edited by Hans-Peter Brunner, Asian
Development Bank (ADB), Manila
This collection North East India analyses the potential of the North
East Indian economy, discussing ways in which it can be reconnected
to the mainstream economic activities of India. Analysing the historical
factors responsible for the economic failure of the North East Region
(NER)the partition in 1947, weak infrastructure, lack of technological
know-how and poor access to marketing networksit assesses the
regions production scenario at present.
CONTENTS
Introduction: Economic Challenge Meets Trade-driven Development in Indias
North East Region Hans-Peter Brunner / The North East India Economy:
Resource Base and Constrained Productive Activities Hans-Peter Brunner
and Global Development Solutions / North East India Trade and Investment,
and Comparative Advantage Hans-Peter Brunner and Global Development
Solutions / Connectivity and Logistics for the North East and Beyond John
Arnold / Economic Governance in the North East M Govinda Rao and Hans-
Peter Brunner / Business and Finance in the North East Hans-Peter Brunner
/ Towards Inclusive Accelerated Growth: Scenarios for Demand-driven NER
Investment Strategy Amitabh Kundu and Hans-Peter Brunner / Appendices
Hans-Peter Brunner and Global Development Solutions / Firm and Trade Data
by State / Integrated Value Chain Analysis and Business ScenarioBamboo,
Pineapple and Rubber / Bibliography / Index
SAGE STuDIES ON INDIAS NORTH EAST
2010 240 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0230-4)
STATELESS IN SOUTH ASIA
The Chakmas between Bangladesh and India
Deepak K Singh, Panjab University, Chandigarh
The reviewer firmly believes that the book definitely will help
researchers of different subjects to explore an area which has
remained isolated and unknown even in other parts of northeast
India offering hopes to both Chakmas and Arunachalees,
especially by opening a strong debate, through questioning why
there is no solution to these peoples predicaments even after
fifty years of refugeehood.
South Asia Research
2009 / 320 pages / Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0236-6)
INTERROGATING DEVELOPMENT
State, Displacement and Popular Resistance in North
East India
Monirul Hussain, Guwahati University, Guwahati
2008 / 174 pages / Paperback: ` 375.00 (978-0-7619-3575-9)
TROUBLED PERIPHERY
Crisis of Indias North East
Subir Bhaumik, Eminent journalist and academic researcher
This book maps the reality of the region but goes beyond mere
history to analyse why the region has been in perpetual crisis
since Independence. It highlights how land, language and
leadership issues have been talking points in the northeast
and how factors like ethnicity, ideology and religion have
shaped conflicts. Troubled Periphery has briskly captured top
bestseller slots in the non-fiction category in several bookstores
across the country.
Civil Society
CONTENTS
Preface / Indias North East: Frontier to Region / Ethnicity, Ideology and Religion
/ Land, Language and Leadership / Insurgency, Ethnic Cleansing and Forced
Migration / The Foreign Hand / Guns, Drugs and Contraband / Elections, Pressure
Groups and Civil Society / The Crisis of Development / The Road Ahead /
2010 324 pages Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0237-3)
ETHNIC LIFE-WORLDS IN
NORTH-EAST INDIA
An Analysis
Prasenjit Biswas, North Eastern Hill University, Shillong
and Chandan Suklabaidya, Silchar, Assam
Ethnic life-worlds in North-East India: An Analysis draws upon the
phenomenological notion of the life-world to understand the culturally-
embedded construction of communities, for whom the lived experience
of cultural politics constitutes their identity. It analyses the cultural
and political determinants of ethnic- and identity-oriented struggles in
Indias North-East, as well as the cultural politics of ethnic mobilizations
in the region.
2008 312 pages Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-0-7619-3613-8)
BLISTERS ON THEIR FEET
Tales of Internally Displaced Persons in Indias North East
Edited by Samir Kumar Das, University of Calcutta
This book gives snapshots and detailed case studies of the
tales of internally displaced peoples in the North East of India
[The book is] distinct from previous studies due to the emphasis
placed on a rights based approach to displacement, where
communities, irrespective of their ethnic, religious or linguistic
identity, should be considered as the collective disenfranchised
and displaced communities. The book is a valuable contribution
to the study of the topic in the region.
Contemporary South Asia
2008 352 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-0-7619-3653-4)
29
Politics
PATHWAYS OF DISSENT
Tamil Nationalism in Sri lanka
Edited by R Cheran, University of Windsor, Canada
At a time when public discourse in Sri Lanka on the ethnic conflict
and the issues growing out of it is bristling with misconceptions,
misperceptions, jaundiced judgments, and even down right
lies, this book makes a welcome entry into our midst with the
abundant capability of putting the record straight on a multiplicity
of such heatedly-contested matters. Chief among these issues on
which clarity and perspicacity is remarkably achieved is the nature
of Tamil militancya must read. Pathways of Dissent meets
a long-felt but neglected need in Sri Lankas efforts to more fully
understand what went wrong in the islands post-independence
political history, from the point of view of the articulate sections
of the Tamil community. It helps greatly in coming to grips with
the other side of the story.
The Island
CONTENTS
Preface / Pathways of Dissent: An Introduction to Tamil Nationalism in Sri Lanka
R Cheran / Nationalism, Historiography and Archaeology in Sri Lanka S K
Sitrampalam / Towards Understanding Militant Tamil Nationalism in Sri Lanka
Ravi Vaitheespara / Brides as Bridges? Movements, Actors, Documents and
Anticipation in Constructing Tamilness Sidharthan Maunaguru / Configuring
Spaces and Constructing Nations in Sri Lankan Tamil Literature Chelva
Kanaganayakam / Painting the Artists Self: Location, Relocation and the
Metamorphosis T Shanaathanan / Being Tamil in a Different Way: A Feminist
Critique of the Tamil Nation Radhika Coomaraswamy and Nimanthi Perera-
Rajasingham / Making Sense of the Census in Sri Lanka: Up-country Tamils and
Sri Lankan Tamil Nationalism Daniel Bass / The Economics of Tamil Nationalism:
Evolution and Challenges V Nithiyanandam / Nationalism in the Era of Neo-
liberalism: The Changing Global Parameters of Self-determination and Statehood
Rajesh Venugopal / Appendix: Jaffna Youth Radicalism: The 1920s and 1930s
Santasilan Kadirgamar / Bibliography / Index
2009 332 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-3210-222-9)
COMPARATIVE
POLITICS
Edited by Judith Bara and Mark Pennington,
both at University of London, UK
This book provides a distinctive new introduction to the study of
comparative politics at undergraduate level. Rich in case study material
and global in coverage, Comparative Politics sets out the basic
theoretical and methodological foundations for studying different political
systems as well as the key structures and actors of which they are
comprised.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction Judith Bara / Theories and Methods in Comparative
Politics / Theories, Institutions and Comparative Politics Mark Pennington /
Methodologies for Comparative Analysis Judith Bara / Institutions / The Nation-
state and Nationalism Brendan O`Duffy / Electoral Systems Jocelyn A J Evans /
LegislaturesExecutive Relations Catherine Needham / The Bureaucracy Mark
Pennington / The Courts David Robertson / The Territorial Dimension Brendan
O`Duffy / Actors / Voters, Parties and Participation Judith Bara / Interest Groups
Mark Pennington / Political Leadership: The Long Road to Theory David S Bell
/ Afterword: Comparative Politics and the Three Approaches Revisited Judith
Bara / References / Index
2009 344 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-3210-292-2)
Originally priced at 65 (Hardback) and 23.99 (paperback)!
STRUGGLE FOR HEGEMONY
IN INDIA
3 Volume set!
Shashi Joshi, Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla,
India and Bhagwan Josh, Centre for Historical Studies,
Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, India
Struggle for Hegemony in India is a three-volume series that delineates
the multidimensional activities of the Indian communists. It explores the
role of the communist movement within the democratic polity of India.
The series addresses the changing relationship of the communists with
the Indian National Congress, their emergence as an opposition party,
the details of the formation of Left Front governments in state politics,
and their experience with insurrectionary movements in the country.
CONTENTS
VOLUME 1 / Preface to the Revised Edition / Preface / Hegemony and the
Historical Method / The Irrelevance of Leninism / The Non-cooperation Movement
and the Birth of Workers and Peasants Parties / To Be or Not to Be: Communist
Party or WPP? / The Colonial State, Indian Capitalists, and the Left: State, Nation
and Class / Nehrus Paradigm / Towards Left Hegemony: Molecular Changes
in Mass Ideology / Salt and the Steelframe Contending Hegemonies / Sarkar
Hargai / Of Strategies and Methods of Struggle / The Politics of Nation and Class /
Sectarianism or Alienation / In the Ghetto / M.N. Roy, Indian Communists and the
Third International / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index / VOLUME 2 / Preface to the
Revised Edition / Preface / Introduction / The Colonial State / Gandhian Strategy
and the Framework of Hegemonic Politics / State Policy, Congress Crisis, and the
Birth of a New Ideology / Gathering Forces of the Left and Governments Strategy
of Suppression / The Third International and Indian Communists: Communist Party
and the Disunited National Front / Marxism and Marxist Practices / Of Political
Issues and Ideological Conflicts: Colonial Constitution, Council Entry and Office
Acceptance / The Ministries and the Left: Experiments with Class Adjustment /
The Left and the Ministries: Experiments with Class ConfrontationI / The Left
and the Ministries: Experiments with Class ConfrontationII / The Divided left:
Notes on Permanent Disunity / Politics of Transformation vs Politics of Alternative
/ Communists since Independence / Epilogue / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index
/ VOLUME 3 / Preface to the Revised Edition / Preface / Introduction / Culture,
Community and Power / Outline of a Theory of Cultural Power / The Power of the
Past: Two Paradigms of Cultural Hegemony / Power and Hegemony: The Site of
Cultural Struggle / The Cultural Faultline and its Mirrors / The State in Medieval
North India and the Cultural Faultline / Women and Sexuality in the Discourse
of Communalism and Communal Violence / Narratives of Cultural Context /
The Cultural Complexion of the Nation: Indian National Congress versus Hindu
Mahasabha / Cultural Limits to Secular Politics: Sermons On National Unity /
Three Songs / Conclusion / Postscript / Bibliography / Index
2011 1324 pages Hardback: ` 2500.00 (978-81-321-0654-8)
SPATIALISING POLITICS
Culture and Geography in Postcolonial Srilanka
Edited by Cathrine Brun, Norwegian University of Science
and Technology and Tariq Jazeel, University of Sheffield
It would be a great pity if this admirable collection were to be
read only by people with a specialist interest in Sri Lanka, as its
importance stretches far beyond that small troubled country..
this collection admirably demonstrates, with remarkable
consistency, the value of the theoretical, the representational and
the performative in a precisely located cultural geography.
Singapore Journal of Tropical Geography
2009 260 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-7829-929-7)
30
Politics
INDIAN IDENTITY NARRATIVES AND
THE POLITICS OF SECURITY
Gitika Commuri, California State University, USA
The book provides a fresh insight into the role of identity in international
and national relations and policy. It analyses identity conceptions and
state behaviour, arguing that identities (seen in terms of self/other
relations) constitute a crucial element of state interest, both in terms
of end goals and strategies. It discusses the effects of secular and
religious-cultural understanding of identity on domestic and foreign
affairs.
CONTENTS
Prologue / Identity and the Politics of Security / National Identity Narratives
in India: Religious-Cultural and Secular / National Identity Narratives and the
Politics of Securing Jammu and Kashmir / Pakistan: Significant Patterns in
Relations with the Most Important External Other / Relations with China: Hindi
Chini Bhai-Bhai? / Conclusion: Identity Matters, but / Bibliography / Index /
About the Author
2010 336 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0521-3)
IDENTITY POLITICS IN INDIA AND EUROPE
Michael Dusche, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi
Identity Politics in India and Europe examines present
perceptions of East and West seen through the eyes of eminent
scholars from India. It is a very important book on this subject,
especially because it analyses both worlds, East and West, and
it tries to offer not only a comparison between what identity
politics means for each, but also extends the analysis to
different areas, from culture to language, as ways for a better
understanding of identity and differences.
International Journal of Humanistic Ideology
2009 400 pages Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-81-3210-304-2)
THE MODERN PRINCE AND
THE MODERN SAGE
Transforming Power and Freedom
Edited by Ananta Kumar Giri, Associate Professor,
Madras Institute Development Studies, Chennai
Ananta Kumar Giri has been furrowing in the frontier regions
of contemporary sociological theory. He and a most admirable
group of social theorists and philosophers from several
countries find that even their frontier worlds are pervaded by
mutual challenges between power-craving princes and freedom-
seeking sages. Giri has assembled here 29 cutting-edge essays
and much-needed wise reflections on vitally important topics
such as development ethics and poverty, the power of non-
violent movements, and the moral dimension in world history,
Islam and human rights, Buddhist reflections on human security,
Gandhian empowerment, and the example of the construction
in South Africa of structures of cooperations
Thomas Pantham
2009 664 pages Hardback: ` 950.00 (978-81-7829-827-6)
MODERN INDIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT
Text and Context
Bidyut Chakrabarty and Rajendra Kumar
Pandey, both at University of Delhi
Modern Indian Political Thought is an essential reading for
students of social sciences seeking to unravel the formation
and text of the thoughts of great Indian political thinkers. It is
an unconventional articulation of the political thought in India
that evolved during the nationalist struggle against colonialism.
The distinguishing feature of this book is its linking of the text of
Indian political thought with the context.
Free Press Journal
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / I: REVISITING THE TEXTS / Early Nationalist Responses:
Ram Mohan Roy, Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay, Dayananda Saraswati and
Jotiba Phule / Moderates and Extremists: Dadabhai Naoroji, M G Ranade and B
G Tilak / Mahatma Gandhi / Rabindranath Tagore / B R Ambedkar / Jayaprakash
Narayan / Jawaharlal Nehru / Muhammad Iqbal / M N Roy / Ram Manohar Lohia
/ Subhas Chandra Bose / V D Savarkar / Pandita Ramabai / CONTEXT AND
CONTEXTUAL INFLUENCES RE-EXAMINED / Nature and Processes of Indian
Freedom Struggle / Landmarks in Constitutional Development during British
Rule: A Historical Perspective / Socio-economic Dimensions of the Nationalist
Movement / Culmination of the British Rule and the Making of Indias Constitution
/ Conclusion / Model Questions / Glossary / Index
SAGE TEXTS
2009 472 pages Paperback: ` 375.00 (978-81-321-0225-0)
INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Bidyut Chakrabarty, University of Delhi and he occupied the
prestigious India Chair at the Asia-Africa Institute, University of
Hamburg and Rajendra Kumar Pandey, University of Delhi
Indian Government and Politics is a must-read. The book
offers definitive information on topics ranging from the Indian
Constitution to local governance and planning and economic
development. There is little that has been left out; indeed, it can
be safely said that, whatever is absolutely needed is there. One
welcome addition is the number of contemporary issues such
as environment, gender and ways to strengthen the democratic
system that has served us for over 60 years.
The Pioneer
SAGE TEXTS
2008 388 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-782-9881-8)
DEMOCRACY, DEVELOPMENT AND
DISCONTENT IN SOUTH ASIA
Edited by Veena Kukreja and Mahendra Prasad
Singh both at University of Delhi
Democracy, Development and Discontent in South Asia
comprises latest analysis of data by well known scholars in the
field, clear conceptualization, and fresh theoretical organization
and interpretation.
Free Press Journal
2008 340 pages Hardback: ` 775.00 (978-0-7619-3617-6)
31
Politics
INTERDISCIPLINARY PERSPECTIVES
IN POLITICAL THEORY
Edited by Mangesh Kulkarni, University of Pune, India
Interdisciplinary Perspectives in Political Theory offers fresh and
thought-provoking perspectives on some of the most pressing political
concerns of our times.
The volume includes a dozen articles that draw upon a wide spectrum of
social sciences and humanities (political science, sociology, international
studies, psychoanalysis, philosophy, cultural studies) to explore the
historically-grounded contemporaneity and the interdisciplinarity of
political theory. It represents the joint endeavour of the editor and 12
outstanding scholars affiliated with renowned academic institutions
spanning four continents.
CONTENTS
Introduction / Reflections on the Relation between Theory and Practice for
Our Times Jayant lele / Politics of Globalisation: Theoretical Debates Rohini
Hensman / Theory of Public Choice: Implications for Democracy Prakash
Sarangi / Justice, Citizenship and the Politics of Feminism lajwanti Chatani /
Group Identities and Rights: A Case for Theory beyond the Nation-state Arpita
Anant / Civil Society: Alternatives and Differences Sanjay Palshikar / Albert
Camus and the Politics of Friendship Mangesh Kulkarni / Dismantling the Political
Syed A Sayeed / Discourse Ethics: Rediscovering the Link between Rationality
and Morality Deepti Gangavane / Debates on Protecting Traditional Knowledge
in the Age of Globalisation: A Call for Re-imagining Political Theory Kannamma
Raman / The Camp as Nomos of the Modern: Interrogating the Armed Forces
(Special Powers) Act, 1958 Shardool Thakur / The Crime of Torture Justin
Clemens and Russell Grigg / Index
2011 304 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-8-132-1063-02)
NEW NEPAL
The Fault lines
Nishchal Nath Pandey, Director, Centre for
South Asian Studies, Kathmandu
Nischal Nath Pandey, provides in depth research into the gut
political, social and economic issues facing Nepal and points to
their considerable gravity in the continuing search for political
normalcy in the intricately pluralistic state. As a study of the
New Nepal, the book is frank, factual, lucid, concise, and, to
the general readers relief, free of specialist jargon. Accordingly,
it makes for easy reading and by virtue of these pluses would
prove an invaluable tool in South Asias efforts at ushering
democratic polities in the truest sense.
The Island Online
CONTENTS
Preface / Peoples Movement II and its Aftermath / Interim Constitution and
Repeated Amendments / Maoist Triumph / The Fault lines / Language as a
Potential Source of Conflict / Secularism: Onset of Religious Conflict? / Security
Sector Governance and Future of Nepal Army / Lack of Political Culture and
Legitimacy / Role of UNMIN / Rejuvenating the Economy / India and Nepal:
Partners in Progress / NepalChina Relations: Giving an Economic Thrust /
Conclusion / Appendix: Comprehensive Peace Agreement between Government
of Nepal and Communist Party of Nepal (Maoist) / Index
2010 184 pages Hardback: ` 495.00 (978-81-3210-316-5)
MANAGED CHAOS
The Fragility of the Chinese Miracle
Prem Shankar Jha, Diplomat, journalist and author
Managed Chaos: The Fragility of the Chinese Miracle reads into the
Chinese politics and economy and the disparate status and position
of the two domains. On one hand, its economy has sustained a near
10 per cent growth rate for 30 years, while, on the other, trapped in
an incomplete transition from a totalitarian to a democratic market
economy, politically the country is still considered a fragile state. This
book helps the reader resolve this incongruity through its inference
CONTENTS
Preface / Mixed Feelings / Conflicting Views of Chinas Development / Double Digit
Growth? / Friction-Free Growth? / Cadre Capitalism / Why Purely Economic
Remedies Have Not Worked / An Ancient Struggle in a New Guise / Recession
and the Birth of Class Conflict / The Emergence of a Predatory State / Retaining
the Mandate of Heaven / The Challenge Ahead / Notes / References / Index
2009 204 pages Hardback: ` 525.00 (978-81-3210-076-8)
POLITICS OF GLOBALIZATION
Edited by: Samir Dasgupta University of Kalyani, West Bengal and
Jan Nederveen Pieterse University of California, Santa Barbara
Politics of Globalization presents an up-to-date perspective on the
kaleidoscopic politics of globalization. The authors analyse the existing
definitions of capitalism and argue that globalization and the consequent
growing multi-polarity in world politics is not a crisis but a proliferation
of capitalisms. This network of capitalisms becomes the framework of
the politics of the new globalization.
CONTENTS
Prologue: New Balance Jan Nederveen Pieterse / Introduction: A Reflection on
Politics of Globalization and Textual Entrails Samir Dasgupta / Coup detat and
Paper Tiger in Washington, Fiery Dragon in the Pacific Andre Gunder Frank /
From We the People to We the Planet: Neoconservative Visions of a Global
USA Manfred B Steger / The Transnational Capitalist Class and the Politics of
Capitalist Globalization leslie Sklair / Transnationalization, Class and the State
William K Tabb / Globalization Theory or Theories of (Capitalist) Globalization:
The Political Implications of the Distinction Ray Kiely / Entering Global Anarchy
Immanuel Wallerstein / Towards the 21st Century International Division of Labour
Jan Nederveen Pieterse / Dialectics of Globalization : From Theory to Practice
Douglas Kellner / Policing Anti-globalisation Protests: Patterns and Variations in
State Responses Tomas Mac Sheoin and Nicola Yeates / Globalization Politics
with Womens Empowerment Samir Dasgupta / Coping with Market Liberalism:
Politics of Trade Unionism in Contemporary India Biswajit Ghosh / Globalization
and the Human Empire Steven Best / Exploring Global Agrifood Politics and the
Position of Limited Resource Producers in the United States John J Green and
Anna M Kleiner / Nothing has been Decided: The Chances and Risks of Feasible
Globalization Nico Stehr / The Boundaries of Citizenship: Dual, Nested and Global
Peter Kivisto and Thomas Faist / Globalization: Whither Socially Responsible
Initiatives? Ananda Das Gupta / A Global Community-building Language? Amitai
Etzioni / Sites of Globalization: The Social and Cultural Origins of Community
Libraries Gabriel Ignatow / Index
2009 472 pages Hardback: ` 875.00 (978-81-7829-947-1)
32
Politics
WOMEN IN TERRORISM
Case of the lTTE
Tamara Herath, Central Justice Unit,
Central London Police Station, UK
Women in Terrorism examines the growing number of women actively
engaged in terrorist activity and considers the significance of this for
theorising gender, conflict and social politics. Toward that end, the book
studies Tamil women combatants of the Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam
(LTTE), an armed resistance group identified as one of the deadliest
terrorist groups globally.
CONTENTS
Notes on the Language Conventions / Entering a Tigers Lair / The Lions and The
Tigers: A Historical Overview of the Sri Lankan Conflict and the Role of Women /
Displacement and Contributing Factors to Joining the LTTE / The Tiger Family: Kin
Identity amongst Women Combatants of the LTTE / Death and the Suicide Bomber /
Ah-lu-mai: Equality and Empowerment of the New Woman, Puthumai Pen / Ending
a Journey: Final Reflections / Bibliography / Index / About the Author
MUMBAI: POST 26/11
An Alternate Perspective
Edited by Ram Puniyani, Social Activist, Mumbai and
Shabnam Hashmi, Social and Human Rights Activist, Delhi
This compilation discusses terrorism, law, Indo-Pak relations, the
indigenous causes of terrorism in India, the role of the state, the pattern
of investigations so far, the prevalent laws, the response of civic society,
the role of the media, the unsolved puzzles and the need for a deeper
inquiry into the incident. With a focus on 26/11, the chapters discuss
the entire phenomenon of terrorism.
2009 188 pages Hardback: ` 395.00 (978-81-3210-308-0)
ECONOMY, DEMOCRACY AND THE STATE
The Indian Experience
Ramashray Roy, Visiting Fellow at the G B Pant
Social Science Institute, Allahabad
Economy, Democracy and the State The Indian Experience offers
a comprehensive picture of how economic forces have emerged as
being of central importance in India and the kind of economic growth
that the Indian polity has been able to achieve within the framework of
democratic politics. It avers that the modern state is inextricably linked
to economic growth and democratic politics.
This book explores the patterns of economic growth (both industrial
and agricultural) and its impact on Indian democratic politics. It offers
an insight into how the changing patterns of economic growth in the
country have determined government policies and questions the extent
to which the hopes and aspirations of the common man have been
satisfied. This exploration of the interrelation between democracy and
economy yields a better understanding of the nature and working of
the Indian democracy.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / Ascendance of Economics / Economy and the State /
India, 1757-1947: Re-Forming India / Transforming Society / Agriculture: The
Legacy of Neglect / Energizing the Countryside / Overview / Bibliography / Index
2009 264 pages Hardback: ` 675.00 (978-81-321-0082-9)
THE TIGER VANQUISHED
lTTEs Story
M R Narayan Swamy, Indo-Asian News Service, New Delhi
It is an essential read for anyone trying to get his intellectual keel
on extremist philosophy. At a time when even the most pacifist
of thinkers cannot imagine a world without a war between good
and evil , and civilization and medievalism , it is good to read
about a group that started it all.
The Book Review
CONTENTS
Key years in LTTE history / The final conversation: May 2009 / Introduction / /
Testimonials of LTTE Cadres / TESTAMENT ISarojas Story / TESTAMENT II
Vanis Story / I: 2003-2005 / Why Does LTTE Make Pro-India Noises? / Turmoil in
Tiger Land / Only a Snake Understands a Snake/ Can Tsunami bring Peace to
Sri Lanka? / The Tsunami, and Prabhakaran / Tribute: Shankar Rajee / Kadirgamar
Assassination will Kill Peace Process / Norway has to Recalibrate Sri Lanka Peace
Process / II: 2006 / Switzerland taking Deep Interest in Sri Lanka / / Solheim not
to Quit Peace Process / India Clawing back to Sri Lanka`s Northeast / A Book is a
Window to Knowledge / Indian PM Urges Rajapakse to Save Tamils in Trincomalee
/ Suicide Bomber Blows up Sri Lanka`s Peace Process / Prabhakaran`s Pride: Or
Why he Refused to Meet Akashi / Co-chairs` forthright Sri Lanka Edict will Please
India / Indian Trader Brutally Killed, two Missing in Sri Lanka / Pro-LTTE Website
Attacks Karunanidhi / Armed with Parrots, Tamil Girl Flees to India / In War Torn Sri
Lanka, a Widow Remembers / Be Patient Please, Sri Lanka to Tell India / Faltering
Sri Lankan Peace Process / Solheim calls Karuna Allegations Complete Lies /
Experts Suggest Genuine Power Sharing in Sri Lanka / Balasingham Epitomized
LTTE`s Lovehate ties with India / Sri Lanka Needs New Truce Agreement / III:
2007 / Why George Bush Cannot Match Sonia Gandhi? / Misery, Epidemic go
Hand in Hand in Troubled Sri Lanka / Sri Lanka`s Abduction Industry has top
Academic in its Grip / War Material Seizure Signal LTTE Bracing for Guerrilla War /
LTTE cannot be Defeated Militarily, US tells Sri Lanka / India Concerned over LTTE
Explosives Smuggling / Husband Dead, Tamil Woman wants to return to Sri Lanka
/ A Historic Accord Few Remember Today / On to Tamil Eelam: From Bicycle to
Aircraft / Amid war, India`s Emerging Sri Lanka Tilt / How to tell Tamils they don`t
Belong to Sri Lanka? / Action above Ideology for Black Sea Tigers / Use dignified
Language, Bhagwati tells Sri Lanka / Two Decades Later, LTTE Suicide Bombers
Live on / Why no Memorial for the IPKF in India? / IndiaSri Lanka Accord: Does
It Still Flicker? / Britain Favours Regime Change in Sri Lanka / Thamilchelvan`s
killing a Disaster to LTTEand Sri Lanka / Sri Lanka Gained Upper Hand over
LTTE in 2007 / IV: 2008 / LTTE Man`s Arrest for Abduction Plan First since 1991 /
India`s Covert Role in Sri Lanka`s Ceasefire / India Meddling in Sri Lanka Affairs,
says JVP / I want to bring Peace to Sri Lanka: Sri Sri Ravi Shankar / India`s Sri
Lanka Power Project runs into Tamil Storm / Sri Lanka cannot Negotiate with
LTTE, says Diplomat / In Sri Lanka, LTTE Territory Shrinks and Shrinks / We have
Failed to Convince the World: Sri Lanka Defence Secretary / NorwayLTTE Ties
Sour over Theft of NGO Vehicles / India under Attack in pro-LTTE media / Tamil
Nadu / Ferment Stuns Rajapaksa but War will go on / India to send 2,000 tonnes
of Relief Goods to Sri Lanka / V: 2009 / Kilinochchi`s Fall a Major Setback to LTTE
/ Prabhakaran cannot Escape from Sri Lanka, says Former Aide / After 25 years,
Cornered LTTE Faces Deathly Crisis / Tamil Man Recounts tales of Horror in Sri
Lanka war / Vaiko has been an Undisguised Supporter of the LTTE / Has LTTE
Executed its Military Spokesman? / LTTE Media Targets Sonia over War Debacle
/ Playing Politics with Tamil lives in Sri Lanka / Is LTTE in Secret, Indirect talks
with US to Surrender? / Prabhakaran: From Catapult Killer to Ruthless Insurgent
/ Prabhakaran was with 18 men when he was Killed: Karuna / Displaced Tamils to
be Resettled by 2009-end: Rajapaksa / Swat the Fly, Kill the Foe / So, the Tamil
Tigers were Mortals after all / How the Tide Turned/ Postscript: A New Dawn
2010 276 pages Paperback: ` 325.00 (978-81-321-0459-9)
33
Politics
VALUES AND INFLUENCE
OF RELIGION IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
l Shanthakumari Sunder, formerly Additional Chief
Secretary and Development Commissioner, Karnataka
Values and Influence of Religion in Public Administration is a study
of the influence of religion on the values and ethics of the steel frame
of Indiathe Indian Civil Service (ICS) and its successor, the Indian
Administrative Service (IAS). Examining pertinent subjects like the
historical origins of IAS, colonial ethics, codes of conduct and Hindu
ethics, the book presents a socio-religious analysis of corruption in India.
The book deals primarily with the issue of administrative corruption in
the IAS, the premier civil service of India, and also in the Indian society,
of which the IAS is an integral component. It is the result of a thorough
survey and in-depth interviews of serving IAS officers of the Karnataka
cadre.
CONTENTS
Introduction / Historical Origins of the IAS: Historical Review of the Origin and
Evolution of ICS under British Rule / Colonial Ethics: The Influence of Christian
and Secular Moral Thought on Social Change in Britain and the ICS / The Code
of Conduct for the IAS: Conduct Rules, Constitutional Provisions, Recuitment,
and Training / Survey to Assess the Values of the IAS: Elucidation of Opinions /
Hindu Ethics: Influence on the Values of the Society and the IAS / The Remedy /
Appendix / Bibliography / Index
2011 332 pages Paperback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0571-8)
UNDERSTANDING GANDHI
Gandhians in Conversation with Fred J Blum
usha Thakkar , Institute of Research on Gandhian Thought and
Rural Development and Jayshree Mehta Sumandeep Vidyapeeth
University, Vadodara
Excellent volume fills a gap in the extensive literature on Gandhi.
It provides valuable information and insights and assists a
balanced and just critical assessment of him. As the editors
show, Gandhi still has much to offer to contemporary India`s
struggle to create a just society and a healthy and self-critical
political culture
Prof Lord Bhikhu Parekh, University of Westminster
understanding Gandhi is a collection of interviews of six of Mahatma
Gandhis closest associatesJ.B. Kriplani, Raihana Tyabji, Dada
Dharmadhikari, Sushila Nayar, Jhaver Patel and Sucheta Kripalani. The
interviewees reflect on Gandhis ideas in the light of changes that took
place in India after Independence.
CONTENTS
Foreword by Profeesor lord Bhikhu Parekh / Introduction / Fred J Blum
(1914-1990) / J B Kripalani / Raihana Tyabji / Dada Dharmadhikari / Sushila Nayar
/ Jhaver Patel / Sucheta Kripalani / Glossary / Bibliography / Index
2011 572 pages Papaerback: ` 550.00 (978-81-321-0557-2)
EMERGENCE OF THE POLITICAL SUBJECT
Ranabir Samaddar, Director, Mahanirban
Calcutta Research Group, Kolkata
Emergence of the Political Subject is on the political subject, the
conditions of its emergence, and the theoretical implications of this
emergence, particularly those for our history. It seeks to change the
way in which we understand our modern political history and the way
inquiries are conducted into political life, truth and collective existence.
It discusses substantial philosophical interventions to demonstrate
why we need less of western political theories and philosophies to
understand colonial and post-colonial political life. One can find in the
story of the emergence of the political subject the overturning of the
established world of knowledge. The work contains some fascinating
accounts of the dialogic practices which it weaves into a critical theory of
politics. This book will leave a lasting impact on the way we see politics,
history of our democracy, transformation, masses and their agency
CONTENTS
Introduction / I. SITUATIONS / Death and Dialogue / The Impossibility of Settled
Rule / The Singular Subject / Terror, Politics, and the Subject / What is Resistance?
/ A Rebels Vision / II. POSITIONS / The Labour of Memory / Towards a Theory of
the Constituent Power / Possibilities of Our Trans-national Citizenship / Empire,
Globalisation, and the Subject / Epilogue / Bibliography / Index
2010 352 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-3210-290-8)
FASCINATING HINDUTVA
Saffron Politics and Dalit Mobilisation
Badri Narayan, Govind Ballabh Pant Social
Science Institute, Allahabad
This is a fascinating study of the strategies and tactics being
used by Hindutva forces for mobilising the dalits around its
political agenda. These volumes should be of interest to
scholars in the field of social history, cultural studies and tribal
and dalit affairs.
The Tribune
2008 216 pages Papeback: ` 325.00 (978-81-7829-906-8)
SOCIAL MOVEMENTS AND THE STATE
Edited by Ghanshyam Shah, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi
READINGS IN INDIAN GOVERNMENT AND POlITICS, VOluME 4
2001 472 pages Paperback: ` 495.00 (978-0-7619-9514-2)
SOCIAL MOVEMENTS IN INDIA
A Review of literature
Ghanshyam Shah, Netherlands Institute for Advanced Study
in the Humanities and Social Sciences, Wassenaar
2004 280 pages Paperback: ` 495.00 (978-0-7619-9834-1)
34
Politics | International Affairs
POWER REALIGNMENTS IN ASIA
China, India and the united States
Edited by Alyssa Ayres, McLarty Associates, Washington DC,
C Raja Mohan S Rajaratnam School of International Studies,
Nanyang Technological University, Singapore
The topics covered in the collection span traditional security issues
political-military affairs and military modernizationto new challenges
posed by rapid and deep economic integration, to global issues like
energy security and environmental degradation accompanying rapid
economic growth. Each of these issues affects the triangular dynamic
among China, India and the United States. A special feature of this
volume is that it is an informed assessment of an under-researched
themeChinas complex role in simultaneously promoting and inhibiting
Indo-US engagement. It examines the many shades of strategic
ambiguity, reflected most recently in Chinas response to the historic
Indo-US civil nuclear initiative.
CONTENTS
Foreword by Ambassador K Raghunath / Foreword by Francine R Frankel /
Introduction Alyssa Ayres / The Economic Architecture of China in Southeast
and Central Asia Nicholas R lardy / Chinas Economic Resurgence and Flexible
Coalitions Vivek Bharati / The Case of China and the Global Environment:
Dizzying Growth, Devolution of Power, Environmental Disaster Elizabeth
Economy / Growing India-China Economies, Linked Environmental Concerns,
and Emerging Scenarios P S Ramakrishnan / Security Concerns and Chinas
Military Capabilities: The Eagle, the Dragon, and the Elephant Jasjit Singh /
The Evolving Security Order in Asia: Implications for US-India Relations David
Shambaugh / Energy Security and the Future of Energy Cooperation: China
Kenneth lieberthal / Chinas Quest for Energy SecurityImplications for
the World Sudha Mahalingam / US and Indian Interests in Indias Extended
Neighbourhood Ashley J Tellis / India and Regional Security Interests Vikram
Sood / The Evolution of Sino-Indian Relations: Implications for the United States
C Raja Mohan / The Context and Purposes of US-India Strategic Cooperation
Richard J Ellings / Situating the Realignment C Raja Mohan and Alyssa Ayres
/ Index
2009 356 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-782-9948-8)
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
IN SOUTH ASIA
Search for an Alternative Paradigm
Navnita Chadha Behera, Nelson Mandela Centre
for Peace and Conflict Resolution, New Delhi
International Relations in South Asia: Search for an Alternative
Paradigm offers perspectives from various Asian countries like Nepal,
Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Bangladesh and India and captures contemporary
thinking with articles that are being published for the first time. It is a
compelling read for researchers and academicians working in the fields
of Political Science, International Relations, Strategic/Security Studies
and South Asian Studies.
2008 348 pages Hardback: ` 775.00 (978-81-7829-870-2)
INDIAS 2009 ELECTIONS
Coalition Politics, Party Competition and
Congress Continuity
Edited by Paul Wallace Professor Emeritus, University of
Missouri, Columbia and Ramashray Roy Former Director,
Centre of the Studies of Developing Societies
Indias 2009 Elections is an inquiry into the 15th General Elections of
India. It explores how the elections played out, what factors influenced
the electorate, and how the elections are an important contribution to
Indias democracy.
Authored by renowned scholars and analysts from various backgrounds,
the collection of articles critically examines multiple areas of the Indian
polity:
Coalition and alliance politics, representation, national integration,
and womens participation.
Dominant party, competitive two-party, and multi-party states
including Gujarat, West Bengal, Rajasthan, Kerala, Maharashtra,
Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Jammu and Kashmir, and the
northeast states.
Caste,tribal, and ethnic politics.
According to the contributors, the public outcome of the 2009 elections
indicated a demand for integrity, continuity, and competencevalues
that were considered almost obsolete in todays political scenario. At
the same time, the contributors admit to problems in structure, providing
for minority cultures, stability, and contentious public policy issues.
CONTENTS
Preface / THEMATIC STUDIES / Introduction: Political Stability and Governance
Coherence Paul Wallace / Regional Base and National Dream: Alliance Formation,
2009 National Elections Ramashray Roy / Coalition Politics: Withering of National-
Regional Ideological Positions? Pramod Kumar / Region, Representation, and
National Cohesion: Public Space in India Jyotirindra Dasgupta / Federalism,
Party System, and Structural Changes in India Maneesha Roy / Gender
Discourse in Elections: Constructing a Constituency? Rainuka Dagar / The BSP
in 2009: Still Making Progress, But Only as a Dalit Party Christophe Jaffrelot /
ANALYTICAL STATE STUDIES / One Favoured (dominant) Party System / Gujarat:
Goebbels Propaganda and Governance: The 2009 Lok Sabha Elections in
Gujarat Ghanshyam Shah / West Bengal: Mapping a Political Challenge: West
Bengal 2009 Amiya K Chaudhuri / Alternating Two-party Systems / Rajasthan:
Silent Tsunami in Rajasthan: BJP Bastion Busted in 2009 Bhawani Singh and
Vibhuti Singh Shekhawat / Kerala: The LDFs Debacle: Kerala Votes for National
Stability G Gopa Kumar / Maharashtra: Maharashtra: Still a Bipolar System, But
Turmoil Ahead Raghavendra Keshavarao Hebsur / Karnataka: The Surge of
Saffron: Some Genuine and Some Imitation? Raghavendra Keshavarao Hebsur
/ Andhra Pradesh: Political Mobilization, Competitive Populism, and Changing
Party Dynamics in Andhra Pradesh Karli Srinivasulu / Multi-party States / Bihar:
Identity Politics Recycled: 2009 Lok Sabha Election in Bihar Binoy Shanker
Prasad / Jammu & Kashmir: Ethnic-Religious Crisis & Electoral Democracy:
Jammu and Kashmir Elections, 2008 and 2009 Praveen Krishna Swami /
Northeast India: Democracy, Ethnic Fractionalization, and Competitive Politics:
The Case of States in Northeast India Rajesh Dev / Index
2011 432 pages Hardback: ` 995.00 (978-81-321-0583-1)
35
Politics | International Affairs
THE WTO DEADLOCKED
understanding the Dynamics of International Trade
Debashis Chakraborty Indian Institute of Foreign Trade, New Delhi
and Amir ullah Khan India Development Foundation, Gurgaon
The Wto Deadlocked analyses the contemporary state of affairs at the
World Trade Organisation (WTO) and Indias negotiating agenda at its
various forums. The WTO is important for all the countries as more than
96 per cent of world trade is controlled by bodies affiliated to it. This
book identifies areas in the WTO agreements that require systematic
reforms.
2008 352 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-0-761-9360-60)
ETHNIC ACTIVISM AND CIVIL
SOCIETY IN SOUTH ASIA
Edited by David N Gellner, Professor of Social
Anthropology at the University of Oxford
South Asian civil society is a site of constant struggle. This volume
shows how ethnic activists wrestle with official classifications and the
categories of daily, traditional practices and attempt to turn these to their
advantage, often bringing about radical social, political, and intellectual
change as a result. It also argues that ethnic movements need to be
investigated by social scientists as a part of civil society, and it shows
how this can be done.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction: How Civil are Communal and Ethno-nationalist
Movements? DAVID N GELLNER / HINDU NATIONALISM AS A FORM OF ETHNIC
ACTIVISM / Young Mens / Public Activities and Hindu Nationalism: Naviyuvak
Mandals and the Sangh Parivar in a Western Indian Town MINORU MIO / Activists
and Adivasis: Hindu Nationalist Militants in Chhattisgarh, / Central India PEGGY
FROERER / THE RISE OF TRANSNATIONAL CONNECTIONS / Reconstructing
Jaffna: Transnational Tamil Activism at Local Interfaces EVA GERHARZ / Ethnic
(P)reservations: Comparing Thangmi Ethnic Activism in Nepal and India SARA
B SHNEIDERMAN / DALIT MOVEMENTS / Becoming a Dalit Panther: Caste-
based Activism in South India HUGO GORRINGE / Dalit Christian Activism
in Contemporary Tamil Nadu DAVID MOSSE / Struggles against Domination:
Forms of Nepali Dalit Activism LAURIE ANN VASILY / JANAJATI ACTIVISM IN A
MULTI-ETHNIC FORMER HINDU KINGDOM / Intellectuals and Ethnic Activism:
Writings on the Tharu Past GISELE KRAUSKOPFF / Tamang Activism, History,
and Territorial Consciousness MUKTA S TAMANG / Ruling Social GroupsFrom
Species to Nations: Reflections on Changing Conceptualizations of Caste and
Ethnicity in Nepal MARIE LECOMTE-TILOUINE / Glossary and Abbreviations /
Name Index / Subject Index
GOVERNANCE, CONFlICT AND CIVIC ACTION, VOl 2
2009 372 pages Hardback: ` 775.00 (978-81-321-0086-7)
LOCAL DEMOCRACY IN SOUTH ASIA
Microprocesses of Democratization in Nepal and its
Neighbours
Edited by David N Gellner University of Oxford and
Krishna Hachhethu Tribhuvan University, Nepal
This volume focuses on the larger countries of South AsiaPakistan,
India, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, and especially Nepal. The 15 essays in this
volume analyze democracy both as a process and as a value.
GOVERNANCE, CONFlICT AND CIVIC ACTION
2008 472 pages Hardback: ` 875.00 (978-07-619-3650-3)
THE UNITED STATES AND INDIA:
A HISTORY THROUGH ARCHIVES
Volume 2
Edited by Praveen K Chaudhry, Fashion Institute of
Technology, State University of New York, New York and
Marta Vanduzer-Snow, Independent Scholar
Declassified documents arguably offer a premier vantage for
understanding global governance, current security concerns and the
international market. The United States and India: A History through
Archives provides a comprehensive view of world politics, defining
the United States and India as major actors. While the first volume
dealt with IndiaUS bilateral relations during the Formative Years, this
volume (a set of two books) focuses on the Later Years: the Dwight
D. EisenhowerRichard M. Nixon years (19651972), when cold war
politics had set in, and cold war alliances were evolving in both blocs.
CONTENTS
General Introduction: US Foreign Policy: An Olive Branch & Arrows / American
Interests Abroad: Men, Material & Market / US Foreign Economic Assistance in
the Developing World: Market, Military, Geopolitics & Food / India at Home &
Abroad / Bibliography / Index / About The Editors / Whos Who
2011 668 pages Hardback: ` 2400.00 (978-81-321-0470-4)
Volume 1
Edited by Praveen K Chaudhry, Fashion Institute of
Technology, State University of New York, New York and
Marta Vanduzer-Snow, Independent Scholar
These documents have been sourced from the Presidential Libraries
(RooseveltCarter), White House Papers, National Security Council,
Office of Strategic Services, Central Intelligence Agency, and Foreign
Relations archives.
The Later Years comprise two books which deal with the effects of the
Cold War on IndiaUS relations as well as on Indian domestic politics.
It focuses on that period in Indian history when Indias domestic politics
went through significant instability arising from faltering leftright
center coalitions and challenges to parliamentary system norms, and
from volatile regional relations with neighboring Pakistan and China.
It, thus, presents a comprehensive account of the private and political
interactions which shaped a very critical period in world history.
2011 528 pages Hardback: ` 2400.00 (978-81-321-0470-4)
The Formative Years
Praveen K Chaudhry Fashion Institute of
Technology - State University of New York and
Marta Vanduzer-Snow Independent Scholar
2008 683 pages Hardback: ` 2100.00 (978-0-7619-3594-0)
36
International Affairs | Governance
CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE IN INDIA
Jayati Sarkar and Subrata Sarkar, both at Indira
Gandhi Institute for Development Research
Corporate Governance in India is an authoritative discourse on the
state of corporate governance in India today. Beginning with an analysis
of its evolution, it discusses the effectiveness and applicability of
corporate governance mechanisms in light of the institutional structure
within which Indian companies presently operate. It also provides an
in-depth coverage of the role of the six governance mechanisms.
CONTENTS
Foreword by Stijn Claessens / Preface / Acknowledgements / Overview of
Corporate Governance / The Corporate Governance Framework in India / Agency
Problems in Indian Corporations / The Role of Large Shareholders / The Board
of Directors / Executive Compensation / Auditor and Audit Committee / Market
for Corporate Control / Disclosures and Enforcement / Appendix / Legalese /
Bibliography / Index / About the Authors
NEW FORMS OF URBAN
GOVERNANCE IN INDIA
Shifts, Models, Networks and Contestations
Edited by I S A Baud, University of Amsterdam and
J De Wit, Institute of Social Studies, The Hague, Netherlands
2009 420 pages Hardback: ` 875.00 (978-81-7829-905-1)
INCLUSION AND EXCLUSION
IN LOCAL GOVERNANCE
Field Studies from Rural India
Edited by B S Baviskar, Institute of Social Sciences, New Delhi
and George Mathew, Institute of Social Sciences, New Delhi
2008 464 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-7829-860-3)
UNLOCKING E-GOVERNMENT POTENTIAL
Concepts, Cases and Practical Insights
Subhash Bhatnagar, Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad
A useful read for any student of policy-making in an increasingly
technology-driven world, the book attempts to make a strong
case for ICT to be considered as essential as other forms of
infrastructure.
The Hindu
2009 380 pages Paperback: ` 475.00 (978-81-782-9928-0)
TERRORISM
Patterns of Internationalization
Edited by Jaideep Saikia Security and Terrorism Analyst, India and
Ekaterina Stepanova Stockholm International Peace Research
Institute
Terrorism: Patterns of Internationalization provides a systematic
analysis of the concepts of internationalization of terrorism. It looks
into the stages and processes through which terrorism has spread in
various parts of the world and binds together the facts to present a
comprehensive picture of the distinguishing features that characterize
the internationalization of terrorismfrom local to global.
CONTENTS
Introduction EKATERINA STEPANOVA and JAIDEEP SAIKIA / EXTERNAL LINKS
OF HOMEGROWN TERRORIST ORGANIZATIONS / The IRA and ETA: The
International Connections of Ethno-Nationalist Terrorism in Europe ROGELIO
ALONSO and FLORENCIO / DOMNGUEZ IRIBARREN / Transnational Links
and Local Connection: Latin America and / Global Terrorism KHATCHIK
DERGHOUGASSIAN / Transnational Tigers: Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelams
Paw across the Globe RAMANI HARIHARAN / Jihad or Joi Bangla: Bangladesh
in Peril SUBIR BHAUMIK / External Links of the Maoist Insurgency in Nepal
BISHNU RAJ UPRETI / Transformation of Kashmirs Insurgency: Azaadi to Global
Salafi JENNIFER LYNN OETKEN / INTERNATIONALIZATION OF TERRORISM:
REGIONAL AND GLOBAL THEATRE / Circle of Design: Proxy Wars in North
East India JAIDEEP SAIKIA / Internationalization of Terrorism and its Limits
in the Middle East AMOS N GUIORA / Regionalization of Terrorism: Jemaah
Islamiyah in South East Asia MOHAMED NAWAB BIN MOHAMED OSMAN /
Al-Qaeda Inspired Transnational Terrorism: Ideology and Organizational Forms
EKATERINA STEPANOVA / Transnational Terrorism: Unlimited Means? ADAM
DOLNIK / Appendix: The Attack on Mumbai SUBIR BHAUMIK and JAIDEEP
SAIKIA / Consolidated Bibliography / Index
2009 316 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-782-9951-8)
CHALLENGE AND STRATEGY
Rethinking Indias Foreign Policy
Rajiv Sikri, Former Secretary in the Ministry of External Affairs
With many out-of-the-box ideas and policy suggestions, the
book makes a valuable contribution to the ongoing debate on
foreign policy with India as the strategic country
The Organiser
2009 336 pages Hardback: ` 625.00 (978-81-321-0080-5)
SOCIO-POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC
CHALLENGES IN SOUTH ASIA
Edited by Tan Tai Yong, Director, Institute of South Asian
Studies, Singapore and Dean of the Faculty of Arts and
Social Sciences, National University of Singapore
Socio-Political and Economic Challenges in South Asia
presents very pertinent views of intellectuals, political analysts
and economists and must be read to get an understanding of
why South Asia needs to reduce poverty among the general
population, build good governance and efficient implementation
of policies and finally continually upgrade its infrastructure to
achieve economic growth.
Organiser
2009 192 pages Hardback: ` 625.00 (978-81-782-9949-5)
37
Governance | Military Studies | Policy Studies
STRATEGIC TECHNOLOGIES
FOR THE MILITARY
Breaking New Frontiers
Ajey lele, Research Fellow, Institute for
Defence Studies and Analyses
Written in an easy-to-understand style, Strategic Technologies for the
Military: Breaking New Frontiers presents a socialscientific approach.
It describes the nuances of technological development in specific fields
and discusses their relevance for future warfare and for issues such as
disarmament and arms control. It also dwells on the impact of these
developments on the environment. The book begins with a focus on the
research going on in several developed countries in the last decade
some of them for nearly two decades nowand then narrows its focus
on India and a few developing countries.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / PLATFORM TECHNOLOGIES / Near Space Technology:
Relevance in the Evolving Security Environment / Military Robots / WEAPON
TECHNOLOGIES / Speed of Light Weaponry: Directed Energy Weapons /
EMERGING AND CONVERGING TECHNOLOGIES / Role of Nanotechnology
in Defence / Military Applicability of Biotechnology / Cognitive Technology and
Ambient Intelligence / Conclusion / Select Bibliography / Index
2009 220 pages Hardback: ` 550.00 (978-81-3210-241-0)
LEADERSHIP IN THE INDIAN ARMY
Biographies of Twelve Soldiers
Maj Gen V K Singh, Indian Army (Retd)
2005 420 pages Paperback: ` 625.00 (978-0-7619-3322-9)
WHEN REBELS BECOME STAKEHOLDERS
Democracy, Agency and Social Change in India
Subrata K Mitra Heidelberg University and the Centre for
the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi and V B Singh
Centre for the Study of Developing Societies, Delhi
The book is a celebration of political skills of India`s voters
and their leadership.. Thematically, this book is, perhaps,
the first of its kind and that adds to its significance as well as
importance, especially for students of Indian democracy and
of comparative politics.
Business India
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction: Democracy and the Puzzle of Orderly Social Change / The
Context of Social Change: Interfacing Society and State in India / Continuity and
Change in Indian Politics: An Inter-generational Analysis / The Elements of Political
Agency and the Limits of Consensus / Political Competition, Social Cleavages and
Institutionalisation of the Party System / Re-inventing the Nation: The Dialectics
of Nation and Region in India / Poverty, Welfare and Social Opportunity in India
/ Building Social Capital from Above and Below: Locality, Region and Trust in
India / India at Sixty: Social Change and the Resilience of Democracy / Beyond
India: Democracy and Social Change in Comparative Perspective / Appendices
/ Bibliography / Index
2009 344 pages Hardback: ` 775.00 (978-81-782-9945-7)
THE INTELLIGENT PERSONS
GUIDE TO GOOD GOVERNANCE
Surendra Munshi, Fellow of Bertelsmann Stiftung and retired
Professor of Sociology, Indian Institute of Management,
Calcutta, Biju Paul Abraham, Indian Institute of Management,
Calcutta, and Soma Chaudhuri, Michigan State University
The authors should be complimented on their sincere effort in
providing an integrated framework for understanding not only
the basics of good governance but also an equally effective
analysis of its implications for global governance....This well-
written book, to put it succinctly, carries the strong message
that the emerging global governance should imbibe and
practise nuances of good governance, such as participation,
transparency and accountability, so that the benefits of
globalisation could be maximised and shared equitably among
international organisations, nation-states and regional and
local governments. The book is an intellectual treatise on good
governance and a useful reference to those who have concern
for strengthening their institutions and making them more
participative and accountable in taking decisions.
Journal of Social and Economic Development
CONTENTS
Preface / The Concept of Good Governance / The Role of the State / The Third Way
/ The Idea of Civil Society / Beyond National Boundaries / The Issue of Democracy
/ Appendix: Is India Ungovernable? / Bibliography / Index
2009 212 pages Paperback: ` 295.00 (978-81-7829-931-0)
CITIZENS REPORT ON GOVERNANCE
AND DEVELOPMENT 2010
National Social Watch
Every year, the Citizens Report on Governance and Development
examines the performance of the institutions of governanceParliament,
Judiciary, Policy and the Local Self Governmentsthrough the lenses of
fundamental economic and social values such as rights, development,
freedom and security.
The 2010 report includes evaluation of the working of Parliament in terms
of the issues of representation and accountability, and examination of
the role and consequences of the Unions public policy and its effects
on the lives of the people. In addition, issues of judiciaryconfrontation
with the executive, pendency of cases, probity of judges and persisting
vacancies at all levelshave been qualitatively and quantitatively
analysed.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / Parliament: Challenges of Three RsRepresentativeness,
/ Responsiveness and Responsibility / Repositioning Public Policy: Balancing
Growth and Equity / State of the Indian Judiciary: Issues and Aspects in Judicial
Performance and Judicial / Accountability / The State of Decentralisation and
Local Governance in India: Interrogating Institutions, Programmes and Service
Delivery / General Annexures
2011 172 pages Paperback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0627-2)
38
Policy Studies
INDIA POLICY FORUM, 200708
Volume 4
Edited by Suman Bery, National Council of Applied Economic
Research, New Delhi, Barry Bosworth, Brookings Institution,
Washington and Arvind Panagariya, Columbia University
2008 308 pages Paperback: ` 650.00 (978-81-7829-910-5)
Volume 3
2007 296 pages Paperback: ` 650.00 (978-0-7619-3632-9)
SUSTAINABILITY OF RIGHTS AFTER
GLOBALISATION
Edited by Sabyasachi Basu Ray Chaudhury, Rabindra
Bharati University, Kolkata, India and Mahanirban Calcutta Research
Group and Ishita Dey, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group
Sustainability of Rights after Globalisation is the result of the Indian
Council of Social Science Research (ICSSR) -supported research
programme, Globalisation and Sustainability of Rights. The thrust of
this volume is on various concerns of globalisation and its interface
with rights.
The book talks about the interconnectedness of globalisation with social
and economic systems and how links develop with reference to both
polity and common peoples movements. The book provides a new
way of understanding the constitution of rights with the help of micro-
histories drawn from diverse fields, such as environmental rights, law,
information, and labour studies in India.
CONTENTS
Introduction Ishita Dey / ENVIRONMENTAL JUSTICE AND RIGHTS / How
Equal Is Common? Common Property Resources and Local Institutions Suha
Priyadarshini Chakravorty / Forest Rights Act and Polemics of Correcting
Historical Injustices Madhuresh Kumar / LAW AND INFORMATION IN A
GLOBALISING WORLD / Globalisation and Justice: Fait Accompli or Choice
Ashok Agrwaal / Right to Information as a Means of Mass Persuasion Sabyasachi
Basu Ray Chaudhury / Globalisation and Right to Information Sibaji Pratim Basu
/ GLOBALISATION AND LABOURING LIVES / Labour Out-flow and Labour Rights
Swati Ghosh / Negotiating Rights: The Case of a Special Economic Zone Ishita
Dey / Globalisation, Rights and Economics: Jean Dreze in Conversation with
Ranabir Samaddar / Postscript / Rights after Globalisation Ranabir Samaddar
/ Bibliography / Index
2011 308 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0640-1)
INDIA POLICY FORUM 201011
Volume 7
Edited by Suman Bery, International Growth Centre,
New Delhi, India, Barry Bosworth, Brookings Institution,
Washington and Arvind Panagariya, Columbia University, USA
India Policy Forum is a joint venture of the Brookings Institution and
the National Council of Applied Economic Research (NCAER) that
aims to examine Indias reforms and economic transition using policy-
relevant empirical research.The objective of the IPF is to generate
theoretically rigrous, empirically informed research on important current
and unfolding issues of Indian economic policy.
CONTENTS
Editors Summary / The Service Sector as Indias Road to Economic Growth?
Barry Eichengreen and Poonam Gupta / Sources of Corporate Profits in India:
Business Dynamism or Advantages of Entrenchment? Ashoka Mody, Anusha
Nath and Michael Walton / Determinants of Cost Overruns in Public Procurement
of Infrastructure : Roads and Railways Ram Singh / Political Reservation and
Substantive Representation: Evidence From Indian Village Councils lori Beaman,
Esther Duflo, Rohini Pande and Petia Topalova / Inelastic Institutions: Political
Change and Intergovernmental Transfer Oversight in Post-Independence India
T N Srinivasan and Jessica Seddon Wallack
2011 272 pages Paperback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0747-7)
INDIA POLICY FORUM 200910
Volume 6
Edited by: Suman Bery, International Growth Centre,
New Delhi, India, Barry Bosworth, Brookings Institution,
India Policy Forum 200910 (Volume 6) comprises papers and
highlights of the discussions from the sixth edition of the India Policy
Forum (IPF) conference, held on July 14 and 15, 2009, in New Delhi. The
annual examines Indias reforms and economic transition using policy-
relevant empirical research. It generates theoretically rigorous and
empirically informed research on important current and unfolding issues
of Indian economic policy. A joint publication of the National Council
of Applied Economic Research in India and the Brookings Institution
in the United States, the IPF serves as a forum for a global network of
scholars interested in Indias economic transformation.
2010 300 pages Paperback: ` 650.00 (978-81-321-0505-3)
Volume 5
2009 320 pages Paperback: ` 650.00 (978-81-3210-149-9)
39
Policy Studies
CREATING ADAPTIVE POLICIES
A Guide for Policy-making in an uncertain World
Edited by Darren Swanson, International Institute
for Sustainable Development, Canada and Suruchi
Bhadwal, The Energy and Resources Institute, India
Creating Adaptive Policies: A Guide for Policy-making in an
uncertain World is the very first book to distill the principles of complex
adaptive systems and adaptive management into practical guidance for
policy-makers. It describes the concept of adaptive policy-making and
presents seven tools for developing such policies. Based on hundreds
of interviews with people impacted by policy and research of over a
dozen policy case studies, this book serves as a pragmatic guide for
policy-makers by elaborating these seven tools. It will be an invaluable
information resource for technical policy-makers, politicians and their
advisors, as well as for those studying politics and international relations.
CONTENTS
Foreword by David Runnalls and Rajendra K Pachauri / The Need for Adaptive
Policies Henry David Venema and John Drexhage / Seven Guidelines for Policy-
making in an Uncertain World Darren Swanson, Stephan Barg, Stephen Tyler,
Henry David Venema, Sanjay Tomar, Suruchi Bhadwal, Sreeja Nair, Dimple
Roy and John Drexhage / Integrated and Forward-looking Analysis Darren
Swanson and Sanjay Tomar / Multi-stakeholder Deliberation Stephen Tyler
/ Automatic Policy Adjustment Suruchi Bhadwal, Stephan Barg and Darren
Swanson / Enabling Self-organization and Social Networking Dimple Roy,
Sreeja Nair and Henry David Venema / Decentralization of Decision-making
Stephan Barg and Stephen Tyler / Promoting Variation Sreeja Nair and Dimple
Roy / Formal Policy Review and Continuous Learning / Sanjay Tomar and
Darren Swanson / Insights into Implementing Adaptive Policies Stephan Barg
and Stephen Tyler / Appendix: Policy Case Study Overviews / Consolidated
2009 188 pages Hardback: ` 475.00 (978-81-321-0147-5)
ENGENDERING GOVERNANCE INSTITUTIONS
State, Market and Civil Society
Edited by Smita Mishra Panda, Human
Development Foundation, Bhubaneswar
[The] introduction by Smita Mishra Panda is copious and
meticulous. She attempts to sketch the historical context
in which the concept originated and assumed significance.
The volume makes a significant contribution in terms of
conceptualizing engendering institutions which is considered
crucial from the viewpoint of institutionalising democratic gender
politics within the system of governance at various levels.
Sociological Bulletin
2008 370 pages Hardback: ` 1050.00 (978-0-7619-3608-4)
THE IDENTITY POLITICS
OF PEACEBUILDING
Civil Society in War-torn Sri lanka
Camilla Orjuela, Goteborg University, Sweden
2008 292 pages Hardback: ` 575.00 (978-0-7619-3658-9)
PUBLIC POLICY AND
CITIZENSHIP
Battling Managerialism in India
Arvind Sivaramakrishnan, Asian College of Journalism,
Chennai, and Senior Deputy Editor, The Hindu
Public Policy and Citizenship: Battling Managerialism in India
provides a thought-provoking study of managerialism and neoliberalism,
two inherent but incoherent theoretical discourses that play important
roles in public policy making in the modern world. It establishes on a
firm note that the managerialist application of public policies founded on
neoliberalist terms often undermine the idea of citizenship as an element
without which modern democracy is unimaginable.
CONTENTS
Foreword Peter De Souza / Introduction / Managerialism: Empirical Failure and
Conceptual Catastrophe / The Free Market as an Instrument of Public Policy /
Health Policy / Agriculture / Education / Towards Citizenship / Bibliography /
Index / About the Autho
2011 304 pages Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0633-3)
AGRARIAN CRISIS AND FARMER SUICIDES
Edited by R S Deshpande Institute for Social and Economic
Change, Bangalore and Saroj Arora Centre for Rural Studies,
Lal Bahadur Shastri National Academy of Administration, Mussoorie
Twelfth in the series Land Reforms in India, this volume is a collection
of essays which bring out the multi-dimensional aspects of the agrarian
crisis, and its impact on farmers suicides leading to public policy.
A distinctive feature of this collection is its holistic approach towards
viewing farm sector distress, instead of looking for isolated causes
and solutions.
CONTENTS
Foreword by PADAMVIR SINGH / A Note from the Co-ordinator ASHISH
VACHHANI / Editors Introduction R S DESHPANDE and SAROJ ARORA /
Economic Reforms, Small Farmer Economy and Agrarian Crisis D NARASIMHA
REDDY and SRIJIT MISHRA / Contextualizing the Agrarian Suicides A R
VASAVI / Poor Indian Farmers Plight and Liberalisation: An Overview A K
SINGHAl / Path of Development and Politics in Karnataka MuZAFFAR ASSADI /
Globalisation, Agrarian Crisis and Farmers Suicides: Illusion and Reality
R S DESHPANDE and KHAlIl SHAH / Globalisation vis-a-vis Agrarian Crisis
in India M S SIDHU / Cotton Growers: Experience from Vidarbha NEElIMA
DESHMuKH / Economic Reforms and Regional Disparities E REVATHI and
SHAIK GAlAB / The Drought Prone Anantapur District of Andhra Pradesh G
SREEDHAR / Distress and Deceased in Andhra Pradesh: An Analysis of Causes of
Farmers Suicide T PRABHAKAR REDDY / Indebtedness and Farmers Suicides
K GOPAl IYER and SAROJ ARORA / Punjab Peasantry: A Question of Life and
Debt ANITA GIll / Agrarian Crisis in Punjab and Policy Options G S KALKAT /
Credit through Participatory Management: The Way for Rural Smile RAVIKESH
SRIVASTAVA / Way Out: Short-Term and Long-Term Measures for Sustainable
Agriculture SRINIVASAN SANTHANAM / Farmers Suicide: Behavioural and Social
Dimensions GYANMuDRA / Providing a Level Playing Field for the Small Farmer
MEETA RAJIVlOCHAN and M RAJIVlOCHAN / Way Forward R S DESHPANDE
and SAROJ ARORA / Index
lAND REFORMS IN INDIA, 12 SERIES
2010 464 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0512-1)
40
Policing | Law & Justice
HUMAN RIGHTS IN A GLOBALISED WORLD
An Indian Diary
Mukul Sharma, Journalist, Writer, Researcher
The book deals with the diverse issues of civil, political, economic and
social rights emerging in India, China, South Asia and expatiates on
the emergence of the regional human rights mechanism in South Asia,
Africa and the Americas.
CONTENTS
Introduction / HUMAN RIGHTS IN TIMES OF TERROR / Counter Terror with Justice
/ Victims of Terrorism / In Cold Blood: Abuses by Armed Groups / How Not to
Fight Terrorism / Guantnamo Bay: A Legal Black Hole / Europe and Counter-
terrorism / 50 Years of a Law / Laws without Justice: In the Name of Public Security
/ EVERYDAY LIFE OF HUMAN RIGHTS / A World without Torture / Addressing the
Issue of Enforced Disappearances / Persecution and / Resistance: Experiences
of Rights Defenders / A Trail of Violence: Rights Activists at Risk / The Right to
a Fair Trial and Binayak Sen / Wandhama Massacre: Justice Unfinished / Death
and Democracy / Land Development and Displacement in Delhi / BUSINESS
AND HUMAN RIGHTS / Conscience of the Company / Corporate Complicity and
Gujarat / ASIA/AFRICA / Bangladesh: / Faces of Emergency and Human Rights
Issues / The Road to Al-Qaida Starts in Pakistan / Legacy of the Beijing Olympics:
Chinas Choice / Myanmar Diary: Rhetoric and Reality of Indian / Democracy /
Nepal: How to Seek Truth in Truth Commissions? / Use and Abuse of Africa
in India / Naagbanton, Binayak Sen and Kampala Declaration / CHALLENGES
OF HUMAN RIGHTS / Dalit Rights: Social Inclusion or Social Justice? / Forest
Rights: Cost of Action and Inaction / Minority Rights: Freedom of Conscience and
Religion / Right to Work and Rights at Work / Migrant Rights: Mobility with Dignity
/ Migration: A Silent Revolution and a Crisis / Immigrants Rights under Economic
Crisis / Labour and Health Rights: Mines of Misery in Rajasthan / Panchayats: The
Making of Peoples Power and Right to Vote / The Social Forum Phenomenon:
Peoples Experiments in Politics / NEW PATHS OF HUMAN RIGHTS / India,
Brazil, South Africa: Human Rights Footprint / South Asia: Towards a Human and
Peoples Rights Agenda / Towards A Millennium Movement / Agenda for Food
Rights / Arms Trade Treaty and India / References / Index
2010 304 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0462-9)
JUSTICE
Political, Social, Juridical
Edited by Rajeev Bhargava Centre for the Study of Developing
Societies, Michael Dusche University of Erfurt, Germany
and Helmut Reifeld Konrad Adenauer Stiftung, Berlin
2008 325 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-0-7619-3647-3)
CHALLENGING THE RULE(S) OF LAW
Colonialism, Criminology and Human Rights in India
Edited by Kalpana Kannabiran, NALSAR University of Law,
Hyderabad and Ranbir Singh, Vice-Chancellor,
National Law University, Delhi
2008 512 pages Hardback: ` 1300.00 (978-0-7619-3665-7)
HUMAN RIGHTS AND PEACE
Ideas, laws, Institutions and Movements
Edited by ujjwal Kumar Singh, University of Delhi
SOuTH ASIAN PEACE STuDIES, VOl 4
2008 368 pages Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-81-782-9884-9)
COMMUNITY POLICING
Misnomer or Fact?
Veerendra Mishra, Additional Superintendent
of Police, Madhya Pradesh
Community Policing discusses the philosophy of community policing,
its governing schools of thoughts, and its strengths and weaknesses.
The volume also deals with conceptual variances of community policing,
the factors that impede smooth collaboration between police and public,
and the organizational principles that have been neglected by police
organizations and others.
CONTENTS
List of Figures / List of Abbreviations / Acknowledgements / Points to Ponder: An
Introductory Note / The Philosophy and Concept of Community Policing / Active
Quadruple: Four PsPolice, Politician, Press, and Public / Management Gap: A
Hindrance to Participative Policing / Police Syndrome / Perspective Constraints
/ Police Opinion about Their Jobs / Variables Acting as Hindrance to Participative
Policing / Benefits of Participation / Curative Suggestions to Bring Attitudinal
Change in Police / CASE STUDIES / Communal Violence in Narsinghgarh, Madhya
Pradesh, and Aftermath / Timor-Leste: Partners in Policing Model (PIP MODEL)
/ Coordinated Response to Combat Violence against Women: A Participative
Policing Initiative of Madhya Pradesh Police, India / Experiences of Timor-
Leste (East Timor): Domestic Violence Redressal Forum (DVRF): A Redressal
Mechanism in Timor-Leste / For a Better Future / Index / About The Author
ENFORCING POLICE ACCOUNTABILITY
THROUGH CIVILIAN OVERSIGHT
Sankar Sen Institute of Social Sciences, New Delhi and
a distinguished member of the Indian Police Service
Anybody doing research on the subject will have tremendous
access to an authentic resource-base in this book. The writer is
a prolific contributor on various aspects of police and policing
with long practical experience of police work as well as human
rights activities. He is perhaps best equipped to collate such
data with proper care and wisdom and that is why this book is
such a valuable addition to the discourse.
The Statesman
2010 224 pages Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0453-7)
POLICING
Reinvention Strategies in a Marketing Framework
Rohit Choudhary, Inspector General of Police, Punjab
2009 328 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-782-9944-0)
POLITICAL VIOLENCE AND
THE POLICE IN INDIA
K S Subramanian, a former officer of the Indian Police Service, is
Senior Fellow at Schumacher Centre for Development, New Delhi
2007 260 pages Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-0-7619-3593-3)
41
STATE OF JUSTICE IN INDIA
Issues of Social Justice
Four-Volume Set!
Edited by Ranabir Samaddar, Director, Mahanirban Calcutta Research Group, Kolkata
Authored by some of the finest ethnographers and analysts in the country, the works approach the issue of justice in
the broader context of post-colonial democracy, and look at the limits within which democracy permits justice, social
justice in particular. The volumes, which are part of the series State of Justice in India: Issues of Social Justice,
reveal that the issues pertaining to social justice are extremely contentious, and hence, dynamic.
CONTENTS
Volume I: Social Justice and Enlightenment: West Bengal Pradip Kumar Bose and Samir Kumar Das / Series Acknowledgement Ranabir Samaddar / Series Introduction
Ranabir Samaddar / Introduction Pradip Kumar Bose and Samir Kumar Das / Land Acquisition Act and Social Justice: A Study on Development and Displacement
Ratan Khasnabis / Two Leaves and a Bud: Tea and Social Justice in Darjeeling Roshan Rai and Subhas Ranjan Chakraborty / Deprivation and Social Injustice in a
Rural Context: An Ethnographic Account Kumar Rana with Amrit Paira and Ila Paira / On the Wrong Side of the Fence: Embankment, People and Social Justice in the
Sundarbans Amites Mukhopadhyay / Prescribed, Tolerated, and Forbidden Forms of Claim Making Ranabir Samaddar / Consolidated Bibliography / About the Editors
and Contributors / Index / Volume II: Justice and Law: The Limits of the Deliverables of Law Ashok Agrwaal and Bharat Bhushan / Series Acknowledgement Ranabir
Samaddar / Series Introduction Ranabir Samaddar / Introduction Ashok Agrwaal and Bharat Bhushan / Justice in the Time of Transition: Select Indian Experiences
Sabyasachi Basu Ray Chaudhury / The Founding Moment: Social Justice in the Constitutional Mirror Samir Kumar Das / Indexing Social Justice in India : A Story
of Commissions, Reports and Popular Responses Bharat Bhushan / Trivialising Justice: Reservation under Rule of Law Ashok Agrwaal / The Fallacy of Equality:
Anti-Citizens, Sexual Justice and the Law in India Oishik Sircar / Consolidated Bibliography / About the Editor and Contributors / Index / Volume III: Marginalities and
Justice Paula Banerjee and Sanjay Chaturvedi / List of Tables and Figures / Series Acknowledgement Ranabir Samaddar / Series Introduction Ranabir Samaddar /
Introduction Paula Banertjee and Sanjay Chaturvedi / Gulamiya Ab Hum Nahi Bajeibo: Peoples Expressions for Justice in Jehanabad Manish K Jha / Ethnography of
Social Justice in Dalit Pattis (Hamlets) of Rural UP Badri Narayan Tiwari / Rights and Social Justice for Tribal Population in India Amit Prakash / AIDS, Marginality and
Women Paula Banerjee / Towards Environmental Justice Movement in India? Spatiality, Hierarchies and Inequalities Sanjay Chaturvedi / Consolidated Bibliography /
About the Editors and Contributors / Index / Volume IV: Key Texts on Social Justice in India Sanam Roohi and Ranabir Samaddar / Series Acknowledgement Ranabir
Samaddar / Series Introduction Ranabir Samaddar / Section I. Development and Discontent: The Question of Injustice : Introduction / Ethnic Politics and Land Use:
Genesis of Conflicts in Indias North-East Sanjay Barbora / Contexts and Constructions of Water Scarcity lyla Mehta / Karnataka: Kudremukh: Of Mining and Environment
Muzaffar Assadi / Report of Investigation into Nandigram Mass Killing: A Report by Sanhati / Eroded Lives: Riverbank Erosion and Displacement of Women in West Bengal
Krishna Bandyopadhyay, Soma Ghosh and Nilanjan Dutta / Section II. Social Justice: The State and its Perceptions: Introduction / The Communal Violence (Prevention,
Control and Rehabilitation of Victims) Bill, 2005 / The National Trust for the Welfare of Persons with Autism, Cerebral Palsy, Mental Retardation and Multiple Disabilities
Act, 1999 / The Right to Information Act, 2005 / The National Rehabilitation and Resettlement Policy, 2007 / The Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005 /
Section III. Justice: Law and Beyond: Introduction / Illegality and Exclusion: Law in the Lives of Slum Dwellers usha Ramanathan / Illegal Coal Mining in Eastern India:
Rethinking Legitimacy and Limits of Justice Kuntala lahiri-Dutt / Verdict on an HIV Case, Supreme Court of India laya Medhini, Dipika Jain and Colin Gonzalves / An
Indian Charter for Minority Rights Sabyasachi Basu Ray Chaudhury / Section IV. Women and Marginality: An Issue of Gender Justice: Introduction / Gender: Women
and HIV laya Medhini, Dipika Jain and Colin Gonzalves / National Policy for the Empowerment of Women (2001) / Women, Trafficking and Statelessness in South Asia
Paula Banerjee / Section V. Justice: Marginal Positions and Alternative Notions: Introduction / Voices from Folk School of Dalit Bahujan and Marginalised to Policy Makers
Peoples Vigilance Committee on Human Rights / Social Assessment of HIV/AIDS among Tribal People in India NACP III Planning Team / Caste is Dead: Long Live
Caste G P Deshpande / Tehelka Debate: Beyond Caste Puroshottam Agarwal / Report from the Flaming Fields of Bihar: A CPI (ML) Document / Section VI. Freedom
and Equality, Rights and Social Security: Building Blocks of Justice : Introduction / Jungle Book: Tribal Forest Rights Recognised For First Time Nandini Sundar / Informal
Sector in India: Approaches for Social Security / Arguments, Protests, Strikes and Free Speech: The Career and Prospects of the Right to Strike in India Rajeev Dhavan /
Democracy and Right to Food Jean Dreze / About the Editors and Contributors / Index
STATE OF JuSTICE IN INDIA: ISSuES OF SOCIAl JuSTICE, VOl I-IV
2009 1276 pages Hardback: ` 2900.00 (978-81-321-0064-5)
Law & Justice | SAGE Law
SOCIAL LEGISLATION
OF THE EAST INDIA
COMPANY
Public Justice versus Public
Instruction
Nancy Gardner Cassels, formerly at
McMaster University, Ontario, Canada
A must for all readers. Deeply
insightful and engaging, this book would be
of interest for students and academics of history, politics and
legal studies.
The Tribune
CONTENTS
Introduction / Law, Order and Power: Thagi, Dacoity and Sorcery / Law as a
Weapon Against Child Sacrifice, Sati, Female Infanticide and Meriah Sacrifice /
The Legal Rights of Coolies, Slaves and Emigrant Workers / Civil Law and the
Policy of Religious Toleration / Abkarry and Pilgrim Taxes: Excise as a Regulating
Instrument / Public Instruction Begets Indian Agency, Free Press, and Trial by
Jury / Conclusion: Social Legislation in the Arena of Public Instruction versus
Public Justice / Some Key Pieces of Social Legislation / Glossary / Bibliography /
Index
SAGE lAW
2011 460 pages Hardback: ` 1100 (978-81-321-0515-2)
SOCIAL JUSTICE AND
LABOUR JURISPRUDENCE
Justice V R Krishna Iyers
Contributions
I Sharath Babu and Rashmi
Shetty, both at National Law School
of India University, Bangalore
It is a must for students, trade unionists,
academicians, lawyers, judges and more
particularly, the judges of the Supreme Court, where
we are noticing a wind of change, and to the people in public
life. It will be a ready reference for further studies on any topic
in industrial jurisprudence.
Economic & Political Weekly
SAGE lAW
2007 608 pages Hardback: ` 2400.00 (978-0-7619-3523-0)
42
SAGE Law
LAW OF BUSINESS CONTRACTS IN INDIA
Edited by Sairam Bhat, National Law School
of India University, Bangalore
The book marks a sincere endeavour to touch upon the topics
of topical commercial significance so as to arouse the interest
of the academicians and the legal practitioners.
VISION- The Journal of Business Perspective
The key features of the volume are:
Comprehensive coverage of modern laws on contract formation.
Discussion on the relevance of international laws in the global
business context.
Delineation of the modern style, practice and challenges confronting
new forms of contracts.
Description of the application of contract law to special contracts.
Discourse on the issues of international taxation and multinational
contractual jurisdiction.
Research-based analysis of the common law approach with the Indian
perspective on contract law application.
CONTENTS
Foreword Prof (Dr) N R Madhava Menon / Preface / Student-Institution
Relationship: Basis for Contract Law Sairam Bhat / Infrastructure Contracts
Sairam Bhat / Consortium Loan Agreements Sindhu Sivakumar and Raguvaran
Gopalan / Licensing Intellectual Property Rights Use Suchita Saigal, Parul
Kumar and Aditya Verma / Joint Venture Agreements Ankur Narain Saxena
and Debeleena Das / Shareholders Agreements Raghvendra Kishore Singh
/ Escrow Agreements lakshmi Prakash, Kota Chandan and Sandeep uberoi
/ Law of Outsourcing Contracts uttara Gharpure and Aditya Bandyopadhyay
/ Standard Form of Contracts Mallika Abidi and Shreya Aren / E-Contracts
Abhishek Krishnan and Rakshithaa / Hospital Contracts Ganeev Kaur Dhillon,
Shivani Singhal, and Srijoni Sen / Entertainment Contracts Ananya Chandra,
Cuddapah Nanda Gopal and Poongkhulali B / Sports Contracts: Standard
Players Contract Dhruv Nath, Krishna Hariani and Rohini Kharkar / Restraint
of Trade and Employment Contracts Sairam Bhat / Insurance Contracts Divya
Anne Jeswant, Nirupama Pillai and Karan lahiri / Contract Farming Abhas
SAGE lAW
2010 352 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0223-6)
NATURAL RESOURCES CONSERVATION LAW
Sairam Bhat, National Law School of India University, Bangalore
The book Natural Resources Conservation law presents a critical
analysis of India`s environment pollution and protection scenario,
following the State-Pressure-Response framework to analysing the
parameters of conservation. It advocates that the role of environmental
law should not be restricted to mere prevention and control of pollution
but should encompass conservation and regeneration of natural
resources, too.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / Constituion and Common Law Principles / Water
Conservation: Legal Issues and Challenges / Forest: Legal Issues and
Conservation Strategies / Legal Regime Relating to Conservation of Land /
Air / International Law: Principles of Sustainable Development for Resource
Conservation / Resource Conservation and Management: Perspectives
/ International Environmental Law Arbitration: New Approaches to Dispute
Resolution / Conclusion / List of Cases / Index
SAGE lAW
2010 564 PAGES HARDBACK: ` 1100.00 (978-81-321-0508-4)
PROTECTION OF HIMALAYAN BIODIVERSITY
International Environmental law and a Regional legal
Framework
Ananda Mohan Bhattarai, Court of Appeal, Nepal
This well produced book, written by a Judge in the Court
of Appeal in Nepal takes a detailed look at the various laws
and policies regarding the protection especially of Himalayan
biodiversity All in all, a book that abounds in clear thinking
and scholarship and a must-read for those who are working
on issues related to biodiversity though even an interested
layperson will easily understand as (s)he reads through
Boloji.com
CONTENTS
Foreword Surya P Subedi / Preface / Introducing the Himalayan Region: Bio
and Livelihood Challenges / Mountains: Convention on Biological Diversity and
Subsequent Developments / Access to Genetic Resources and Benefit Sharing /
Protection of Traditional Knowledge / Biological Resources, Traditional Knowledge
and Intellectual Property Rights / Framework of Regional Cooperation in the
Himalaya and Strategies for Negotiation / Concluding Observations / Bibliography
/ Index
SAGE lAW
2010 412 pages Hardback: ` 1100.00 (978-81-321-0463-6)
WATER AND THE LAWS IN INDIA
Edited by Ramaswamy R Iyer, Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi
The book Water and the laws In India has made a
commendable effort in bringing together experts from various
streams of expertise to identify the lacunae plaguing the existing
framework and explore ways to address these from diverse
perspectives.It is a useful contribution to the literature on
the social dimensions of water, and will be essential reading
for education and research in the various dimensions of
development studies, water management as well as law.
Economic & Political Weekly
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction Ramaswamy R Iyer / A PRELIMINARY OVERVIEW /
Legal Aspects of Water Resource Management A Vaidyanathan and Bharath
Jairaj / WATER AND FEDERALISM / Water in India: Constitutional Perspectives
Kamala Sankaran / Inter-State Water Disputes: A Nightmare! Fali S Nariman /
Nation vs Peoples: Inter-State Water Disputes in Indias Supreme Court Radha
Dsouza / WATER: SOME MAJOR LEGAL THEMES / Riparianism in Indian Water
Jurisprudence Tony George Puthucherril / The Ownership of Water in Indian Laws
Videh upadhyay / The Human Right to Water: Policies and Rights upendra Baxi
/ Community Engagement in Water Governance M S Vani / Water Use: Legal and
Institutional Framework K J Joy and Suhas Paranjape / Drinking Water Supply: Right
and Obligation K C Sivaramakrishnan / Water, Women and Rights Kuntala lahiri-
Dutt / SOME WATER-RELATED PROBLEMS: LEGAL ASPECTS / Floods and Some
Legal Concerns Dinesh Kumar Mishra / Water Pollution and Contamination Paritosh
C Tyagi / AUGMENTING WATER / Big Water Resource Projects / Environmental
Decision-making in India: A Critique Manju Menon and Kanchi Kohli / The Contours
of EIA in India Shyam Divan / Displacement in the Name of Development Himanshu
Thakkar / Groundwater / Groundwater Law in India: A New Approach M S Vani / Local
Water Management / Indian Laws and Acts on Traditional Tank Irrigation Systems
Dhan Foundation / Water law Reform / Water Law Reforms in India: Trends and
Prospects Philippe Cullet and Roopa Madhav / Water Law for India: Science and
Philosophy Perspectives T N Narasimhan / DRAWING THE THREADS TOGETHER
/ A Synoptic Survey and Thoughts on Change Ramaswamy R Iyer / Appendix: List
of Selected Water and Related Statutes in India Farhana Z Khan / Index
SAGE lAW
2009 676 pages Hardback: ` 1100.00 (978-81-782-9850-4)
43
Communication & Media Studies
MCQUAILS MASS
COMMUNICATION
THEORY
Sixth Edition
Denis McQuail, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands
McQuails Mass Communication Theory is not just a seminal
text in the study of media and society-it is a benchmark for
understanding and appreciating the long and winding road
people and their media have taken to get us here. Denis McQuail
offers the best roadmap available to navigate our times, a
roadmap that stands the test of time.
Mark Deuze, Indiana University and Leiden University
CONTENTS
Preface / How to Use this Book / PRELIMINARIES / Introduction to the Book / The
Rise of Mass Media / THEORIES / Concepts and Models for Mass Communication
/ Theory of Media and Society / Mass Communication and Culture / New Media -
New Theory? / Normative Theory of Media and Society / STRUCTURES / Media
Structure and Performance: Principles and Accountability / Media Economics
and Governance / Global Mass Communication / ORGANIZATIONS / The Media
Organization: Pressures and Demands / The Production of Media Culture /
CONTENT / Media Content: Issues, Concepts and Methods of Analysis / Media
Genres and Texts / AUDIENCES / Audience Theory and Research Traditions
/ Audience Formation and Experience / EFFECTS / Processes and Models of
Media Effects / Social-Cultural Effects / News, Public Opinion and Political
Communication / EPILOGUE: The Future of Mass Communication / Glossary /
References / Index
2010 632 pages Paperback: ` 650.00 (978-81-321-0579-4)
Originally priced at 85.00 (hardback) 27.99 (paperback)!
INDIAN MEDIA IN A GLOBALISED WORLD
Maya Ranganathan, Monash University, Australia and usha
M Rodrigues, University of the Sunshine Coast, Australia
Indian Media in a Globalised World explores the transformation of
Indian media in the context of two major developments: globalisation
(which Sociologist Anthony Giddens terms as being revolutionary) and
advances in communication technologies. It is rich in empirical details of
how the Indian media has evolved in the past two decades, particularly
in the context of potential to transform, construct and nurture particular
identities in response to globalisation.
CONTENTS
Introduction / THE ECONOMIC ASPECT / Glocalisation of Indian Television
usha M Rodrigues / Nationalism as a Marketing Tool by MNC Advertisements
Maya Ranganathan / Print Media in the Era of Globalisation usha M Rodrigues
/ Commercial FM Radio takes over Indian Cities Maya Ranganathan / THE
POLITICAL ASPECT / The pan-Tamil Rhetoric in Regional Media Maya
Ranganathan / Citizen Journalism and the Public Sphere in India usha M
Rodrigues / The Naga Nation on the Net Maya Ranganathan / THE CULTURAL
ASPECT / Towards a more Inclusive Indian Identity? A Case Study of the
Bollywood Film Swades Maya Ranganathan / Public Service Broadcasting in
India: Doordarshans Legacy usha M Rodrigues / The Archetypes of Sita, Kaikeyi
and Surpanaka Stride the Small Screen Maya Ranganathan / MEDIA POLICY:
Freedom in Indian Blogosphere Maya Ranganathan / Television policy in India:
An Unfulfilled Agenda usha M Rodrigues / Index
2010 300 pages Hardback: ` 550.00 (978-81-321-0401-8)
CLOTHING FOR LIBERATION
A Communication Analysis of Gandhis Swadeshi
Revolution
Peter Gonsalves, Salesian Pontifical University, Rome
Clothing was an important symbol that Gandhi deployed to
communicate and unite people divided by religion, caste,
language and ethnicity. Clothing for Liberation seeks to unravel
Gandhi and the symbolism in his clothing to understand the
non-violent movement that humbled a mighty empire.
The Times of India
CONTENTS
Foreword by Keval J Kumar / Introduction / Gandhi the Communicator / Barthes:
A Gandhian Fashion System / Turner: Social Drama in Gandhis Swadeshi
Revolution / Goffman: Gandhi as Performance Manager of a Nation / A Gandhian
Approach to Symbolisation / Photographs and Images / Appendix / Glossary /
Select Bibliography / Index
2010 188 pages Hardback: ` 495.00 (978-81-321-0310-3)
AUDIENCECITIZENS
The Media, Public Knowledge and Interpretive Practice
Ramaswami Harindranath, University of Melbourne
The work breaks fresh ground in analyzing the interesting yet
unexplored relationship between democratic processes and
media. Students of mass communication would definitely benefit
from this work. The book is undoubtedly very good for reference
for further studies.
The Tribune
2009 288 pages Hardback: ` 495.00 (978-81-782-9935-8)
ALIEN TECHNOLOGY
Coping with Modern Mysteries
Ananda Mitra, Wake Forest University, North Caroline, USA
The book explores the consequences of technological alienation on
individuals and communities in the modern times. The world is already
witnessing situations in which those who are alienated from technologies
are at the mercy of those who are in the know. This may even lead to
the creation of a new kind of class system based on technology literacy.
CONTENTS
Preface / The Law of Technological Alienation / The Cup Holder on My PC is
Broken / Maybe My Monitors Out of Ink / Computer Problems? Dont Go Nuts /
I Can Fix This / I Am Glad I Dont Know / Those Who Know Are in Control / What
Do I Need to Do? / Preliminary Steps / Notes / Index
2010 224 pages Paperback: ` 295.00 (978-81-321-0466-7)
44
Communication & Media Studies
NEGOTIATING COMMUNICATION
RIGHTS
Case Studies from India
Pradip Ninan Thomas, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Australia
A timely and detailed account of the constituent actors and
processes of communication rights in India benchmarked
against the trajectory of thought and practice making the global
communication rights movement.
Vibodh Parthasarthi, Associate Professor, Centre for
Culture, Media and Governance, Jamia Millia Islamia,
CONTENTS
Foreword by Professor Cees Hamelink / Preface / THEORY / A Brief History of
Communication Rights / A Philosophy of Communication Rights / Observations
on the Theorising of Communication Rights in India / The Communication Rights
of Refugees and Displaced People / CASE STUDIES IN INDIA / The Right to
Information Movement / The Community Radio Movement / The Women and Media
Movement / The Free and Open Source Software (FOSS) Movement / The Citizen
Journalism Movement / Postscript: On the Operationalisation of Communication
Rights in India Today / References / Index
2011 284 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0636-4)
POLITICAL ECONOMY OF
COMMUNICATIONS IN INDIA
The Good, the Bad and the ugly
Pradip Ninan Thomas, University of Queensland, Australia
Pradip Ninan Thomas is one of the foremost international experts
on the political economy of communications and information
In this new book, he clarifies and explicates a rich tradition of
indigenous, information-focused activism against the prevailing
neoliberal order.
Dan Schiller, Professor of Communication,
Professor of Library & Information Science, University of
Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA
CONTENTS
Foreword by Daya Thussu / A HISTORY OF STRUCTURES / An Introduction to the
Political Economy of Communications / The Political Economy of Communications
in Colonial India: Mass Communication and the Empire / The Political Economy
of Communications in Post-colonial India: 1948-1985 / The Political Economy of
Communications in the New India: 1986 to Present / PROCESSES AND MEANS
/ The Indian Copyright Conundrum / The Political Economy of Audio-visual Trade
/ The Informationalisation of Life Processes: Biotechnology, IT and Life as Code
/ Christian Fundamentalism and the Media: The Case of Christian Broadcasting
in India / Poverty and the Media / RESISTANCE / Community Radio and the
Right to Information Movement in India / Beyond the Dominant Paradigm of
Communication Rights: Operationalising Communication Rights in India / Index
2010 296 pages Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-81-321-0449-0)
STRONG RELIGION, ZEALOUS MEDIA
Christian Fundamentalism and Communication in India
Pradip Ninan Thomas, University of Queensland
2008 220 pages Hardback: ` 595.00 (978-81-7829-834-4)
MEDIA, GENDER AND
POPULAR CULTURE IN INDIA
Tracking Change and Continuity
Sanjukta Dasgupta, Dipankar Sinha and Sudeshna
Chakravarti, all at University of Calcutta, Kolkata, India,
Media, Gender and Popular Culture in India talks about media
representations of popular culture and gender since the 1950s and
tracks the changes that have taken place in Indian society. The authors
give us a candid portrait of transformations in Indian culture, represented
through the lens of the camera in films, television, advertisements and
in a wide array of magazines, all of which focus on gender and familial
representations and patriarchal norms in Indian society.
CONTENTS
Introduction: Media and Mediations: Representing Change and Continuity in
Indian Popular Culture and Gender / Indian Media in Transition: Recent Past and
Present / Filming Change, Securing Tradition: A Hobsons Choice or a Dynamic
Duality / Television: Images and the Imaginary / Advertising: Encoding Seduction
/ Print Media and Popular Culture: Agents with a Difference / Conclusion: Media
Responsibility: The Winding Road Ahead / Index / About the Authors
PUBLIC RELATIONS IN INDIA
New Tasks and Responsibilities
J V Vilanilam, Ex-Vice Chancellor,
University of Kerala, Thiruvananthapuram, India
Public Relations in India is a review of the history of Public Relations
(PR) in the world and India and an in-depth critical analysis of the value
of PR as an essential feature of the management function. The key focus
of this book is what PR means for India and other developing countries
in the 21st century.
Building a case for citizen-centric public relations, the author argues
that in India, PR must be viewed as a development tool geared towards
socioeconomic progress. This argument is backed by case studies
and practical examples of PR writing, PR concepts applicable to India
and the latest techniques and gadgets used in PR practice. The book
covers topics like Internal and External PR, Satellite and International
Communication and Cross-cultural Communication, and blends
theoretical arguments with management case studies.
CONTENTS
Preface / A Conceptual Framework for PR in India / The Growth and Development
of Modern PR / Twentieth Century Corporate PR and PR Writing / Essential
Qualities of a PR Person / Practical PR, Business Writing and Media Relations
/ Tools for Internal PR / Tools for External PR / International Communication /
Cross-cultural Communication / Appendices / Bibliography / Index
2011 318 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0629-6)
OTHER VOICES
The Struggle for Community Radio in India
Vinod Pavarala and Kanchan K Malik,
both at University of Hyderabad
2007 322 pages Hardback: ` 775.00 (978-0-7619-3602-2)
45
Film Studies
DRAMA FOR DEVELOPMENT
Cultural Translation and Social Change
Edited by Andrew Skuse, University of Adelaide,
South Australia, Marie Gillespie, The Open University, Milton
Keynes, UK and Gerry Power, InterMedia, London, UK
How do drama serials communicate development goals and achieve
dramatic impact? What is involved in translating storylines, such as
those from the BBCs longest running radio soap opera, The Archers,
for diverse local cultural contexts? Can drama serials bring about
positive social change? This book offers unprecedented insights into the
production and consumption of a range of popular radio and television
drama serials, broadcast in places as diverse as Afghanistan, Burma,
Cambodia, Nepal, Pakistan, India, Nigeria and Rwanda. It brings into
dialogue the perspectives of the creative teams who make dramas for
development, the donors who pay for them, and the audiences who
consume them. It also highlights the crucial role of audience research
as a tool for making drama and as a resource for translating cultures.
CONTENTS
Introduction: Drama for DevelopmentCultural Translation and Social Change
Andrew Skuse, Marie Gillespie and Gerry Power / Re-framing Drama for
Development Andrew Skuse / Great Expectations and Creative Evolution: The
History of Drama for Development at the BBC World Service Trust Caroline Sugg
and Gerry Power / Audience Research in Drama for Development: A Contact
Zone of Translation and Transnational Knowledge Production Gerry Power /
Creative Tensions: Audience Research and the Representational Challenge of
Dramatising Opium Substitution in Afghanistan Andrew Skuse / Considering
Men, Masculinity and Drama Charlotte lapsansky and Joyee S Chatterjee
/ Telling Other Peoples Stories: Cultural Translation in Drama for Development
Emily leroux-Rutledge, Gerry Power and Carol Morgan / Broadcasting The
State: Tribe, Citizenship and the Politics of Radio Drama Production in Afghanistan
Andrew Skuse and Marie Gillespie / Dramatising New Nepal Andrew Skuse
and Michael Wilmore / A Dynamic Encoding Proces: Making the Cambodian
Taste of Life Drama Lizz Frost Yocum / Jasoos Vijay: Self-efficacy, Collective
Action and Social Norms in the Context of an HIV and AIDS Television Drama
lauren B Frank, Sonal Tickoo Chaudhuri, Anurudra Bhanot and Sheila T
Murphy / Passport to Love: Dramatising Forced Marriage between Pakistan
and the Pakistani Diaspora Sadaf Rizvi / Urunana Audiences at Home and
Away: Together Hand in Hand? Helen M Hintjens and Fortunee Bayisenge /
Gossiping for Change: Dramatising Blood Debt in Afghanistan Andrew Skuse
and Marie Gillespie / Appendix 1: Serial Dramas Produced by the BBC World
Service Trust 19992010 / Appendix 2: Models of Narrative Structure / Index
2011 352 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0591-6)
SEEING STARS
Spectacle, Society and Celebrity Culture
Pramod K Nayar, University of Hyderabad
The style is informal and breezy, but the information is solid
and in-depth, so it is accessible to readers beyond the purely
academic. It offers interesting insights into an aspect of popular
culture that is all around us and governs our lives in a hundred
ways, yet we rarely give much thought to the phenomenon.
Seeing stars should certainly wake us all up.
The New Indian Express
2009 220 pages Paperback: ` 325.00 (978-81-7829-907-5)
IS IT ALL ABOUT HIPS?
Around the World with Bollywood Dance
Sangita Shresthova, Dancer and Media Artist
Numerous Bollywood-themed dance classes have sprung up in India
and abroad to quench the demand of Indian and non-Indian audiences
to learn dance movements they have seen in Bollywood films. The
first comprehensive book on Bollywood dance culture, Is It All About
Hips? traces Bollywood dances as they are interpreted, created, and
produced in three locations: Mumbai (India), Kathmandu (Nepal), and
Los Angeles (USA).
In this pioneering work, Sangita Shresthova brings alive the world
of Bollywood dance through the chronicling and analyses of live
performances, dance classes, film spectatorship, and personal
narratives.
Watch how dances travel and meanings unravel
CONTENTS
Foreword by Kabir Bedi / Preface / Introduction / Dancing through the Decades:
A Bit of Theory and History / Bombay and the Bodies of Bollywood Dance / Under
Bollywoods Big Umbrella? Bollywood Dance in Kathmandu / More Indian than
India? Bollywood Dance in Los Angeles / Conclusion / Appendix 1: Personal
Narrative: Ferozs Story / Appendix 2: Personal Narrative: Sanjus Story / Appendix
3: Personal Narrative: Seemas Story / Appendix 4: Personal Narrative: Authors
Story / Notes / Selected Films Cited / Glossary / Index
2011 268 pages Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-81-321-0685-2)
REFRAMING BOLLYWOOD
Theories of Popular Hindi Cinema
Ajay Gehlawat, Hutchins School of Liberal
Studies, Sonoma State University, USA
Reframing Bollywood represents an interesting and solid
attempt to fuse multiple theoretical influences into a coherent
defense of the complexities involved in the study of contemporary
Hindi cinema. Gehlawat does an admirable job blending the
work of a wide range of previous scholars into a defense
of the global and polysemic nature of Bollywood Cinema.
Reframing Bollywood contributes to the current theoretical
literature by illuminating the relationship between Hindi cinemas
semiotic complexity and globalized reception, and will definitely
be of interest to readers looking for a postmodern angle on
contemporary Bollywood.
Asian Journal of Communication
CONTENTS
Introduction: Reframing Bollywood / Bollywood and its Implied Viewers / The
Bollywood Song and Dance, or Making a Culinary Theatre from Dung-cakes
and Dust / Can the Bollywood Film Speak to the Subaltern? / Ho Naa Ho: The
Emergence of a Homosexual Subtext in Bollywood / Usage Problem: Simulation
and Hyper-Assimilation in the (Crossover) Bollywood Film / Conclusion: Traveling
Bollywood / Bibliography / Filmography / Index / About the Author
2010 192 pages Hardback: ` 450.00 (978-81-321-0472-8)
46
Journalism | Development Communication
COMMUNICATION, CULTURE
AND CONFRONTATION
Volume 3
Edited by Bernard Bel, French National Center for Scientific
Research (CNRS), Paris, Jan Brouwer, Centre for Advanced
Research on Indigenous Knowledge Systems, Mysore, Biswajit
Das, Jamia Millia Islamia, New Delhi, Vibodh Parthasarathi,
Independent Researcher, New Delhi and Guy Poitevin, Late of
the Centre for Cooperative Research in Social Sciences, Pune
The third and final volume in the series on Communication Processes,
Communication, Culture and Confrontation is a bold attempt
at breaking conceptual and methodological impasses which stifle
communication studies. Departing from established frameworks and
dated technological metaphors such as transmission.
CONTENTS
Introduction: Remoulding the Cultural as the Contentious Bernard Bel, Jan
Brouwer, Biswajit Das, Vibodh Parthasarathi, Guy Poitevin / I: CONFLICTING
STAKES: INTRODUCTION EDITORS / From the Popular to the People Guy Poitevin /
Interventionist Tendencies in Popular Culture Vibodh Parthasarathi / The Indian
Legal System: A Unique Combination of Traditions, Practices and Modern Values
Karine Bates / II: POWER OF ORALITY: INTRODUCTION EDITORS / Terrains of
Rejuvenation / The Donkey: A Mirror of Self-identification Guy Poitevin / Memory
and Social Protest Badri Narayan / Say It in Singing! Prosodic Patterns and
Rhetorics in the Performance of Grindmill Songs Bernard Bel, Genevive Caelen-
Haumont and Hema Rairkar / Assets of Dissent / Grindmill Songs: A Reference
of Autonomous Self-insight Hema Rairkar / From Grindmill Songs to Cultural
Action Tara ubhe / A Reactivated Performance Capacity Kusum Sonavne / III:
CONTOURS OF CREATIVITY: INTRODUCTION EDITORS / Scenarios of Stress /
Folk Arts and Folk Artists: Myths and Realities P J Amala Dos / Scenarios of
Appropriation / Resisting Colonial Modernity Premchands Rangabhoomi and
Shashi Bhushan upadhyay / Street Theatre in Maharashtra Hema Rairkar /
Action Theatre in Belgium Paul Biot / IV: CONTESTATIONS IN PUBLIC SPACES:
INTRODUCTION EDITORS / Intruding Orders / Ephemera, Communication and the
Quest for Power: Hindutva in Uttar Pradesh Jayati Chaturvedi and Gyaneshwar
Chaturvedi / The Ritual Management of Desire in Indian Bazaar Art Kajri Jain /
Contending Idioms / On the Way to Pandhari Jitendra Maid and Guy Poitevin /
The Famous Invincible Darkies Denis-Constant Martin / Epilogue Editors
COMMuNICATION PROCESSES
2010 504 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-3210-227-4)
WRITING AND PRODUCING FOR
TELEVISION AND FILM
Volume 2
Esta De Fossard, Bloomberg School of Public Health,
Center for Communication Programs, Johns Hopkins
University, Baltimore and John Riber, Media for
DevelopmentEast Africa, Dar-es-Salaam, Tanzania
COMMuNICATION FOR BEHAVIOR CHANGE
2005 280 pages Paperback: ` 559.00 (978-0-7619-3400-4)
WRITING AND PRODUCING RADIO DRAMAS
Volume 1
Esta De Fossard, Bloomberg School of Public Health, Center for
Communication Programs, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore
2004 328 pages Paperback: ` 550.00 (978-0-7619-3326-7)
THE GREEN PEN
Environmental Journalism in India and
South Asia
Edited by Keya Acharya, Independent Journalist and
Researcher and Frederick Noronha, Journalist
The Green Pen is an anthology of writings by environmental
journalists touching upon the various dimensions of the crises,
challenges and experiences of environment reporting in the
Indian subcontinent and some of its neighbouring countries.
Biblio
CONTENTS
Foreword by Darryl Dmonte / Preface by Frederick Noronha and Keya Acharya
/ I: ENVIRONMENTAL JOURNALISM AND ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTING /
Environment Stories, Among the Most Challenging lyla Bavadam / This Separate
Category Kunda Dixit / Environmental Journalism at the Time of Economic
Liberalisation Richard Mahapatra / Environmental Journalism since Economic
Liberalisation S Gopikrishna Warrier / The Most Serious News Sunita Narain
/ Writing About the Birds and the Bees Keya Acharya / My Words, Its Still
Fun! Sudhirendar Sharma / Problems of Aesthetics and Misplaced Altruism:
Media and Environment in Northeast India Kazimuddin (Kazu) Ahmed / Good
Journalism, That`s All Kalpana Sharma / Media is No Longer the Fourth Estate
Devinder Sharma / Lost in the Smog Dionne Bunsha / Tourism and Beyond: Does
Environmental Journalism Matter? Frederick Noronha / Environment Journalism,
Maldivian Style Ahmed Zaki Nafiz / Uphill and Downstream in Pakistan Beena
Sarwar / II: SCIENCE, HEALTH AND THE ENVIRONMENT / Good Science,
Environment Journalism and the Barriers to It! Pallava Bagla / Environment, Exotic
Diseases and the Media: Emerging Issues Patralekha Chatterjee / III: WILDLIFE
JOURNALISM / At the end of a Dark Tunnel, a Faint Light Nirmal Ghosh / Tiger
Defends the Biodiversity Malini Shankar / IV: ENVIRONMENT AND WATER /
The Medias Role in Water and Sanitation Sahana Singh / Water Journalism
Warrants Better Attention Shree Padre / V: REPORTING ON DISASTERS /
Dispatches from the Frontline: The Making of The Greenbelt Reports Nalaka
Gunawardene and Manori Wijesekera / Floods: Blacked Out but Real Sunita
Narain / Turbulence: How Volunteers Cyber-Responded to a Tsunami Peter Griffin
/ VI: PHOTOJOURNALISM / Stop all the Clocks! Beyond Text, Looking at the
Pics Max Martin / What Does One Photograph Do to Depict a Flood? Shahidul
Alam / It was a Long Journey Nandan Saxena / VII: COMMUNICATING ON THE
ENVIRONMENT / Paradigm Shift in Agricultural Communication Shivaram Pailoor
/ A Global City vs the Environment Ardeshir Cowasjee / Wild Panther in Miramar?
Goa on the Verge of Environmental Hara-kiri Nandkumar Kamat / VIII GENDER
AND ENVIRONMENT / Reporting Gender and Environment: Beyond Tokenism
laxmi Murthy / IX: ENVIRONMENTAL MOVEMENTS / The Grass is Greener This
Side Meena Menon / The Chipko and Appiko Movement Pandurang Hegde /
X: AN ANIL AGARWAL READER / Media Games Anil Agarwal / Saying it with
Pictures Anil Agarwal / No Screen Presence Anil Agarwal
2010 312 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-3210-301-1)
JOURNALISM
Principles & Practice
Second Edition
Tony Harcup, University of Sheffield
New and improved features include:
Thorough updates with 25 per cent more material; A new chapter on
telling stories through pictures, whether on TV or online; Fresh examples
reflecting todays multimedia journalistic practice; More insights from
online journalists on blogging, the use of video and audio on the web,
interactive maps and other ways of doing journalism online.
2009 256 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-3210-231-1)
Originally priced at 65.00 (hardback) and 21.99 (paperback!
47
Development Communication | ICT | Education
DEVELOPMENT COMMUNICATION
IN PRACTICE
India and the Millennium Development Goals
J V Vilanilam, Former Vice-Chancellor and Professor
and Head, Department of Communication and
Journalism, University of Kerala, Trivandrum
Development Communication in Practice takes a fresh look at
development communication in the Indian context. Charting its
international history and discussing the Millennium Development Goals
(MDGs) that evolved as part of the phenomenon of globalization, it links
the history of Indias development with development communication and
discusses the role of media in disseminating information to the public.
CONTENTS
Foreword John A lent / Preface / Development Concepts: Old and New /
Globalization / Growth versus Development / Development Communication:
Some Practical Considerations / Recent International Development Efforts /
Development News in Seven Newspapers of India / Results, Conclusions and
Recommendations / Appendices / Index
2009 304 pages Paperback: ` 475.00 (978-81-3210-065-2)
ICTS AND INDIAN SOCIAL CHANGE
Diffusion, Poverty, Governance
Ashwani Saith, Institute of Social Studies, Netherlands and
London School of Economics and Political Science and
M Vijayabaskar, Madras Institute of Development Studies, Chennai
and V Gayathri, Institute for Human Development, New Delhi
2008 424 pages Hardback: ` 850.00 (978-0-7619-3612-1)
EDUCATIONAL THEORIES AND PRACTICES
FROM THE MAJORITY WORLD
Edited by Pierre R Dasen and Abdeljalil
Akkari, both from University of Geneva
Educational Theories and Practices From the Majority
World is a scholarly publicationSeveral chapters and case
studies in the book are written in a simple and lucid style which
a layperson interested in educational practices around the world
can understand and relate to. Well researched and referenced
by all the contributors, and with a coherent flow, it is compulsory
reading for scholars and post-graduate students in education;
and must-hold for any library in an academic setting.
ASCI journal of Management
2008 424 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-7829-877-1)
INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION
Building a Global Community
Fay Patel, Flinders University, Adelaide,
Australia, Mingsheng li, Massey University, Wellington,
New Zealand and Prahalad Sooknanan, University
of Trinidad and Tobago, Trinidad, West Indies
Competence in communicating across cultures is a prerequisite for
success in todays fast-changing global community. In Intercultural
Communication, Patel, Li and Sooknanan draw on their deep intercultural
experience to show us how to build successful communication bridges
across diverse cultures.
Intercultural Communication explores various theoretical positions
on global communication ethics and norms by providing an overview
of the contemporary socio-cultural situation and seeking ways in which
common ground may be found between these different positions.
CONTENTS
Foreword by Frank Sligo / Preface / CONCEPTS IN INTERCULTURAL
COMMUNICATION / Building a Global Community Fay Patel, Mingsheng li and
Prahalad Sooknanan / Overview of Intercultural Communication Mingsheng li
and Fay Patel / Exploring Surface and Deep Levels of Intercultural Communication
Fay Patel / Global Community Engagement Fay Patel and Prahalad Sooknanan
/ Education for the Global Citizen Mingsheng li / Intercultural Communication
in the Global Workplace Prahalad Sooknanan / Cultural Perceptions on
Environment and Global Contexts Mingsheng li and Fay Patel / Technology as
Cultural Power and Its Social Impact Fay Patel / Critical Issues in Intercultural
Communication Fay Patel, Mingsheng li and Prahalad Sooknanan / Intercultural
Communication in Practice: Challenges and Barriers Mingsheng li , Prahalad
Sooknanan and Fay Patel / CRITICAL PERSPECTIVES IN INTERCULTURAL
COMMUNICATION EVENTS / Family Fay Patel, Mingsheng li and Prahalad
Sooknanan / Religion Fay Patel, Mingsheng li and Prahalad Sooknanan /
History Fay Patel, Mingsheng li and Prahalad Sooknanan / Culture, Gender and
Race Fay Patel, Mingsheng li and Prahalad Sooknanan / References / Index
2011 232 pages Hardback: ` 525.00 (978-81-321-0634-0)
COMMUNICATION FOR
DEVELOPMENT IN THE
THIRD WORLD
Theory and Practice for Empowerment
Srinivas R Melkote, Bowling Green State University, and
Ohio H leslie Steeves, University of Oregon, Oregon
2001 420 pages Paperback: ` 495.00 (978-0-7619-9476-3)
COMMUNICATION FOR DEVELOPMENT
AND SOCIAL CHANGE
Edited by Jan Servaes, University of Massachusetts at Amherst, USA
2007 428 pages Paperback: ` 750.00 (978-0-7619-3609-1)
See the full listing of
our Social Science titles
online at www.sagepub.in
48
Education
FAILURE IS NOT
AN OPTION
6 Principles for Making Student Success the Only Option
Second Edition
Alan M Blankstein, The HOPE Foundation, Bloomington
An overwhelming body of research shows that educational
change and improvement must come from the inside. Here is
a practical road map for improving the climate and culture of
schools in ways that are meaningful and enduring.
Dennis Van Roekel
CONTENTS
Why Failure is Not an Option / Courageous Leadership for School Success
/ 10 Common Routes to Failure, and How to Avoid Each / Relational Trust as
Foundation for the Learning Community / PRINCIPLE 1: Common Mission, Vision,
Values, and Goals / PRINCIPLE 2: Ensuring Achievement for All Students
Systems for Prevention and Intervention / PRINCIPLE 3: Collaborative Teaming
Focused on Teaching for Learning / PRINCIPLE 4: Data-Based Decision Making
for Continuous Improvement / PRINCIPLE 5: Gaining Active Engagement From
Family and Community Alan M Blankstein and Pedro A Noguera / PRINCIPLE
6: Building Sustainable Leadership Capacity Alan M Blankstein with Andy
Hargreaves and Dean Fink / Bibliography / Index
2010 288 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-3210-474-2)
Originally priced at $ 33.95 (paperback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!
INCLUSIVE EDUCATION ACROSS CULTURES
Crossing Boundaries, Sharing Ideas
Edited by Mithu Alur, The Spastics Society of India and
Vianne Timmons, University of Regina, Canada
This comprehensive collection provides a global perspective on
inclusive education. A valuable resource for all those involved
in the study of education, social work and psychology.
The Tribune
2009 500 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-7829-903-7)
LIFE COMPETENCIES FOR ADOLESCENTS
Training Manual for Facilitators, Teachers and Parents
Devendra Agochiya, Freelance Consultant in
the field of Training and Development
Features:
Wide scope: The manual covers a wide range of life competencies
for the holistic growth and development of adolescents
Modular approach: Though the programme proposed by the manual
is a holistic, comprehensive package, each module can also be used
independently. The user agencies can, thus, choose any number of
modules that are applicable for their target group.
Ready-to-use format: The manual is inclusive in all aspects. It has
notes for facilitators and other users, special exercises and instruments
and step-by-step approach for the conduct of these exercises.
Notes on the modules: The manual includes detailed notes on each
module that cover wide-ranging sub-topics and issues.
CD companion
ABRIDGED CONTENTS
Introduction / The Programme and the Training Manual / Using the Manual for
the Delivery of the Programme: General Guidelines / Adolescents and the Nation
/ Growing Up of the Adolescents Process and Dimensions / Growing Up in the
Family / Interpersonal Communication / Bonding with People Interpersonal
Competencies / Developing Presentation and Writing Skills / Self-Awareness
and Building A Desire for Self-Growth / Road to a Successful and Happy Life
- Developing Your Self-Esteem and Self-Confidence / Setting Goals for Life
and Working for Their Achievement / Living Life in a Positive and Affirmative
Way / Management of Stress / Developing Entrepreneurial Competencies and
Attributes
2010 392 pages Paperback: ` 495.00 (978-81-3210-460-5)
INDIAN HIGHER EDUCATION
Envisioning the Future
Pawan Agarwal, Higher Education Scholar and Civil Servant
Indian Higher Education deals with the contested terrain of
higher education in Indiathe book is an impressive collection
of relevant, valuable and diverse data, assiduously gathered
from many sources, and this makes it a useful base document
for opening fresh debate on higher education policy.
The Hindu
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / Size, Structure and Growth / Access and Equity / Private
Higher Education / Financing and Management / Workforce Development /
Research and Higher Education / Regulatory Framework / Quality Management
/ Perspectives / Epilogue / Notes / References / Index
2009 520 pages Hardback: ` 950 (978-81-7829-941-9)
PUBLIC PROVISIONING FOR
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION IN INDIA
Praveen Jha and Subrat Das, both at Centre for Economic Studies
and Planning, (CESP), Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi, Siba
Sankar Mohanty, Centre for Budget and Governance Accountability,
(CBGA), New Delhi and Nandan Kumar Jha, Centre for Economic
Studies and Planning, (CESP), Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi
2008 454 pages Hardback: ` 675.00 (978-0-7619-3666-4)
49
Education
POLICY AND PRACTICE IN ASIAN
DISTANCE EDUCATION
Edited by Tian Belawati, Universitas Terbuka, Indonesia and
Jon Baggaley, Athabasca University, Alberta, Canada
Policy and Practice in Asian Distance Education has been designed
for the orientation and training of specialists in open and distance
learning methods in Asia. It is the outcome of the collaborative PANdora
research and development initiative (200508) between 24 open and
distance learning (ODL) institutions, government departments and non-
governmental organisations in 13 Asian countries.
CONTENTS
Foreword by Tan Sri Emeritus Professor Gajaraj Dhanarajan / Preface / OPEN
AND DISTANCE LEARNING / Conceptual Origins Tian Belawati / Financial
Management Tian Belawati / Associations and Partnerships Tian Belawati /
EVALUATION AND ASSESSMENT IN DISTANCE EDUCATION / Cost-effectiveness
Tian Belawati / Quality Assurance Tian Belawati / Student Assessment Kristanti
Ambar Puspitasari / E-assessment Nazir Sangi / Conducting and Reporting
Distance Education Evaluations Jon Baggaley / MEDIA USAGE IN DISTANCE
EDUCATION / History of Distance Education Media Usage Tian Belawati and
Jon Baggaley / Print and Audio Production Dewi Padmo / TV/Video Production
Dewi Padmo / Online Learning Management Systems Batpurev Batchuluun and
Buyandelger Batsaikhan / Production of SMS Materials Angelo J Ramos and
Jerome P Triona / PRINCIPLES OF DISTANCE EDUCATION IMPLEMENTATION
/ Accessibility and Selection of Distance Education Media Gihan Wikramanayake
and Jon Baggaley / Adult Learning and Instructional Design Santoshanda and
Jon Baggaley / Course Material Development Strategies Santosh Panda /
Gender and Outcome Mapping Sana Shams, Sarmad Hussain and Atif Mirza
/ EXAMPLES OF DISTANCE EDUCATION AND OPEN AND DISTANCE LEARNING
INSTITUTIONS / China Open University (formerly China Central Radio and TV
University) Chen Haishan and li Yawan / Korea National Open University Chang
Yeul Yang / Sukhothai Thammathirat Open University, Thailand International
Affairs Unit, Sukhothai Thannathirat Open University / Universitas Terbuka
(Indonesia Open University) ludivica Endang Setijorini and Irma Adnan /
Virtual University of Pakistan Naveed Malik / Wawasan Open University, Malaysia
Gajaraj Dhanarajan / References / Index
2010 284 pages Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-81-321-0562-6)
USING EDU-TAINMENT FOR DISTANCE
EDUCATION IN COMMUNITY WORK
Volume 3
Esta De Fossard, Center for Communication
Programs, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore
2008 310 pages Paperback: ` 550.00 (978-0-7619-3642-8)
DISTANCE EDUCATION
TECHNOLOGIES IN ASIA
Edited by Jon Baggaley, Athabasca University, Alberta,
Canada and Tian Belawati, Universitas Terbuka, Indonesia
In Asia, Distance Education (DE) is providing major solutions in the
areas of education and training. DE methods that are standard in other
parts of the world, however, have yet to demonstrate their full potential
in Asia. Covering nine DE projects by 39 researchers from 13 countries,
this book analyses the DE scenario in Asia, the successes, the failures
and the reasons behind them.
CONTENTS
Foreword by Sir John Daniel / Introduction / THE EMERGENCE OF DISTANCE
EDUCATION IN SOUTH ASIA / Bhutan Sangay Jamtsho and Sonam Rinchen
/ India Sanjaya Mishra and Zeba Khan / Pakistan: Nazir A Sangi and Sheeraz
Ahmed / Sri Lanka: V K Samaranayake, P Wimalaratne, K P Hewagamage
and Dilhari Attygalle / ACCESSIBILITY, ACCEPTANCE AND EFFECTS OF
DISTANCE EDUCATION IN SOUTH ASIA / Bhutan: Sangay Jamtsho and Sonam
Rinchen / Pakistan: Nazir A Sangi and Sheeraz Ahmed / Sri Lanka: Gihan N
Wikramanayake, P Wimalaratne, K P Hewagamage and Dilhari Attygalle /
DEVELOPMENT OF ICT-BASED DISTANCE EDUCATION IN BHUTAN / Bhutan:
Sangay Jamtsho / Canada: Mark Bullen / E-LEARNING IN CHINESE SCHOOLS
AND UNIVERSITIES / China: Chen li, Wang Nan and Chen Hui Na / ATTITUDES
TO DISTANCE EDUCATION IN CHINA / China: Chen li and Wang Nan / DISTANCE
EDUCATION POLICY AND PRACTICE IN MONGOLIA / Mongolia: Amarsaikhan
Dashtseren and Oyun Sanjaa / Hong Kong: Weiyuan Zhang / DISTANCE
EDUCATION POLICY AND AWARENESS IN CAMBODIA, LAO PDR AND VIET
NAM / Cambodia: Doung Vuth and Chhuon Chanthan / Lao PDR: Somphone
Phanousith and Phonpasit Phissamay / Viet Nam: Tran Thi Tai and Vu The
Binh / OPEN-SOURCE SOFTWARE FOR LEARNING MANAGEMENT / Mongolia:
Batpurev Batchuluun / Sri Lanka: K P Hewagamage, K H R A Peiris and W A
u C Weerakoon / DEVELOPING AN ASIAN LEARNING OBJECT REPOSITORY /
Cambodia: Chhuon Chanthan / Indonesia: A P Hardhono and Tian Belawati /
Thailand: Sunee Silphiphat and Tanit Pusiri / MOBILE TECHNOLOGY IN NON-
FORMAL DISTANCE EDUCATION / The Philippines: Angelo Juan O Ramos
and Jerome P Triona / TRAINING ASIAN INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGNERS /
The Philippines: Felix librero / E-ASSESSMENT METHODS FOR STUDENT
EVALUATION IN ASIA / Pakistan: Nazir A Sangi / References / Index
2010 308 pages Hardback: ` 650.00 (978-81-321-0561-9)
SOCIAL SCIENCE LEARNING IN SCHOOLS
Perspective and Challenges
Edited by Poonam Batra, University of Delhi
The exhaustive process that went into the making of textbooks
in social sciences (studies) for Classes 6, 7 and 8 is documented
minutely in this book-meticulously and threadbare The unique
contribution of this documentation is that it provides a guide and
a perspective to those who are interested in what is transacted
in the schools
Contemporary Education Dialogue
CONTENTS
Preface / SOCIAL SCIENCES IN SCHOOL CURRICULA AND THE EKLAVYA
STORY / Introduction Poonam Batra / Reconstructing the Curricular Development
Process: the Insiders Narrative The Eklavya Team / SUBJECT AND PEDAGOGIC
PERSPECTIVES: A Critical Review / Civics Curriculum and Textbooks Amman
Madan / Geography Curriculum and Textbooks Yemuna Sunny and Kamala
Menon / History Curriculum and Textbooks Tripta Wahi / Social Science
Texts: A Pedagogic Perspective Poonam Batra and Disha Nawani / TEXTS,
CLASSROOMS AND THE LEARNER / Dynamics of Knowledge and Praxis: A
View From the field The Eklavya Team / Conclusion Poonam Batra / Epilogue
The Eklavya Team / Glossary / Index
2010 332 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-3210-296-0)
50
Education
EDUCATION FOR SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT
Challenges, Strategies and Practices in a Globalizing
World
Edited by Anastasia Nikolopoulou, University of Cyprus, Taisha
Abraham, Jesus and Mary College, University of Delhi and Farid
Mirbagheri, University of Nicosia and University of Indianapolis
Education for Sustainable Development carves a path for future
educators. It demonstrates that to pursue education for sustainable
development, it is vital that one crosses disciplinary, institutional, and
epistemological borders. The uniqueness of this compilation is in the
multiple perspectives it provides, establishing workable links between
local communities, governments and international organizations to
enable sustainable development.
CONTENTS
Introduction Anastasia Nikolopoulou, Farid Mirbagheri and Taisha Abraham
/ GLOBALIZATION AND THE POLITICS OF EXCLUSION / Caste, Exclusion
and Marginalized Group in India: Dalit Deprivation in India Sukhadeo Thorat
/ Education in a Globalizing Era: Implications for Disabled Girls Anita Ghai /
FROM RIO TO INDIGENOUS CULTURAL RESOURCES: Education for Sustainable
Development / Education for Sustainable Development: The Concept and Its
Connection to Tolerance and Democracy Michael J Scoullos / Education for
Sustainable Tribal Development Archana Prasad / Premodern Indigenous
Practitioners Dilemmas in a Postmodern Globalized World Janet Chawla /
EMPOWERING THE HUMAN CAPITAL: Challenges and Strategies in India /
Market, Deprivation and Education in the Age of Globalization Ravi Kumar /
Literacy Instruction in Indian Schools Shobha Sinha / Empowering Pedagogy:
Potentials and Limitations Sadhna Saxena / Squaring National Pride with
Tolerance: A Lesson for School Textbooks Narayani Gupta / Indian School
Texbooks Teesta Setalvad / ETHICAL PATHS TO GLOBAL CITIZENSHIP /
Global Ethical Options in the Framework of Development: Gandhian Perspectives
Neelakanta Radhakrishnan / Reconciling Identity and Citizenship: A Case for
Moral Cosmopolitanism in a Divided World M Satish Kumar / Islam and Liberal
Peace Farid Mirbagheri / Index
2010 276 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-3210-293-9)
ALTERNATIVE SCHOOLING IN INDIA
Edited by Sarojini Vittachi, Founder Director, Girls Education
Plus, Bangalore, Neeraja Raghavan, Writer and Educational
Consultant, Bangalore, with Kiran Raj, Technical Writer
2008 268 pages Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-0-7619-3619-0)
10 WINNING STRATEGIES FOR
LEADERS IN THE CLASSROOM
A Transformational Approach
Bramwell Osula, Regent University, USA and Renae
Ideboen, Judson University, Elgin, USA
In 10 Winning Strategies for leaders in the Classroom: A
Transformational Approach, Bramwell Osula and Renae Ideboen present
10 proven principles for achieving success in values-based leadership for
the classroom environment. Next to the home, the classroom is perhaps
the most influential and inspirational environment in the world. This book
explores the capacity of the classroom for transforming individuals toward
action and renewal.
CONTENTS
Leaning Forward! / True Grit: The Courage to Get It Right / Rein in the Rebel:
Rekindling Hope / Truth or Consequences / Reducing the Hate / Bedrock or
Quicksand / What You Say is What You Get / Wear It on Your Sleeve / The Value of
Trust / Emotional Fortitude / Climate Control / Conclusion / Bibliography / Index
2011 192 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0564-0)
LEARNING FROM CHILDREN
WHAT TO TEACH THEM
Malavika Kapur, Honorary Professor, National
Institute of Advanced Studies, Bangalore
2008 200 pages Hardback: ` 495.00 (978-0-7619-3611-4)
TRANSFORMING SCHOOLS
EMPOWERING CHILDREN
Empowering Children
Arun Kapur, Vasant Valley School, New Delhi
2007 176 pages Paperback: ` 525.00 (978-0-7619-3563-6)
TEACHING SOCIAL SCIENCE IN SCHOOLS
NCERTs New Textbook Initiative
Alex M George, Independent Researcher
and Amman Madan, IIT Kanpur
The book is likely to be a useful resource for those who wish to
engage teachers with issues and concerns of Social Science
teaching and learning. It fills a major gap in the provision of simply
written subject-specific reading materials for school teachers.
Organisations such as the State Council of Educational Research
and Training (SCERT) and Nongovernment organisations (NGOs)
that provide in-service and onsite support to teachers as well
as schools which look for meaningful engagement for the
professional development of teachers will find this book of
value.
Contemporary Education Dialogue
2009 112 pages Paperback: ` 225.00 (978-81-7829-904-4)
51
Developing as a Refective Secondary Teacher Series
TEACHING SCIENCE
Tony liversidge, Bernard
Kerfoot, both at Edge
Hill University, Matt Cochrane, and Judith Thomas
The informative content and informal writing style make this a
useful and easy to read book. The content is well suited to those
training to be secondary science teachers. It covers a broad range
of material and does so in a logical, easy to follow manner.
Ian Abrahams
CONTENTS
What is Science Teaching? Who are Science Teachers? / What are You Expected
to Teach in a Science Lesson? / Planning to Teach a Science Lesson / Elements of
a Science Lesson / Managing Learning in Science / Managing Learning; Measuring
Learning / Teaching Different Abilities; Teaching Different Pupils / Teaching
Different Ages; Key Stage 3 to Post-16 / Science Teaching Issues: Science for All
/ Creativity and Innovation in Science Teaching and Learning / Science Outside
the Classroom / Reflective Practice and Professional Development
DEVElOPING AS A REFlECTIVE SECONDARY TEACHER
2010 280 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0529-9)
TEACHING ENGLISH
Carol Evans, Alyson
Midgley, Phil Rigby, lynne
Warham and Peter Woolnough, all at Edge Hill University
Reflective practice is at the heart of effective teaching, and this book
helps you develop into a reflective teacher of English. Everything you
need is here: guidance on developing your analysis and self-evaluation
skills, advice on assessing pupils progress effectively; and examples
of how experienced teachers deliver successful lessons.
The book comes wi th access to a compani on websi te,
www.sagepub.co.uk/secondary
CONTENTS
English Teachers and English Teaching Phil Rigby / Planning for Learning Carol
Evans / More Than One Way to Teach a Lesson Peter Woolnough / Managing
Learning, Managing Learners lynne Warham / Monitoring Performance and
Securing Progress Alyson Midgley / Teaching Different Pupils, Teaching Different
Abilities Phil Rigby / Catering for an Assessment-Driven Curriculum Peter
Woolnough / PSHE: Developing the Whole Child Through English Carol Evans
/ Using ICT in English lynne Warham / Beyond ITT: What Next? Carol Evans
and Peter Woolnough
2010 232 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0528-2)
Sales rights restricted to South Asia Only!
TEACHING MATHEMATICS
Paul Chambers, Edge Hill University College
helps you develop into a reflective teacher of mathematics. Everything
you need is here: guidance on developing your analysis and self-
evaluation skills, the knowledge of what you are trying to achieve and
why, and examples of how experienced teachers deliver successful
lessons.
CONTENTS
How To Use This Book / Who Are Mathematics Teachers? What Is Mathematics
Teaching? / What To Teach In A Mathematics Lesson, And The Study Of Proof
/ Planning To Teach A Mathematics Lesson / The Elements Of A Mathematics
Lesson / Learning Mathematics / Assessment / Teaching Different Pupils /
Teaching Different Topics / ICT In Mathematics Teaching / Continuing Professional
Development
2010 / 264 pages / Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0526-8)
TEACHING HISTORY
Developing as a Reflective Secondary Teacher
Ian Phillips, Edge Hill University
Reflective practice is at the heart of effective teaching, and this book will
help you develop into a reflective teacher of history. Everything you need
is here: guidance on developing your analysis and self-evaluation skills,
the knowledge of what you are trying to achieve and why, and examples
of how experienced teachers deliver successful lessons.
CONTENTS
You And Your Subject: A Personal Perspective / You and Your Curriculum: A
Public Perspective / Planning To Teach And Learn / The Elements Of Teaching
And Learning History / Managing Teaching And Learning / Assessing For Learning
History / Teaching Across The Ages: GCSE And A Level / Inclusive History
Teaching / Information Technologies And History Teaching / A Difficult And
Controversial Subject / Where Do You Go Now? /
2010 288 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0527-5)
52
Special Needs Education Developing as a Refective Secondary Teacher Series | Special Needs Education
ONE LITTLE FINGER
Malini Chib, Freelance Writer Activist and Advocate
There is a frank openness in a Bildungsroman that endears any
reader to the central character Malini has caught that pat on
She confides in the reader every little secret, every emotion,
success, frustration, and humiliation. Malinis enthusiasm
and joie de vivre is mighty infectious, and that makes One
Little Finger the book for a dark day. Its child-like fist pumping
will pick you up and convince you that triumph is just one little
finger away.
The Hindu
The birth was hugely traumatic, and the pediatrician in charge kept
repeating to himself, `It was a mistake...I should have carried out a
caesareanlets see if she survivesI am not sure if she will survive
at the most 72 hourI Survived!
CONTENTS
ROOTS / Proving the Doctors Wrong / Birth of a Movement / The End of the
Beginning / A Family with No Bounds? / Boarding School LifeUgh! / GROWING
UP / Why Do You Want to Do the BA? / Introduction to Port Wine: Goa with Nicky /
Entre-vous to Adulthood / Oxford: A Love Affair / A SLICE OF FREEDOM / Moving
Again to London / A Bold French Holiday / Empowerment in Academia / Living
on Ones Own / What? A Second MastersUnbelievable! / I / Get Employed! /
Reflections
2011 228 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0632-6)
THE SPECIAL EDUCATORS TOOL KIT
Sarah J Barratt, Canterbury Christchurch University
The Special Educators Tool Kit is an informative yet practical guide
to help teachers and parents involved in educating children with Special
Educational Needs. It is simple in its layout and practical in its approach.
It is a working resource manual to support established lesson plans,
existing syllabuses and ongoing research.
2008 200 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-782-9897-9)
CHILDREN WITH DEVELOPMENTAL
DISABILITIES
A Training Guide for Parents, Teachers and Caregivers
S Venkatesan, All India Institute of Speech and Hearing, Mysore
2004 260 pages Paperback: ` 495.00 (978-0-7619-9775-7)
EDUCATION AND CHILDREN
WITH SPECIAL NEEDS
From Segregation to Inclusion
Edited by Seamus Hegarty, Director, National Foundation
for Educational Research in England and Wales and Mithu
Alur, Founder Chairperson, The Spastics Society of India
2002 228 pages Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-0-7619-9585-2)
REFLECTIVE
TEACHING
AND LEARNING
Sue Dymoke and Jennifer Harrison, both at University of Leicester
Reflective Teaching and learning is an accessible guide
for both student teachers and current practitioners to help
them understand the components of the learning and teaching
process....The accessible and easy-to-understand tone used
by the authors enables a gentle yet thorough development for
the student
ESCalate
CONTENTS
Index / Introduction / Content, organization and underpinning approach Jennifer
Harrison and Sue Dymoke / Terminology / Ways of using the book / ITT Standards
for QTS / PGCE M level / Professional Development and the Reflective Practitioner
/ An Overview of Learning / Learning and Teaching Contexts / Classroom
management / Assessing Students / Education as a Social and Political Process
/ Pastoral Care and Tutorial Roles
2010 328 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0530-5)
TEACHING ICT
Carl Simmons and
Claire Hawkins
both at Edge Hill University
helps you develop into a reflective teacher of ICT. Everything you need is
here: guidance on developing your analysis and self-evaluation skills and
examples of how experienced teachers deliver successful lessons.
The book comes with access to a companion website, www.sagepub.
co.uk/secondary, where you will fnd:
CONTENTS
So You Want to Teach ICT? / Contemporary Issues in ICT Teaching / What Are
You Expected to Teach in ICT? / Planning to Teach an ICT Lesson / Managing an
ICT Lesson / Assessment in ICT / Learning For All / Teaching Different Ages: Key
Stage 3 to Post-16 / Teaching Outside the Classroom / What Next? / References
/ Index
2010 256 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0525-1)
Originally priced at 67.00 (hardback) and 23.99
(paperback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!
53
Special Needs Education
TEACHING YOUNG
CHILDREN WITH
ADHD
Successful Strategies and Practical Interventions
Richard A lougy, ADHD Specialist/Private Practice,
Silvia l Deruvo, WestEd, Center for Prevention and Early
Intervention and David Rosenthal, Private Practice
In reading this book, you will discover
Practical interventions to develop children`s social skills and manage
classroom behavior
Suggestions for helping children with ADHD master the challenging
task of writing
Guidelines for recognizing appropriate and inappropriate responses
to medication
Recommendations for partnering with parents and families
In-depth profiles of children with ADHD
2008 208 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-782-9913-6)
Originally priced at $ 68.95 (harback) and $ 27.95 (paperback)!
AUTISM SPECTRUM
DISORDERS
Interventions and Treatments for Children and Youth
Richard Simpson, Sonja R De Boer-Ott, Deborah Griswold
and Brenda Myles, all at University of Kansas and et al
This book provides a comprehensive insight into what asperger
syndrome really is. It establishes the symptoms and problems
attendant with asperger syndrome and hence effectively
impresses upon how this disorder is different or similar from
the other disorders in the autism spectrum.
The Times of India
2008 260 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-782-9912-9)
originally priced at $ 76.95 (hardback) and $ 39.95 (paperback)!
PERSPECTIVES ON LEARNING
DISABILITIES IN INDIA
Current Practices and Prospects
Edited by Komilla Thapa, University of Allahabad, Greedina
Van Der Aalsvoort, Leiden University, The Netherlands
and Janak Pandey, University of Allahabad
Learning disabilities (LDs) remain one of the least understood and
most debated disabling conditions that affect children. Perspective
on Learning Disabilities in India: Current Practices and Prospects
showcases how researchers and practitioners in the country have
evolved strategies to resolve the fundamental questions related to LDs,
while focusing on marginalized and disadvantaged groups.
2008 304 pages Hardback: ` 725.00 (978-81-782-9825-2)
READING DIFFICULTIES AND DYSLEXIA
An Interpretation for Teachers
J P Das, University of Alberta, Edmonton
Reading Difficulties And Dyslexia is a ready reckoner on dyslexia,
a condensed and updated source of information on the subject, for
not only teachers and parents, but also for professionals concerned
with Learning Disabilities. For the school psychologist, the book is an
interpretation that gives pre-eminence to the PASS (Planning-Attention-
Simultaneous-Successive) theory of cognitive processesthe four
major processes that replace traditional views of IQ and redefine
intelligence.
CONTENTS
Preface / UNDERSTANDING READING DIFFICULTIES / Good and Poor Readers /
From Nursery Rhymes to Phonological Coding / Stages of Reading Development
/ Explaining Reading by Intelligence / Reading and Comprehension / Spelling
and Writing / REMEDIATION OF READING AND LEARNING DIFFICULTIES /
Theory and Practice / COGENT Program: Getting Ready to Read / A Taste of
COGENT: Program Modules / COGENT Works: Early Evidence / How Does
Reading Readiness Work? A Taste of COGENT / PREP: A Remediation Program
based on PASS / A Taste of PREP in Words and Pictures / Case Histories / THE
NEXT STEPS / The Way Forward / Integration of Contemporary Views on Reading
/ Epilogue: New Horizons in Understanding Reading / Bibliography
2009 228 pages Paperback: ` 325.00 (978-81-782-9895-5)
CHILDREN AND
YOUTH WITH
ASPERGER SYNDROME
Strategies for Success in Inclusive Settings
Brenda Myles, University of Kansas
Children and Youth with Asperger Syndrome provides a
comprehensive insight into what asperger syndrome really
is. It establishes the symptoms and problems attendant with
asperger syndrome and hence effectively impresses upon how
this disorder is different or similar from the other disorders in
the autism spectrum.
The Times of India
2008 196 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-782-9911-2)
Originally priced at $ 68.95 (hardback) and $ 34.95 (paperback).
CHILDREN WITH
CEREBRAL PALSY
A Manual for Therapists, Parents and Community Workers
Archie Hinchcliffe, Paediatric Physiotherapist
2007 256 pages Paperback: ` 525.00 (978-0-7619-3560-5)
54
Psychology Psychology
HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY
Theory, Research and
Practice
Third Edition
David F Marks City University, London, UK, Brian
Evans City University and Middlesex University, Michael
Murray and Emee Vida Estacio both at Keele University, UK
The Third Edition of the best-selling textbook Health Psychology:
Theory, Research and Practice has been thoroughly updated and
revised to make it even more essential for course teaching. Retaining
the celebrated approach of previous editions in examining critical
perspectives in health psychology, this new edition now incorporates
research from a fuller range of perspectives including more mainstream
health psychology and a wider international focus. Therefore this textbook
now provides students with a broader, more rounded understanding of
the field than ever before.
Key features of the Third Edition:
Four brand new chapters in the book on Theories, Models
and Interventions Applied to Sexual Health; Information and
Communication; Health Literacy; Community and Alternative
Approaches.
Extensive pedagogical features, including chapter outlines and
summaries of key ideas, and guidelines for further research.
Boxed case studies, tables and figures and cutting edge research
are integrated throughout to aid students` understanding of this
fascinating field.
New accompanying companion website with a full suite of lecturer
materials and online readings for students, as well as discussion blogs
and video interviews with the authors.
CONTENTS
HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY IN CONTEXT / Health Psychology: An Introduction / The
Macro-Social Environment and Health / Social Inequalities, Social Justice and
Health / Culture and Health / A-Z of Research Methods in Health Psychology /
HEALTH BEHAVIOUR AND EXPERIENCE / Theories, Models and Interventions
/ Applied to Sexual Health / Food, Eating and the Environment / Alcohol and
Drinking / Tobacco and Smoking / Physical Activity and Exercise / HEALTH
PROMOTION AND DISEASE PREVENTION / Information and Communication /
Stress and Coping / Screening and Immunization / Health Literacy / Community
Approaches within Health Psychology / ILLNESS EXPERIENCE AND HEALTH
CARE / Lay Representations of Illness / Illness and Personality / Medicine-Taking:
Adherence and Resistance / Pain / Cancer and Chronic Diseases
2011 616 pages Paperback: ` 595.00 (978-81-321-0749-1)
(Originally priced at 90.00 (hardback) and 33.99 (paperback).
Sales rights restricted to South Asia!
UNDERSTANDING
CROSS-CULTURAL
PSYCHOLOGY
Eastern and Western Perspectives
Pittu D laungani, Late of Manchester University
2007 276 pages Paperback: ` 475.00 (9788178297989)
Originally priced at 80.00 (hardback) and 24.99 (paperback)! Sales rights
restricted to South Asia only!
HUMAN
DEVELOPMENT IN
THE INDIAN CONTEXT
Volume 2
A Socio-cultural Focus
Margaret Khalakdina, Independent consultant
Human Development in the Indian Context is the sequel to Human
Development in the Indian Context: A Socio-cultural Focus, Volume 1.
A contextual complement to its prequel, this volume presents the major
socio-psychological and cultural influences on the development of an
Indian. This volume analyses development of a person from childhood
to adolescence in the Indian context.
CONTENTS
Foreword by SHYAM MENON / Prologue / Introduction / Socialisation: The
Process / Socialisation: Actors and Outcomes / The Engendering of the Female /
Selected Critical Goals of Development / The Dynamics of Culture / Bases of the
Development of the Lifespan / Significant Domains during the Lifespan / Towards
a Future Focus / Glossary / Index
2011 452 pages Hardback: ` 1400.00 (978-81-321-0581-7)
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT IN
THE INDIAN CONTEXT
Volume 1
A Socio-Cultural Focus
Margaret Khalakdina, Independent Consultant, New Delhi
Human Development in the Indian Context, Vol 1 contains essential
information for an understanding of the nature of development of
the Indian psyche and ethos. In this context, the author examines
the significant aspects of development. In doing so, she presents a
paradigm of an eclectic point of view, analysing basic concepts, sources
and knowledge of human development in the Indian situation.
2008 392 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-0-7619-3610-7)
PSYCHOLOGICAL
TESTING
A Practical Approach to Design and Evaluation
Theresa J B Kline, University of Calgary
2005 368 pages Hardback: ` 525.00 (978-81-7829-571-8)
Originally priced at $ 106.00 (Hardback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!
55
Psychology
SUICIDAL BEHAVIOUR
Assessment of PeopleatRisk
Edited by updesh Kumar and Manas K Mandal both at
Defence Institute of Psychological Research, Delhi
The authors, who are experts in their fields, have dealt with each
topic in a comprehensive, but succinct manner The book is
well organized, the get-up attractive and the price reasonable
The simple language and practical approach followed are an
added bonus. This book is a useful read for professionals caring
for people at risk of suicide.
The National Medical Journal of India
CONTENTS
Foreword DR ROBERT HOGAN / Preface / RISK ASSESSMENT: THEORETICAL
ISSUES / Psychological Perspectives on Suicidal Behaviour RORY C OCONNOR
/ Empirically Based Assessment of Suicide Risk CHAD E MORROW, CRAIG J
BRYAN and KATHRYN KANZLER APPOLONIO / Neurobiological Basis of Suicidal
Ideation JITENDRA KUMAR TRIVEDI and SANNIDHYA VARMA / Problem-solving
Ability and Repeated Deliberate Self-harm CARMEL MCAULIFFE / Suicide and
Homicide: Theoretical Issues SWATI MUKHERJEE, UPDESH KUMAR and MANAS
K MANDAL / Cultural Issues in Suicide Risk Assessment ERMINIA COLUCCI
/ Gender Issues in Suicide Risk Factor Assessment PETER OSVATH, VIKTOR
VOROS and SANDOR FEKETE / Developmental Issues in Risk Factor Assessment
KIMBERLY A VAN ORDEN and ALEC L MILLER / Reporting Suicide: Impact on
Suicidal Behaviour FARAH KIDWAI / ASSESSMENT: PEOPLE-AT-RISK / Suicide:
Its Assessment and Prediction PRITHA MUKHOPADHYAY / Substance Use and
Suicidal Behaviour NISHI MISRA, AMRI SABHARWAL and UPDESH KUMAR /
Suicide Risk in Bipolar Disorder MAURIZIO POMPILI, MARCO INNAMORATI,
ENRICA DE SIMONI, ILARIA FALCONE, GASPARE PALMIERI, LAURA SAPIENZA
and ROBERTO TATARELLI / Depression and Suicide EVA SCHALLER and
MANFRED WOLFERSDORF / The Suicidal Soldier LARS MEHLUM and LATHA
NRUGHAM / Suicidal Ideation and Behavior among Asian Adolescents ANGEL
NGA-MAN LEUNG, CATHY YUI-CHI FONG and CATHERINE ALEXANDRA
MCBRIDE- CHANG / Author Index / Subject Index
2010 392 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0299-1)
POSITIVE
PSYCHOLOGY
The Scientific and Practical Explorations of
Human Strengths
Second Edition
C R Snyder University of Kansas, Lawrence, Shane J lopez
Gallup/Clifton Strengths School and Jennifer Teramoto Pedrotti
California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo
Bringing both the science, and the real-life applications, of positive
psychology to life for students.
This revision of the cutting edge, most comprehensive text for this
exciting field presents new frameworks for understanding positive
emotions and human strengths. The authorsall leading figures in
the fieldshow how to apply the science to improve schooling, the
workplace, and cooperative lifestyles among people.
Student Study Site can be accessed at www.sagepub.com/snyder2e.
CONTENTS
Preface / Remembering C R Snyder`s Legacy of Hope / LOOKING AT PSYCHOLOGY
FROM A POSITIVE PERSPECTIVE / Welcome to Positive Psychology / Eastern
and Western Perspectives on Positive Psychology / Classifications and Measures
of Strengths and Positive Outcomes / POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY IN CONTEXT
/ Developing Strengths and Living Well in a Cultural Context / Living Well at
Every Stage of Life / POSITIVE EMOTIONAL STATES AND PROCESSES /
The Principles of Pleasure: Understanding Positive Affect, Positive Emotions,
Happiness, and Well-Being / Making the Most of Emotional Experiences:
Emotion-Focused Coping, Emotional Intelligence, Socioemotional Selectivity,
and Emotional Storytelling / POSITIVE COGNITIVE STATES AND PROCESSES
/ Seeing Our Futures Through Self-Efficacy, Optimism, and Hope / Wisdom and
Courage: Two Universal Virtues / Mindfulness, Flow, and Spirituality: In Search of
Optimal Experiences / PROSOCIAL BEHAVIOR / Empathy and Egotism: Portals
to Altruism, Gratitude, and Forgiveness / Attachment, Love, and Flourishing
Relationships / UNDERSTANDING AND CHANGING HUMAN BEHAVIOR /
Balanced Conceptualizations of Mental Health and Behavior / Interceding to
Prevent the Bad and Enhance the Good / POSITIVE ENVIRONMENTS / Positive
Schooling / Good Work: The Psychology of Gainful Employment / The Me/We
Balance: Building Better Communities / A POSITIVE LOOK AT THE FUTURE OF /
PSYCHOLOGY / Going Positive / References / Author Index / Subject Index
2011 616 pages Paperback: ` 595.00 (9788132107507)
Originally priced at $ 87.95 (hardback) and $ 69.95
(paperback)! Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!
See the full listing of our
Psychology titles online at
www.sagepub.in
56
Psychology
ADVANCES IN COGNITIVE SCIENCE
Volume 2
Edited by Narayanan Srinivasan, Bhoomika R Kar
and Janak Pandey, all at Centre for Behavioural and
Cognitive Sciences, University of Allahabad
This is the second volume containing high quality succinct papers
covering current challenges in cognitive science linking it up with different
interfacing disciplines like psychology, neuroscience, computer science,
linguistics and philosophy. Four different sections have highlighted the
important domains of learning and memory, perception and attention,
time perception and language, and cognition and development.
CONTENTS
Preface / I: LEARNING AND MEMORY / Study of Basic Associative Processes
Contributes to our Understanding in Cognitive Science J Bruce Overmier and
John M Holden / Minimizing Cognitive Load in Map-based Navigation: The Role
of Landmarks Kazuhiro Tamura, Bipin Indurkhya, Kazuko Shinohara, Barbara
Tversky and Cees Van leeuwen / Quantitative and Qualitative Differences between
Implicit and Explicit Sequence Learning Arnaud Destrebecqz / Behavioural Study
of the Effect of Trial and Error versus Supervised Learning of Visuo-motor Skills
Ahmed, Raju S Bapi, V S Chandrasekhar Pammi, K P Miyapuram and Kenji
Doya / ACE (Actor - Critic - Explorer) Paradigm for Reinforcement Learning in Basal
Ganglia: Highlighting the Role of the Indirect Pathway Denny Joseph, Garipelli
Gangadhar and V Srinivasa Chakravarthy / II: PERCEPTION AND ATTENTION
/ Peripersonal Space Representation in Humans: Proprieties, Functions and
Plasticity Elisabetta ldavas and Andrea Serino / A Neurophysiological Correlate
and Model of Reflexive Spatial Attention Anne B Sereno, Sidney R lehky, Saumil
S Patel, and Xinmiao Peng / Effect of Emotions on Selective Attention and
Control Narayanan Srinivasan, Shruti Baijal, and Neha Khetrapal / Modelling
Neuropsychological Deficits with a Spiking Neural Network Eirini Mavritsaki, Glyn
W Humphreys, Dietmar Heinke, and Gustavo Deco / III: TIME PERCEPTION /
Continuity of Subjective Experience Across Eye Movements: Temporal Antedating
Following Small, Large, and Sequential Saccades Kielan Yarrow / Duration
Illusions and What they Tell us About the Brain Vani Pariyadath and David M
Eagleman / Implicit Timing Trevor B Penney, latha Vaitilingam, and Siwei liu
/ Localization and Dynamics of Cerebral Activations Involved in Time Estimation:
Studies Combining Pet, Fmri and Eeg Data Viviane Pouthas / IV: LANGUAGE,
COGNITION AND DEVELOPMENT / Effects of Remediation on Auditory Temporal
Processing in Dyslexia: An Overview Bhoomika R Kar and Malini Shukla / Brain
Networks of Attention and Preparing for School Subjects Michael, Posner and
Bhoomika R Kar / Index
2010 308 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0444-5)
ADVANCES IN COGNITIVE SCIENCE
Volume 1
Edited by Narayanan Srinivasan , Centre for Behavioural and
Cognitive Science (CBCS), University of Allahabad,
A K Gupta J K Institute of Applied Physics and Technology,
University of Allahabad and Janak Pandey Centre of Advance
Study in Psychology and for the Centre of Behavioural
and Cognitive Sciences, University of Allahabad
Advances in Cognitive Science: Volume 1 covers various sub-
disciplines of this study area like Cognitive Processes, Cognitive
Neuroscience, Computational Modeling, Cognitive Development and
Intervention, Culture and Cognition, and Consciousness. The often
neglected issues of culture and cognition, and consciousness are also
discussed in detail.
The book presents recent findings and current challenges in the all these
areas and also highlights the current trends in the major sub-disciplines.
It will be invaluable for researchers, faculty, students and scientists
working in the field of Cognitive Science.
2008 468 pages Hardback: ` 950.00 (978-0-7619-3649-7)
BRIDGING EAST-WEST PSYCHOLOGY
AND COUNSELLING
Exploring the Work of Pittu laungani
Edited by Roy Moodley, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education,
University of Toronto,Canada, Aanchal Rai, Psychotherapist,
Toronot, Canada and Waseem Alladin, Centre for Work Stress
Management/Centre for Cognitive Neuro-psychology Therapy, UK
Pittu Launganis outstanding contributions to theory and
research on psychology during his distinguished career are
described in detail in this excellent book. The significant
impact of his work on building multicultural bridges in cross-
cultural psychology, counselling and psychotherapy are noted
in the chapters authored by Laungani, and by distinguished
colleagues who have analyzed and contributed to his work.
Personal reflections on his life reported by his wife, Ann, and
by colleagues and former students, contribute to a deeper
and more meaningful understanding of Dr Launganis work,
and the substantial and enduring impact of his contributions
to psychology.
Charles D Spielberger
CONTENTS
Foreword Alvin Curling / Introduction Roy Moodley, Aanchal Rai and Waseem
Alladin / I: BUILDING MULTIPLE CULTURAL BRIDGES / Building Multicultural
Counselling Bridges: The Holy Grail or a Poisoned Chalice Pittu laungani / The
Reciprocal Gaze: Pittu Launganis Musings about Culture and Stress Amrita
Narayanan / Traditional Healing and Spirituality: Pittu laungani / Building
Bridges in Counselling Roy Moodley / Dancing with the Master: An Interview with
Pittu Laungani lana Stermac / II: PLAYING AMONGST THE PILLARS OF EAST
WEST PSYCHOLOGY / Cross-Cultural Psychology: A Handmaiden to Mainstream
Western Psychology Pittu laungani / Unresolved Issues in Philosophy and
Psychology: Implications for Therapy Pittu laungani / Playing Amidst the
Pillars: Pittu Laungani and Yogic Psychology Amrita Narayanan / South Asian
Traditional Healing in Counselling: Launganis Search for a Transcultural Approach
Aanchal Rai and Roy Moodley / East-West Journey in Counselling Psychology:
An Interview with Pittu Laungani Roy Moodley / III: TOWARDS WISDOM IN THE
PRACTICE OF COUNSELING AND THERAPY / Transcending the Boundaries
of Counselling: Pittu Laungani as Master Counsellor Juris G Draguns / Caste,
Class and Culture: A Case Study Pittu laungani / Pittu Laungani a Bicultural
Psychologist: Commentary on Caste, Class and Culture Alan Roland / Solitude
of Unbearable Shame: An Analysis of Two Case Studies by Pittu Laungani
Sabar Rustomjee / Becoming a Cultural Chameleon: Pittu Laungani, Western
Counsellors and Multicultural Clients William West / IV : MULTICULTURAL
TRANSITIONS AND THERAPEUTIC RELATIONSHIPS / Counselling and Therapy in
a Multicultural Setting Pittu laungani / Migration, Cultural Values and the Medical
Model: Pittu Laungani and Psychotherapy Ruth M lijtmaer / Tortoises and
Turtles: Pittu Laungani, Cultural Transitions and Therapeutic Relations Fevronia
Christodoulidi and Colin lago / Transcending East / West Boundaries: Pittu
Languani and Cross-cultural Counselling Maya Hammer and Waseem Alladin /
Pittu Laungani, Multicultural Humanism and Electric Psychotherapy Sandra E S
Neil / Religious Rites and Rituals in Death and Bereavement: An Indian Experience
Pittu laungani / V: PERSONAL REFLECTIONS OF FRIENDS AND COLLEAGUES
/ Antoinette Thomas / Ann laungnai / Stephen Palmer / Waseem Alladin /
uwe P Gielen / Richard De Zoysa / Nicolo Pipitone / Index
2010 348 pages Hardback: ` 895.00 (978-81-321-0445-2)
57
Counselling & Psychotherapy | Social Work
FROM SEVA TO CYBERSPACE
The Many Faces of Volunteering in
India
Femida Handy, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, USA,
Meenaz Kassam, American University of Sharjah, United
Arab Emirates, Jillian Ingold, PhD Candidate, University of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, USA and Bhagyashree Ranade,
Marketing and Market Research Consultants, Pune, India
From Seva to Cyberspace examines the phenomenon of volunteering
in India from its earliest instances to present day appearances.
Tracing the origins of voluntary action in India, the authors examine
the historic, religious, and cultural traditions of Seva (direct service to
others) that have played an important role in inspiring Indians toward
voluntary action.
CONTENTS
List of Tables and Figures / Foreword by Shabana Azmi / Preface / Introduction
/ A Brief History of Volunteering in India: When Did It Start? / Volunteering:
Who is a Volunteer? / The Young Ones: Do Youth Volunteer? / Corporate Social
Responsibility: Promoting Employee Volunteering? / Volunteering by Mature Adults
in India: Never Too Late? / Religious Volunteering: Serving God? / The Value of
Volunteering: What is It Worth? / Old and New Trends in Volunteering: Virtual
Volunteers, What Next? / Bibliography / Index / About the Authors
SKILL TRAINING FOR SOCIAL WORKERS
A Manual
Edited by Sudha Datar, formerly at Karve Institute of Social
Service, Pune, Ruma Bawikar, Geeta Rao, Nagmani Rao and
ujwala Masdekar, all at Karve Institute of Social Service, Pune
Features:
Includes theoretical inputs, games and exercises on the theme of
understanding perception, self-awareness, sensitivity, communication
and working with individuals and groups.
Covers a variety of topics, role plays, songs, case studies, street
plays and exercises on self-awareness, self-development, SWOT
analyses, communication, goal setting, time management and stress
management.
Allows for flexibility to adapt modules to the local realities, drawing
from students field experiences and using indigenous agency case
records or material.
CONTENTS
Foreword Dr Deepak Walokar / Preface / Introduction / Note to the Facilitator /
Understanding the Laboratory Approach in Skill Training Sudha Datar and Ruma
Bawikar / SELF-DEVELOPMENT / Understanding Perception Sudha Datar
/ Self-awareness Sudha Datar, Ruma Bawikar and Geeta Rao / Sensitivity
Development Ruma Bawikar and Nagmani Rao / COMMUNICATION /
Understanding Communication: A Theoretical framework Sudha Datar, Anuradha
Patil, Ruma Bawikar and Nagmani Rao / Workshops on Communication Sudha
Datar, Anuradha Patil and Ruma Bawikar / Use of Audio-visual Media Ruma
Bawikar and Nagmani Rao / Use of Innovative Media in Communication Ruma
Bawikar, Anand Pawar, Manjusha Doshi, Vidya Ghugari, Anjali Maydeo,
ujwala Masdekar and Sameer Datye / METHOD TRAINING / Working with
Individuals and Families (Social Casework) Sudha Datar and Geeta Rao / Working
with Groups (Group Work Method) Ruma Bawikar and ujwala Masdekar /
Working with Communities / Nagmani Rao and ujwala Masdekar / Glossary /
Consolidated Bibliography / Index
2010 308 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0238-0)
COPING WITH LIFE STRESS
The Indian Experience
Meena Hariharan, University of Hyderabad, Hyderabad
and Radhanath Rath, Utkal University, Bhubaneswar
In this book, the authors have not only provided the theoretical
underpinning of the phenomenon of stress and coping with it,
but through their analysis of several case-reports drive home the
fact that there cannot be any single unitary global explanation,
as the perception of stress and modalities of coping with it vary
across cultures and societies. Their insights into the Indian
experience are valuable and highly rewarding.
Current Science
2008 288 pages Hardback: ` 425.00 (978-0-7619-3655-8)
BEHAVIOUR THERAPY
Techniques, Research and Applications
S P K Jena, Department of Applied Psychology, University of Delhi
It is refreshing that behaviour therapy gets a new release and a
new presentation in this book which attempts to remove some
of the stereotypes and presents a more balanced and scholarly
view of not only traditional behaviour therapy but also of the
changes and innovations in an admittedly beneficial therapeutic
procedure...
Psychology and Developing Societies
2008 285 pages Hardback: ` 775.00 (978-0-7619-3624-4)
BASIC
COUNSELLING
SKILLS
A Helpers Manual
Second Edition
Richard Nelson-Jones, Fellow of the British Psychological Society
and of the British Association for Counselling and Psychotherapy, and
Director of the Cognitive Humanistic Institute, Chiang Mai, Thailand
In this new edition, Basic Counselling Skills, Richard Nelson-
Jones has managed to make his work even more accessible
to the reader and build upon what was already an excellent
introduction to counselling skills. This book provides a sound
foundation for those wanting to develop an understanding of
what counselling skills are and how to use them.
Gladeana McMahon
2008 204 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-7829-898-6)
58
Social Work | Family Studies
DISCOURSES ON AGING AND DYING
Edited by Suhita Chopra Chatterjee and Priyadarshi
Patnaik, both at Indian Institute of Technology, Kharagpur and
Vijayaraghavan Chariar, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi
2008 272 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-0-7619-3644-2)
DEMOCRACY IN THE FAMILY
Insights from India
Edited by Joy Deshmukh-Ranadive, Indian School
of Microfinance for Women, Ahmedabad
2008 256 pages Hardback: ` 695.00 (978-0-7619-3631-2)
IMPROVING ACCESS AND EFFICIENCY
IN PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICES
Mid-Term Evaluation of Indias National Rurl Health
Mission
Nirupam Bajpai, Jeffrey D Sachs, both at The Earth
Institute, Columbia University, New York and Ravindra H
Dholakia, Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad
The National Rural Health Mission (NRHM) is designed to
restructure the public health delivery system in rural areas
to provide all people with reliable healthcare. It is a flagship
programme of the Government of India and is a key ingredient
of the strategy for inclusive growth. It has been in operation
only for a few years, but it is vitally important that both its
successes and also its shortcomings be subjected to a careful
evaluation. This volume makes an important contribution in this
area and deserves careful study, along with the results of other
independent evaluations that are taking place.
Montek Singh Ahluwalia, Deputy Chairman,
Planning Commission, Government of India
CONTENTS
Members of International Advisory Panel / Statement on IAP Study by Ghulam Nabi
Azad, Minister of Health and Family Welfare, Government of India / Introduction
/ Health Sector in Rural India / Progress of NRHM So Far / Health Indicators:
Regression Results / Evaluation of NRHM: Sample Survey of CHCs and PHCs /
Evaluation of NRHM: Sample Survey of ANMs, ASHAs, and Peoples Participation
/ From the Field: Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, and Rajasthan / Reducing
Under-5 Mortality / Non-communicable Diseases / Concluding Remarks and
Recommendations / Appendices / Bibliography
2010 144 pages Paperback: ` 695.00 (978-81-321-0458-2)
THE VITAL DROP
Communication for Polio Eradication in India
Gitanjali Chaturvedi, UNICEF India
2008 336 pages Hardback: ` 825.00 (978-81-7829-866-5)
FROM ECSTASY TO
AGONY AND BACK
Journeying with Adolescents on the Street
Barnabe DSouza, Executive Director,
Shelter Don Bosco, Mumbai, India
From Ecstasy to Agony and Back presents the journey of an adolescent
street drug-addictfrom psychological brokenness resulting from
family disruption to the process of mending; from abuse, trauma and
vulnerability to building up of self-esteem, talents and personality; and
finally to the process of moving off the streets. Based on the authors
experience of working with the street children for 26 years, the book
explores the universe of street children interestingly yet empathetically.
The author discusses laws and policies affecting street children,
root causes and their effects on them and their families, the various
stakeholders like agencies, employers and institutions involved in their
care and guidance.
CONTENTS
Preface / Through the Mist: Introduction / Shadows and Silhouettes: Self-
worth / Defining Images: Personal Ownership / In Transition: Moving off the
Street / Shifting Frontiers: Organizational Issues / The Resurgent Selfthe A-ha
Experience: Mindsets / The Enduring Image: Conclusion / Annexures / Glossary
/ References / Index / About the Author
FROM STREET TO HOPE
Faith Based and Secular Programs in los
Angeles, Mumbai and Nairobi for Street living
Children
Neela Dabir, Tata Institute of Social Sciences, Mumbai, India and
Naina Athale, Tata Institute of Social Sciences and a Child Counsellor
Globally, street-living children are the most fluid population of vulnerable
children. They are conspicuous yet subsist on the fringes of the
marginalized. This book attempts to sketch a holistic picture of the
street child phenomenon across the globe. The book incorporates
empirical data from a cross-cultural study of this phenomenon in three
mega citiesMumbai, Nairobi and Los Angelesand some of the best
practices developed by faith-based and secular organizations to help
street-living children.
CONTENTS
Preface / THEORIZING AND RESEARCHING STREET CHILDREN IN LOS
ANGELES, MUMBAI AND NAIROBI / Street Children Conceptualized: The Problem
with the Definition / From Definitional to Real: Global Realities of Street Children
/ Street Children in the Big City: The Case of Los Angeles, Mumbai and Nairobi /
Public-Private Partnership: Empirical Review of the Involvement of Faith Based
and Secular Organizations / Street Children in the USA, India and Kenya: Policies
and Programmes / Global Initiatives for Street Children: Efforts by the UNICEF and
ILO in the USA, India and Kenya / THE RESEARCH FINDINGS / Similarities and
Diversities: Services for Street Living Children across the Three Cities / Evidence
based Interventions at the Global Level / Bibiliography
2011 336 pages Hardback: ` 750.00 (978-81-321-0513-8)
59
Health & Nursing | Social Research Methods
THE KNOWLEDGE TRANSLATION TOOLKIT
Bridging the Know-Do Gap: A Resource for Researchers
Edited by Gavin Bennett, Journalist, Author and Strategic
Communication Consultant and Nasreen Jessani, formerly
at International Development Research Centre, Canada
The Knowledge Translation Toolkit provides a thorough overview of
what knowledge translation (KT) is and how to use it most effectively
to bridge the knowdo gap between research, policy, practice,
and people. It presents the theories, tools, and strategies required to
encourage and enable evidence-informed decision-making.
This toolkit builds upon extensive research into the principles and skills
of KT: its theory and literature, its evolution, strategies, and challenges.
The book covers an array of crucial KT enablersfrom context mapping
to evaluative thinkingsupported by practical examples, implementation
guides, and references.
CONTENTS
Foreword Dr Christina Zarowsky / Introduction / THE CONCEPTKNOWLEDGE
TRANSLATION AND MANAGEMENT / Knowledge Translation: An Introduction /
Knowledge Management / Evaluative Thinking / THE AUDIENCETHE CONTEXT
AND THE CONTACTS / Context Mapping / Bringing in the Demand: Towards the
Harmony of Push and Pull / THE MESSAGE / Communication Strategy / THE
MEDIUMPRINT, MULTIMEDIA, AND SOCIAL / MEDIA / Print Media / Multimedia
/ Social/Popular Media / THE TOOLBOXEXAMPLES, TEMPLATES, AND GUIDES
/ Strategy Checklist / The Two-pager: Writing a Policy Brief / The Conference
2.0: Making Most of Conferences / Tapping Technology: Netiquette, Browsers,
and Distribution Lists / Word Processing / Monitoring and Evaluation: Frequently
Asked Questions / Index
2011 312 pages Paperback: ` 495.00 (978-81-321-0585-5)
RESEARCHING FAMILIES AND CHILDREN
Culturally Appropriate Methods
Edited by S Anandalakshmy, Consultant, Chennai, Nandita
Chaudhary and Neerja Sharma, both at University of Delhi
A significant aspect of the collection is the inclusion of the
perspectives of the participants in research studies. Researchers
and academicians working in the fields of human development,
psychology, social work, and related disciplines will welcome
this work as it validates indigenous qualitative research.
Free Press Journal
2008 252 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-782-9872-6)
RESEARCH METHODS FOR
GRADUATE BUSINESS AND
SOCIAL SCIENCE STUDENTS
John Adams, Robert Raeside and David I White,
all at Napier University Business School, Edinburgh and
Hafiz T A Khan, University of Oxford, Oxford
SAGE RESPONSE
2007 270 pages Paperback: ` 475.00 (978-0-7619-3589-6)
MARKETS AND MALTHUS
Population, Gender and Health in Neo-liberal Times
Edited by Mohan Rao, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New
Delhi and Sarah Sexton, The Corner House, UK
Markets and Malthus: Population, Gender, and Health in Neo-
liberal Times explores the ideas and institutions that were framed
at the 1994 United Nations population conference in Cairo and traces
their trajectories sixteen years down the line. Why were Third World
feminists profoundly critical of the Cairo consensus and process? How
has the health of people around the world been affected by neo-liberal
economic policies? What have these meant for womens rights, including
reproductive rights?
CONTENTS
Introduction: Population, Health and Gender in Neo-liberal Times Mohan Rao
and Sarah Sexton / A Decade and More After Cairo: Womens Health in a Free
Market Economy Sarah Sexton and Sumati Nair / Liberal Ends, Illiberal Means:
National Security, Environmental Conflict and the Making of the Cairo Consensus
Betsy Hartmann / The Politics of Abortion: A Note Marlene Fried / An Entangled
Skein: Neo-Malthusianisms in Neo-liberal Times Mohan Rao / Neo-liberal
development and Reproductive Health in India: The Making of the Personal and
the Political Rachel Simon-Kumar / A Decade After Cairo in Latin America: An
Overview Martha Rosenberg / Redefining and medicalizing population policies :
NGOs and their innovative contributions to the Post Cairo agenda Susanne
Schultz / Structural Adjustment, Impotence and Family Planning: Mens Voices in
Egypt Kamran Asdar Ali / What has happened in Africa since Cairo? Meredeth
Turshen / Reproductive Health, Family Planning and HIV/AIDS: Dangers of (Dis)
Integration in Tanzania and Uganda lisa Ann Richey / Chinas Population Policies:
Engendered Biopolitics, the One-child Norm and Masculinisation of Child Sex
Ratios Susan Greenhalgh / Index
2010 368 pages Hardback: ` 795.00 (978-81-321-0297-7)
SCHOOL HEALTH SERVICES IN INDIA
The Social and Economic Contexts
Edited by Rama V Baru, Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi
This timely book provides a review of the status of school services
in India and offers insights into its three major components:
school feeding, medical interventions and health education
School Health Services in India will be of interest to anyone
who wishes to have an introduction to the subject and to those
interested in practical issues with implementing such services
in low-income countries.
Pacific Affairs
2008 228 pages Hardback: ` 575.00 (978-81-7829-873-3)
STRATEGIC ISSUES AND CHALLENGES
IN HEALTH MANAGEMENT
Edited by K V Ramani, Dileep Mavalankar and Dipti Govil,
all at Indian Institute of Management, Ahmedabad
Strategic Issues and Challenges in Health Management
discusses some extremely important and useful dimensions of
health care and health management system and can be useful
for the students of health economics, health policy planners and
other health professionals.
The Tribune
2008 248 pages Hardback: ` 575.00 (978-0-7619-3654-1)
60
Social Research Methods
THE ESSENTIAL
GUIDE TO DOING
YOUR RESEARCH PROJECT
Zina Oleary, University of Western Sydney
Based on the authors hugely popular The Essential Guide to Doing
Research, this new book retains the warmth, wit and grounded nature
of the first, while providing tools to help students through the ins and
outs of their own projects, and addressing the key questions students
need to tackle, such as:
What is this thing called research and why do it?
How can I assure that my research project has integrity?
How to I develop a researchable question?
How do I construct a winning proposal?
What exactly is expected in a literature review?
What options are there in qualitative, quantitative, mixed and more
purposive methodological designs?
Is it best to work with a sample, key informants, or a case?
What data collection options are there and how do I choose?
How should I work with my quantitative data?
What should I do with my qualitative data?
How in the world will I capture this on paper?
A companion website is available http://www.uk.sagepub.com/oleary
CONTENTS
Taking the Leap into the Research World / Getting Started / Striving for Integrity
in the Research Process / Developing Your Research Question / Crafting A
Research Proposal / Working with Literature / Designing A Research Plan /
Understanding Methodologies: Quantitative, Qualitative, and `Mixed` Approaches
/ Understanding Methodologies: Evaluative, Action-Oriented and Emancipatory
Strategies / Seeking Respondents / Direct Data Collection: Surveys and
Interviews / Indirect Data Collection: Working with Observations and Existing
Text / Analysing Quantitative Data / Analysing Qualitative Data / The Challenge
of Writing Up / Bibliography / Index
2011 320 pages Paperback: ` 450.00 (978-81-321-0646-3)
Originally priced at 67.00 (hardback) and 19.99
(paperback). Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!
APPLIED PSYCHOMETRY
Narender Kumar Chadha, University of Delhi
This book explains the beautiful, fascinating, and attractive
subject of psychometryIt can help a wider variety of students,
researchers and consultants. The area of psychometry is taught
traditionally to students of psychology and education. Widening
the scope of such a book makes research in social sciences
scientific and generalizable. It would be of immense use to
students specializing in marketing, organizational behaviour,
human resources management and other multi-disciplinary
research areas.
Current Science
SAGE TEXTS
2009 384 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0078-2)
RESEARCH DESIGN
Qualitative, Quantitative,
and Mixed Methods
Approaches
Third Edition
John W Creswell, University of Nebraska-Lincoln
The Third Edition of John W Creswells best-selling Research Design
enables readers to compare three approaches to researchQualitative,
Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approachesin a single research
methods text. The book examines these methodologies side by side
within the process of research, from the beginning steps of philosophical
assumptions to the writing and presenting of research.
Key Features of the Third Edition:
Presents the preliminary steps of using philosophical assumptions in
the beginning of the book
Provides an expanded discussion on ethical issues
Emphasizes new Web-based technologies for literature searches
Offers updated information about mixed methods research
procedures
Contains a glossary of terms
Highlights research tips throughout the chapters that incorporate
the authors experiences over the last 35 years
CONTENTS
Analytic Contents of Research Techniques / Preface / PRELIMINARY
CONSIDERATIONS / The Selection of a Research Design / Review of the Literature
/ The Use of Theory / Writing Strategies and Ethical Considerations / DESIGNING
RESEARCH / The Introduction / The Purpose Statement / Research Questions
and Hypotheses / Quantitative Methods / Qualitative Procedures / Mixed Methods
Procedures / Glossary / References / Author Index / Index
2011 292 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0748-4)
Originally priced at $123.00 (hardback) and $ 69.95 (paperback).
KNOWLEDGE TO POLICY
Making the Most of Development Research
Fred Carden, International Development Research Centre, Canada
Knowledge to Policy will be useful to academics, researchers
and students of political science, public administration,
development studies and international affairs: professionals in
donor and development organizations worldwide: policy and
decision makers in government and international arenas: and
development agencies.
Journal of Rural Development
CONTENTS
Foreword Carol H Weiss / Preface Maureen Oneil / THE FINDINGS / Making
Research Count / Policy Matters / What Works, What Doesnt / Managing Research,
Exploiting Contingencies / Research and the Politics of Policy / Conclusion / THE
CASE STUDIES / Introduction / Poverty Monitoring / Trade and Finance / Resource
Management / Water Management / Health and Education Reform / Networks
and Innovation / Information and Communication Technologies for Development
/ TECHNICAL NOTES / The Multiple Case Approach: A Methodological Overview
/ Changing Practice: A Note on Using Evaluation for Organizational Change /
Acronyms / References / Annotated Bibliography / Index
2009 236 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-782-9930-3)
61
Social Research Methods
A CRITICAL
INTRODUCTION TO
SOCIAL RESEARCH
Second Edition
Matt Henn, Mark Weinstein and Nick Foard,
all at Nottingham Trent University
A Critical Introduction to Social Research is the new, updated and
improved edition of A Short Introduction to Social Research. This book
introduces students and researchers to the key ideas and issues that
inform research practice. Henn, Weinstein and Foard provide a clear
and easy to understand route-map to help the reader plan their research
project from beginning to end.
CONTENTS
Preface / Introduction / What is Social Research? / Critical Social Research /
Getting Started in Research: The Research Process / Ethics in Social Research
/ Documentary Sources, Official Statistics and Secondary Data / Quantitative
Approaches in Social Science Research / Qualitative Approaches in Social
Research / The Analysis of Data / Writing Up and Presenting Research Results /
Designing a Research Proposal / Glossary / Bibliography / Index
2010 368 pages Paperback: ` 425.00 (978-81-321-0578-7)
Originally priced at 72.00 (hardback) 24.99 (paperback).
STRATEGIC RESEARCH AND POLITICAL
COMMUNICATION FOR NGOS
Initiating Policy Change
Accenture-Stiftung, Germany, School of
Communication Management, International University
in Germany, Bruchsal and The Banyan, India
Strategic Research and Political Communication for Ngos is an
unique and easy-to-use book offers a new paradigm to NGO managers
in effecting policy change. Introducing corporate research and strategy
tools such as market and organizational analysis, it goes on to apply
these to case studies to exemplify the remarkable similarities between
the NGO sector and the for-profit sector.
2009 208 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0120-8)
METHODS FOR
DEVELOPMENT WORK AND
RESEARCH
A New Guide for Practitioners
Second Edition
Britha Mikkelsen, Senior Specialist, Social
Science and Research, COWI, Denmark
2005 384 pages Paperback: ` 625.00 (978-0-7619-3328-1)
RESEARCH
METHODOLOGY
A Step-by-Step Guide for Beginners
Third Edition
Ranjit Kumar, University of Western Australia
Research Methodology is written specifically for students with no
previous experience of research and research methodology, the third
edition of Research Methodology: A Step-by-Step Guide for
Beginners integrates various quantitative and qualitative methodologies
into eight practice-based steps, providing lots of examples throughout
to link theory with practice. The writing style is simple and clear and
the author presents this complex subject in a straightforward way that
empowers readers to tackle research with confidence.
CONTENTS
Preface / Research : A Way of Thinking / The Research Process : A Quick
Glance / FORMULATING A RESEARCH PROBLEM / Reviewing the literature /
Formulating a Research Problem / Identifying Variables / Constructing Hypotheses
/ CONCEPTUALISING A RESEARCH DESIGN / The Research Design / Selecting
a Study Design / CONSTRUCTING AN INSTRUMENT FOR DATA COLLECTION /
Selecting a Method of Data Collection / Collecting Data Using Attitudinal Scales /
Establishing the Validity and Reliability of a Research Instrument / SELECTING A
SAMPLE / Selecting a Sample / WRITING A RESEARCH PROPOSAL / How to Write
a Research Propoal / COLLECTING DATA / Considering Ethical Issues in Data
Collection / PROCESSING AND DISPLAYING DATA / Processing Data / Displaying
Data / WRITING A RESEARCH REPORT / Writing a Research Report / Research
Methodology and Practive Evaluation / Appendix: Developing a Research Project:
A Set of Exercises for Beginners / Glossary / Bibliography / Index
2011 440 pages Paperback: ` 495.00 (978-81-321-0648-7)
BASIC RESEARCH METHODS
An Entry to Social Science Research
Gerard Guthrie, Guthrie Development
Consultancy, Canberra, Australia
Basic Research Methods synthesizes both positivist and non-positivist
methodologies. It is meant for students who are undertaking their first
research course or project. The techniques, while basic in nature, are
used in many masters and doctoral research studies. The book uses
engaging language, real-life examples from various subject areas and
follows an inductive approach.
CONTENTS
Preface / THE PROBLEM / Approaches to Research / Research Ethics / Research
Proposal and Literature Review / Research Methodology / DATA COLLECTION
/ Sampling / Case Study Method / Survey Method / Experimental Method /
Available Data / Observation / Interviews / Questionnaires / Test / DATA ANALYSIS
/ Measurement Principles / Qualitative Data / Quantitative Data / ACTION /
Social Science English / The Report / Using the Results / Glossary / References
/ Index
2010 252 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0457-5)
QUANTITATIVE SOCIAL
RESEARCH METHODS
Kultar Singh, Sambodhi Research and Communications, New Delhi
2007 440 pages Paperback: ` 625.00 (978-0-7619-3383-0)
62
Social Research Methods | Academic Tools
DOING YOUR
MASTERS
DISSERTATION
Realizing Your Potential as a Social Scientist
Chris Hart, Independent Scholar, Researcher and Writer
2005 496 pages Paperback: ` 625.00 (978-81-782-9506-0)
DESIGNING AND
MANAGING A
RESEARCH PROJECT
A Business Students Guide
Second Edition
Michael Jay Polonsky, Deakin University, Melbourne, Australia
and David S Waller, University of Technology, Sydney, Australia
Key Features: Students are asked to work through a hypothetical project
to hep them identify the issues that they will need to consider in their own
research; End-of-chapter questions assist students in considering the
advantages and disadvantages of a particular approach to their project;
An Instructor Teaching Site at www.sagepub.com/polonskyinstr2e
2010 296 pages Paperback: ` 395.00 (978-81-321-0577-0)
Originally priced at $ 51.95 (paperback)! Sales rights restricted to South Asia only!
WRITING YOUR
THESIS
Second Edition
Paul Oliver, University of Huddersfield
2008 184 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-782-9918-1)
Originally priced at 66.00 (harback) and 18.99 (paperback)!
YOUR RESEARCH
PROJECT
A Step-by-Step Guide for the First-Time Researcher
Second Edition
Nicholas S R Walliman, Oxford Brookes University
2005 464 pages Paperback: ` 625.00 (978-81-782-9540-4)
RESEARCH METHODS
IN THE SOCIAL
SCIENCES
Edited by Bridget Somekh, Manchester
Metropolitan University and Cathy Lewin
2005 384 pages Paperback: ` 550.00 (978-81-7829-493-3)
Originally priced at 80.00 (hardback) and 21.99 (paperback)!. Sales rights
restricted to South Asia only!
ESSAY WRITING
A Students Guide
Munling Shields, University of Central Lancashire
Essay Writing is a student guide with a mission: to enable students to
write better essays and get the grades they deserve by demystifying
the essay-writing process.
MunLing Shields places essay writing within the larger university experience
for students. In a clear and easy to understand way the author guides
the reader through the process of writing successful university essays
by looking at essay writing in the context of academic communication,
academic culture and different learning styles and approaches.
CONTENTS
Book Overview / Introduction: How to Use this Book / Learning and Writing at
University / Answering the Essay Question / Planning Different Types of Essay /
Acquiring Information / Assessing Information Critically / Managing Information /
Citing Information / Paragraphing: the Introduction and Conclusion / Paragraphing:
the Body of the Essay / Making it Flow / The Finishing Touches / Writing Exam
Essays / Conclusion / Concise Grammar Glossary / Bibliography / Index
SAGE STuDY SKIllS
2010 240 pages Paperback: ` 350.00 (978-81-321-0566-4)
HOW TO PUBLISH
YOUR PHD
Sarah Caro, Oxford University Press, UK
Sarah Caro has written an enormously helpful and practical guide
to one of the most alarming processes that young researchers
encounter. She draws on her years of experience to describe
with unfailing good sense and good humour the issues, pitfalls
and genuine positives that impact on all those who want to
write the book of the thesis. This little book is an immensely
valuable resource for all academics, whatever their status, as
they contemplate the challenge of publication in an ever-changing
technological, commercial and disseminational landscape.
Richard Fisher, Executive Director, Academic and
Professional Publishing, Cambridge University Press
2009 144 pages Paperback: ` 250.00 (978-81-321-0291-5)
Index
63
G
Gay Bombay ............................................ 11
Gayathri, V .............................................. 47
Gehlawat, Ajay ........................................45
Gellner, David N ..................................2, 35
Gender Discrimination in
Land Ownership ........................................9
George, Alex M .......................................50
Ghadially, Rehana ................................... 11
Ghani, Ejaz .............................................. 11
Ghate, Prabhu ......................................... 12
Ghosh, D N ............................................. 14
Gillespie, Marie .......................................45
Giri, Ananta Kumar ..................................30
Global Economic Crisis Through
An Indian Looking Glass, The ................... 16
Globalization on the Ground .......................1
Goldar, Bishwanath ................................. 18
Gonsalves, Peter .....................................43
Gould, Harold A .......................................26
Governance of Water ...............................25
Govil, Dipti ..............................................59
Green Pen, The ........................................46
Griswold, Deborah ..................................53
Growth and Development
in Emerging Market Economies ................ 19
Gupta, a K ...............................................56
Gupta, D N ..............................................26
Guthrie, Gerard .......................................61
H
Haan, Arjan de ........................................ 16
Hachhethu, Krishna .................................35
Handy, Femida ........................................ 57
Harcup, Tony ...........................................46
Hariharan, Meena ...................................57
Harindranath, Ramaswami ......................43
Harrison, Jennifer ...................................52
Hart, Chris ..............................................62
Harvesting Feminist Knowledge
for Public Policy ......................................20
Hashmi, Shabnam ...................................32
Hasselmann, Franziska ...........................24
Hatekar, Neeraj R .................................... 12
Hawkins, Claire .......................................52
Health Psychology ...................................54
Hegarty, Seamus ....................................52
Henn, Matt ..............................................61
Herath, Tamara .......................................32
Hermann, Werner ....................................16
Hinchcliffe, Archie ...................................53
How India Earns, Spends and Saves ......... 15
Human Bondage........................................4
Human Development in the
Indian Context .........................................54
Human Rights and Peace .........................40
Hussain, Akmal ....................................... 18
Hussain, Monirul .....................................28
I
ICTs and Indian Social Change ................. 47
Ideboen, Renae .......................................50
Identity Politics in India and Europe ..........30
Identity Politics of Peacebuilding, The .......39
Ilaiah, Kancha ...........................................6
Improving Access and Effciency
in Public Health Services ..........................58
Inclusion and Exclusion
in Local Governance ................................36
Inclusive Education Across Cultures .........48
India 2039 ..............................................20
India Macroeconomics Annual 2007 ........ 14
India Policy Forum 200910 ....................38
India Policy Forum 201011 ....................38
India Policy Forum, 200607 ..................38
India Policy Forum, 200708 ...................38
India Policy Forum, 200809 .................38
Indias 2009 Elections .............................34
Indias Economy and Growth ................... 18
Indias Financial Sector ............................ 17
Indias Liberalisation Experience ............... 13
Indian Government and Politics ................30
Indian Higher Education ...........................48
Indian Identity Narratives
and the Politics of Security .......................30
Indian Media in a Globalised World ..........43
Indian Microfnance ................................. 12
Ingold, Jillian ...........................................57
Dalits in Modern India ................................6
Das, Biswajit ...........................................46
Das, J P ..................................................53
Das, Samir Kumar ...................................28
Das, Subrat .............................................48
Dasen, Pierre R .......................................47
Dasgupta, Abhijit ......................................3
Dasgupta, Byasdeb ................................. 13
Dasgupta, Samir .....................................31
Dasgupta, Sanjukta .................................44
Datar, Sudha ...........................................57
Datta, Amlan ...........................................20
Datta, Sankar..........................................21
Davie, Grace .............................................1
Debroy, Bibek ......................................... 13
Debt and Death in Rural India ................... 27
Decentralisation, Corruption
and Social Capital ......................................4
Democracy in the Family ..........................58
Democracy, Development
and Discontent in South Asia ...................30
Derne, Steve .............................................1
Deruvo, Silvia L .......................................53
Desai, Renu ............................................23
Deshmukh-Ranadive, Joy ........................58
Deshpande, R S ......................................39
Deshpande, Satish ....................................6
Designing and Managing
a Research Project ...................................62
Desouza, Peter Ronald ..............................8
Dev, Amiya ................................................7
Development and Public Finance ............. 16
Development Communication
in Practice ............................................... 47
Development Theory ................................23
Dey, Ishita ...............................................38
Dholakia, Ravindra H ...............................58
Discourses on Aging and Dying ................58
Displaced By Development....................... 21
Distance Education Technologies
in Asia ....................................................49
Doing Your Masters Dissertation ..............62
Doubinsky, Sebastien ................................7
Drama for Development ...........................45
Droughts and Integrated Water
Resource Management in South Asia .......25
Dusche, Michael .............................. 30, 40
Dutt, Bishnupriya ......................................8
Dymoke, Sue ..........................................52
E
Economic Democracy Through
Pro Poor Growth ...................................... 18
Economic Reforms and Social Exclusion ... 19
Economic Reforms in India and China ...... 18
Economy and Society ............................... 15
Economy, Democracy and the State .........32
Education and Children
With Special Needs .................................52
Education for Sustainable
Development ...........................................50
Educational Theories and Practices
From the Majority World ........................... 47
Elson, Diane ............................................20
Emergence of the Political Subject ...........33
Enarson, Elaine .......................................10
Energy Effciency and Climate Change ...... 24
Enforcing Police Accountability
Through Civilian Oversight ........................40
Engendering Governance Institutions ........39
Engendering Performance ..........................8
Environmental Economics ........................ 24
Essay Writing ...........................................62
Essential Guide to Doing Your
Research Project, The ..............................60
Estacio, Emee Vida .................................54
Ethnic Activism and Civil Society
in South Asia ...........................................35
Ethnic Life-Worlds in
North-East India ......................................28
Evans, Brian ............................................54
Evans, Carol ............................................51
F
Failure Is Not An Option ..........................48
Fascinating Hindutva ...............................33
Financial Intermediation in a
Less Developed Economy ........................ 19
Foard, Nick ............................................. 61
Fossard, Esta De .....................................46
From Ecstasy to Agony and Back .............58
From Seva to Cyberspace......................... 57
From Street to Hope .................................58
1-100
10 Winning Strategies for Leaders
in the Classroom .....................................50
A
A Critical Introduction to Social
Research ................................................. 61
A Forest History of India .......................... 24
A Hundred Small Steps ............................22
A Passage to Infnity ................................26
A Resilient Asia Amidst Global
Financial Crisis ........................................ 13
Aalsvoort, Greedina Van Der ....................53
Abraham, Biju Paul .................................37
Abraham, Taisha .....................................50
Accenture-Stiftung .................................61
Accumulation By Dispossession ...............22
Acharya, Keya .........................................46
Acharya, Pritish ......................................26
Adams, Bert N ..........................................1
Adams, John ...........................................59
Advances in Cognitive Science ................56
Advances in Cognitive Science .................56
Agarwal, Pawan ......................................48
Agochiya, Devendra ................................48
Agrarian Crisis and Farmer Suicides .........39
Agrawal, Pradeep .................................... 18
Agriculture in Developing Countries .......... 24
Ahmed, Jaseem ...................................... 15
Ahmed, Sadiq ......................................... 11
Akkari, Abdeljalil ..................................... 47
Alien Technology .....................................43
Alok, Kumar ............................................ 21
Alternate Nation of Abanindranath
Tagore, The ...............................................7
Alternative Schooling in India ...................50
Alur, Mithu ....................................... 48, 52
An Indian Political Life .............................. 27
Analysing Social Opposition to
Reforms ..................................................22
Anandalakshmy, S ..................................59
Anthropologists Inside Organisations ..........8
Applied Psychometry ...............................60
Apte, Hemant ............................................9
Arora, Saroj ............................................39
Asia 2050 ............................................... 19
Assenza, denz B......................................24
Assenza, Dora.........................................24
Athale, Naina ..........................................58
AudienceCitizens ................................43
Autism Spectrum Disorders ......................53
Ayres, Alyssa ..........................................34
B
Babu, I Sharath .......................................41
Baggaley, Jon .........................................49
Bajpai, Nirupam ......................................58
Balaram, S ................................................1
Ballabh, Vishwa ......................................25
Bandyopadhyay, Jayanta .........................25
Banerjee, G D.......................................... 19
Banerjee, Paula .........................................9
Banerjee-Guha, Swapna .........................22
Banerji, Debashish ....................................7
Bangwei, Wang .........................................7
Banyan, The ............................................ 61
Bara, Judith ............................................29
Barkat, Abul ..............................................3
Barratt, Sarah J ......................................52
Baru, Rama V ..........................................59
Basic Counselling Skills ........................... 57
Basic Research Methods ......................... 61
Basu, Partha Pratim ..................................8
Basu, Raj Sekhar ......................................5
Batra, Poonam ........................................49
Baud, I S A ..............................................36
Baviskar, Amita .........................................6
Baviskar, B S ...........................................36
Bawikar, Ruma ........................................57
Bearing the Brunt .................................... 21
Behaviour Therapy ................................... 57
Behera, Navnita Chadha ..........................34
Bel, Bernard ............................................46
Belawati, Tian .........................................49
Bengaluru, Bangalore, Bengaluru ............. 27
Bennett, Gavin ........................................59
Bery, Suman ...........................................38
Beyond Relocation ................................... 21
Bhadwal, Suruchi ....................................39
Bhargava, Rajeev ....................................40
Bhat, Kishor G ......................................... 27
Bhat, Sairam ...........................................42
Bhatnagar, Subhash ................................36
Bhattarai, Ananda Mohan........................42
Bhaumik, Sankar Kumar ..........................24
Bhaumik, Subir 28
Bhaumik, T K .......................................... 12
Bhide, Shashanka ................................... 17
Biswas, Prasenjit.....................................28
Blankstein, Alan M ..................................48
Blisters on Their Feet ...............................28
Boer-Ott, Sonja R De ...............................53
Borders, Histories, Existences ....................9
Bosworth, Barry ......................................38
Brass, Paul R ..........................................27
Bridging East-West Psychology
and Counselling ......................................56
Broken Mirrors ...........................................3
Brouwer, Jan...........................................46
Brun, Cathrine ........................................29
Brunner, Hans-Peter ...............................28
Buddhism in India....................................26
Business and Polity ................................. 14
C
Carden, Fred ...........................................60
Caro, Sarah ............................................62
Cassels, Nancy Gardner .......................... 41
Caste-Based Reservations
and Human Development in India ...............5
Central Asia and the Caucasus ................. 16
Chadha, Narender Kumar ........................60
Chakrabarti, P G Dhar ............................. 10
Chakrabarti, Rajesh ..................................5
Chakrabarty, Bidyut ...............................30
Chakraborty, Debashis ............................35
Chakravarti, Sudeshna ............................44
Chalam, K S ........................................5, 19
Challenge and Strategy ............................36
Challenging the Injustice of Poverty ..........22
Challenging the Rule(S) of Law ................40
Chambers, Paul ......................................51
Chanda, Ipshita .........................................8
Chandra, Ashoka .................................... 12
Chariar, Vijayaraghavan ...........................58
Chatterjee, Suhita Chopra .......................58
Chaturvedi, Gitanjali ................................58
Chaudhary, Nandita ................................59
Chaudhry, Praveen K ...............................35
Chaudhuri, Soma .................................... 37
Chaudhury, Anasua Basu Ray ....................9
Chaudhury, Sabyasachi Basu Ray ............38
Chelliah, Raja J ....................................... 17
Cheran, R................................................29
Chhokar, Kiran B .....................................24
Chib, Malini .............................................52
Chidambaranathan, M .............................10
Children and Youth With
Asperger Syndrome .................................53
Children With Cerebral Palsy ....................53
Children With Developmental
Disabilities ..............................................52
Chima, Jugdep S ..................................... 27
Choudhary, Rohit ....................................40
Chourey, Jayati .......................................25
Chowdhry, Prem .......................................9
Chung, Tan ...............................................7
Citizens Report on Governance
and Development 2010............................ 37
Clothing for Liberation ..............................43
Cochrane, Matt .......................................51
Communication for Development
and Social Change .................................. 47
Communication for Development
in the Third World .................................... 47
Communication, Culture and
Confrontation...........................................46
Communism and Nationalism
in Colonial India, 1939-45 .......................26
Community Policing ................................40
Commuri, Gitika ......................................30
Comparative Politics ................................29
Coping With Life Stress ............................ 57
Corporate Governance in India .................36
Creating Adaptive Policies ........................39
Creswell, John W ....................................60
Culture in Minds and Societies ...................7
D
DSouza, Barnabe ...................................58
Dabir, Neela ............................................58
Dalits and the Democratic Revolution .........5
Dalits in India ............................................6
Intelligent Persons Guide
to Good Governance, The ......................... 37
Intercultural Communication .................... 47
Interdisciplinary Perspectives
in Political Theory .................................... 31
Interlacing Water and Human Health .......25
International Relations in South Asia .........34
Interrogating Development .......................28
Is It All About Hips? .................................45
Islamic Finance ....................................... 15
Iyer, Ramaswamy R ...........................25, 42
J
Jaffrelot, Christophe ............................... 12
Jaijee, Inderjit Singh ................................27
Jain, Devaki ............................................20
Jain, Jasbir .............................................10
Jairath, Jasveen ......................................25
James, Jonathan D ...................................8
Jayasuriya, Laksiri .................................. 21
Jazeel, Tariq ...........................................29
Jena, S P K ............................................. 57
Jessani, Nasreen ....................................59
Jeyaseelan, L ..........................................10
Jha, Nandan Kumar ................................48
Jha, Praveen ..................................... 17, 48
Jha, Prem Shankar ................................. 31
Joseph, George Gheverghese ..................26
Josh, Bhagwan .......................................29
Joshi, Shashi ..........................................29
Journalism ..............................................46
Justice ....................................................40
K
Kalirajan, Kaliappa ............................ 17, 24
Kannabiran, Kalpana ...............................40
Kapur, Anu ..............................................23
Kapur, Arun ............................................50
Kapur, Malavika ......................................50
Kar, Bhoomika R .....................................56
Karlekar, Hiranmay ....................................1
Karmakar, K G ...................................13, 19
Karmakar, Suparna ................................. 13
Kassam, Meenaz ....................................57
Kelegama, Saman ....................... 11, 14, 18
Kelkar, Sanjeev .........................................2
Kerfoot, Bernard .....................................51
Khair, Tabish .............................................7
Khalakdina, Margaret ..............................54
Khan, Amir Ullah .....................................35
Khanijo, M K ........................................... 12
Kirk, Jackie ............................................. 10
Kishore, Adarsh ......................................16
Kishwar, Madhu Purnima......................... 11
Kline, Theresa J B ...................................54
Knowledge Economy................................ 12
Knowledge to Policy .................................60
Knowledge Translation
Toolkit, The .............................................59
Kohli, Harinder S ...................13, 15, 19, 20
Koreth, George ........................................20
Kujur, Joseph Marianus .............................6
Kukreja, Veena .......................................30
Kulkarni, Mangesh ..................................31
Kumar, Rajiv ............................................ 13
Kumar, Ranjit ..........................................61
Kumar, Sanjay ...........................................8
Kumar, Shashikant ..................................26
Kumar, Updesh .......................................55
l
Lahiri-Dutt, Kuntala ................................25
Land Acquisition, Displacement and
Resettlement in Gujarat: 1947-2004 ........26
Latin America 2040 ................................. 13
Laungani, Pittu D ....................................54
Law of Business Contracts in India ...........42
Leadership in the Indian Army .................. 37
Learning From Children What
to Teach Them ........................................50
Lele, Ajey ................................................ 37
Li, Mingsheng .........................................47
Life Competencies for Adolescents ...........48
Liming, Wei ...............................................7
Linn, Johannes F .....................................16
Liversidge, Tony ......................................51
Living the Body ........................................ 11
Lobo, Lancy ............................................26
Local Democracy in South Asia ................35
Locating Cultural Change ...........................8
Lopez, Shane J .......................................55
Loser, Claudio M ..................................... 13
Index
64
Rao, Geeta ..............................................57
Rao, M Govinda ....................................... 14
Rao, Mohan ............................................59
Rao, Nagmani .........................................57
Rao, R Raj ............................................... 11
Rath, Radhanath .....................................57
Ray, Partha .............................................16
Reading Diffculties and Dyslexia ..............53
Reading Literature Today ............................7
Reddy, B Sudhakara ..........................18, 24
Refective Teaching and Learning .............52
Reforming Indian Agriculture .................... 24
Reframing Bollywood ...............................45
Reifeld, Helmut .......................................40
Research Design .....................................60
Research Methodology ............................ 61
Research Methods
for Graduate Business
and Social Science Students ....................59
Research Methods in the
Social Sciences .......................................62
Researching Families and Children ...........59
Resisting Reform? ...................................25
Re-Visioning Indian Cities ........................23
Riber, John .............................................46
Rigby, Phil ...............................................51
Rinpoche, Patrul .......................................4
Riots and After in Mumbai .........................1
Robinson, Rowena ....................................6
Rodrigues, Usha M ..................................43
Rosenthal, David .....................................53
Roy, Ramashray ............................... 32, 34
RSS, School Texts and
the Murder of Mahatma Gandhi..................2
Rural Development ..................................22
Rural Womens Road to Empowerment ....20
S
S, Saravanan V .......................................25
Sachs, Jeffrey D .....................................58
Sahni, Rohini .............................................9
Sahoo, Ajaya Kumar ..................................5
Saikia, Jaideep .......................................36
Saith, Ashwani ........................................47
Samaddar, Ranabir ...........................33, 41
Sangha, Dave ...........................................5
Sankar, U ................................................ 16
Santhakumar, V ......................................22
Sanyal, Romola .......................................23
Sarkar, Jayati ..........................................36
Sarkar, Subrata .......................................36
Sarma, Dibyajyoti .................................... 11
Savage Humans and Stray Dogs.................1
School Health Services in India ................59
Seeing Stars ............................................45
Sen, Sankar ............................................40
Sen, Sunanda ......................................... 13
Servaes, Jan ........................................... 47
Sexton, Sarah .........................................59
Shah, Ghanshyam ...............................6, 33
Shahani, Parmesh ................................... 11
Shand, Richard T .................................... 17
Shankar, V Kalyan .....................................9
Sharan, Vyuptakesh ................................ 17
Sharma, Ashok ....................................... 13
Sharma, Ashok ....................................... 19
Sharma, Mukul .......................................40
Sharma, Neerja .......................................59
Sharma, Vipin .........................................21
Shastri, Sandeep ......................................9
Shetty, Rashmi ........................................ 41
Shields, Munling .....................................62
Shishodia, Anil ........................................24
Shresthova, Sangita ................................45
Shukla, Rajesh ........................................ 15
Sidhu, Aman ...........................................27
Sikh Separatist Insurgency
in India, The ............................................ 27
Sikri, Rajiv...............................................36
Simmons, Carl ........................................52
Simpson, Richard ....................................53
Singh, Deepak K .....................................28
Singh, Katar ......................................22, 24
Singh, Kultar ........................................... 61
Singh, Mahendra Prasad .........................30
Singh, Maj Gen V K ................................. 37
Singh, Ranbir ..........................................40
Singh, Ujjwal Kumar ................................40
Singh, V B ............................................... 37
Sinha, Dipankar ......................................44
Sirivardana, Susil .................................... 18
Lost Years of the Rss .................................2
Lougy, Richard A .....................................53
M
Madan, Amman ......................................50
Madan, T N ...............................................2
Maharaj, Brij .............................................5
Malik, Kanchan K ....................................44
Mallick, Indrajit ....................................... 19
Manchanda, Rita .......................................3
Mandal, Manas K ....................................55
Mander, Harsh ..........................................6
Margins of Faith ........................................6
Marjit, Sugata ................................... 14, 19
Markets and Malthus ...............................59
Marks, David F ........................................54
Marriage, Migration and Gender ...................
11
Marx, Durkheim, Weber ............................3
Masdekar, Ujwala .................................... 57
Masood, Nazia ..........................................3
Mathew, George......................................36
Mavalankar, Dileep ..................................59
Mcdonaldisation, Masala
Mcgospel and Om Economics ....................8
McQuail, Denis........................................43
Mcquails Mass
Communication Theory ...........................43
Media, Gender and Popular
Culture in India .......................................44
Mehta, Jayshree .....................................33
Mehta, Lyla ............................................. 21
Melkote, Srinivas R .................................47
Menon, Meena ..........................................1
Methods for Development
Work and Research ................................. 61
Michael, S M .............................................6
Microfnance in India ............................... 13
Microfnance India ................................... 15
Midgley, Alyson .......................................51
Migration, Remittances
and Development in South Asia ................ 18
Mikkelsen, Britha .................................... 61
Minorities and the State .............................3
Mirbagheri, Farid ....................................50
Mishra, Lakshmidhar ................................4
Mishra, Veerendra ...................................40
Mitra, Ananda .........................................43
Mitra, Subrata K ......................................37
Modern Indian Political Thought ...............30
Modern Prince and the
Modern Sage, The ...................................30
Modi, Renu ............................................. 21
Mohan, C Raja ........................................34
Mohanty, Siba Sankar .............................48
Mohapatra, N P ....................................... 19
Moodley, Roy ..........................................56
Morrison, Ken ...........................................3
Mukherjee, Aditya .....................................2
Mukherjee, Mridula ...................................2
Mahajan, Sucheta .....................................2
Multiple Meanings of Money .................... 10
Mumbai: Post 26/11 ................................32
Munshi, Surendra....................................37
Munsi, Urmimala Sarkar ............................8
Murray, Michael .....................................54
Myles, Brenda .........................................53
N
Naidoo, Kogi ...........................................10
Nambiar, Harish ........................................4
Nanda, Chandi Prasad ............................26
Nandanars Children ..................................5
Narayan, Badri ........................................33
Narayanasamy, N ....................................22
National Movement and Politics
in Orissa, 1920-1929 ..............................26
National Social Watch ............................ 37
Natural Resources
Conservation Law ....................................42
Nayak, Pulin B ......................................... 18
Nayar, Pramod K .................................8, 45
Negotiating Communication
Rights .....................................................44
Nelson-Jones, Richard ............................ 57
New Forms of Urban Governance
in India ....................................................36
New Nepal .............................................. 31
Nikolopoulou, Anastasia ..........................50
No Nonsense Guide to Minority
Rights in South Asia, The ...........................3
Noronha, Frederick .................................46
North East India .......................................28
O
Oleary, Zina ...........................................60
Old Chinas New Economy ....................... 12
Oliver, Paul..............................................62
Omvedt, Gail .......................................5, 26
One Little Finger ......................................52
Orjuela, Camilla ......................................39
Osula, Bramwell ......................................50
Other India, The .........................................5
Other Voices ............................................44
Otsuka, Keijiro ........................................24
Our Toxic World ....................................... 24
P
Packaging Life ...........................................8
Palriwala, Rajni ....................................... 11
Panagariya, Arvind ..................................38
Panda, Smita Mishra ...............................39
Pandey, Janak ..................................53, 56
Pandey, Nishchal Nath ............................ 31
Pandey, Rajendra Kumar .........................30
Pandya, Mamata .....................................24
Pani, Narendar .......................................27
Parthasarathi, Vibodh ..............................46
Participatory Rural Appraisal ....................22
Patel, Fay ..........................................10, 47
Pathways of Dissent ................................29
Patnaik, Priyadarshi ................................58
Patra, Michael Debabrata ........................16
Patterns of Middle Class
Consumption in India and China ............... 12
Pavarala, Vinod ......................................44
Pedrotti, Jennifer Teramoto .....................55
Pennington, Mark ....................................29
Perspectives on Learning
Disabilities in India ..................................53
Pfaff-Czarnecka, Joanna...........................4
Phillips, Ian .............................................51
Pieterse, Jan Nederveen ...................23, 31
Planning Commission ..............................22
Poitevin, Guy ...........................................46
Policing ...................................................40
Policy and Practice in
Asian Distance Education.........................49
Political Economy of
Communications in India .........................44
Political Economy of Poverty
Eradication in India and Essays
on Fiscal Reform ...................................... 17
Political Violence and the Police
in India ....................................................40
Politics of Belonging in the
Himalayas, The ..........................................4
Politics of Globalization ............................ 31
Polonsky, Michael Jay .............................62
Positive Psychology .................................55
Post-Hindu India ........................................6
Power Realignments in Asia .....................34
Power, Gerry ...........................................45
Prakash, Anjal .........................................25
Prameela, V ............................................10
Premchander, Smita ................................10
Principles of Econometrics ....................... 12
Progressive Fiscal Policy in India .............. 17
Promoting Economic Cooperation
in South Asia ........................................... 11
Prostitution and Beyond .............................9
Protection of Himalayan Biodiversity .........42
Psychological Testing ..............................54
Public Economics .................................... 14
Public Policy and Citizenship ....................39
Public Provisioning for
Elementary Education in India ..................48
Public Relations in India ...........................44
Puniyani, Ram .........................................32
Q
Quantitative Social Research Methods ...... 61
R
Radhakrishna, Sindhu .............................27
Raeside, Robert ......................................59
Raghavan, Neeraja ..................................50
Raghunathan, Meena .............................. 24
Raghuram, Parvati ....................................5
Rai, Aanchal ...........................................56
Raj, Kiran ................................................50
Rakshit, Mihir .......................................... 14
Ramani, K V ............................................59
Ranade, Bhagyashree ............................. 57
Ranganathan, Maya ................................43
Sivaramakrishnan, Arvind .......................39
Sivaramakrishnan, K C ............................23
Skill Training for Social Workers ............... 57
Skuse, Andrew ........................................45
Snyder, C R .............................................55
Sobhan, Rehman ....................................22
Social Justice and
Labour Jurisprudence .............................. 41
Social Legislation of the
East India Company ................................. 41
Social Movements and the State ..............33
Social Movements in India .......................33
Social Science Learning
in Schools ...............................................49
Sociological Theory....................................1
Sociological Traditions ...............................2
Sociology of Religion, The ..........................1
Socio-Political and Economic
Challenges in South Asia .........................36
Somekh, Bridget .....................................62
Sood, Anil ...................................13, 19, 20
Sooknanan, Prahalad ..............................47
South Asia Story, The...............................26
Spatialising Politics ..................................29
Special Educators Tool Kit, The................52
Squatting With Dignity ............................. 21
Sridhar, Devi .............................................8
Srinivasan, N........................................... 15
Srinivasan, Narayanan ............................56
Srivastava, D K ........................................16
State of Indias Livelihoods
Report 2010 ............................................ 21
State of Justice in India............................ 41
Stateless in South Asia ............................28
States in Confict With Their
Minorities ..................................................3
Steeves, Ohio H Leslie ............................. 47
Stepanova, Ekaterina ..............................36
Strategic Issues and Challenges
in Health Management .............................59
Strategic Research and Political
Communication for NGOs ........................ 61
Strategic Technologies for
the Military .............................................. 37
Strategies for Achieving
Sustained High Economic Growth ............. 17
Strong Religion, Zealous Media ................44
Struggle for Hegemony in India ................29
Subramanian, K S ...................................40
Suicidal Behaviour ...................................55
Suklabaidya, Chandan.............................28
Sunder, L Shanthakumari ........................33
Suresh, R R ............................................. 15
Sustainability of Rights After
Globalisation ...........................................38
Swamy, M R Narayan ..............................32
Swanson, Darren ....................................39
T
Tagore and China ......................................7
Taking Social Development
Seriously ................................................. 21
Teaching English ..................................... 51
Teaching History ...................................... 51
Teaching Ict ............................................52
Teaching Mathematics ............................. 51
Teaching Science .................................... 51
Teaching Social Science
in Schools ...............................................50
Teaching Young Children
With Adhd ...............................................53
Terrorism .................................................36
Thakkar , Usha ........................................33
Thapa, Komilla ........................................53
Thapan, Meenakshi ................................. 11
Thinking Design.........................................1
Thomas, Judith .......................................51
Thomas, Pradip Ninan .............................44
Thorat, Sukhadeo......................................6
Tiger Vanquished, The .............................32
Timmons, Vianne ....................................48
Toffn, Grard ............................................4
Togawa, Masahiko ....................................3
Towards a New Poverty
Agenda in Asia ........................................ 16
Towards Financial Inclusion in India.......... 19
Towards Water Wisdom ...........................25
Toxics Link .............................................. 24
Tracing An Indian Diaspora ........................5
Trade in Services in South Asia ................ 14
Transforming Schools
Empowering Children ...............................50
Transitional Puzzles..................................20
Troubled Periphery ...................................28
Tucker, Richard P .................................... 24
u
Uberoi, Patricia ....................................... 11
Understanding Cross-Cultural
Psychology ..............................................54
Understanding Environment ..................... 24
Understanding Gandhi .............................33
Unfreedom and Waged Work.................... 13
United States and India, The:
A History Through Archives ......................35
Unlocking E-Government Potential ...........36
Untouchability in Rural India .......................6
Urban Women in Contemporary India ....... 11
Urbanizing Citizenship .............................23
URS, Kshithij ...........................................25
Using Edu-Tainment for Distance
Education in Community Work..................49
V
Valsiner, Jaan ...........................................7
Values and Infuence of Religion
in Public Administration ...........................33
Vanduzer-Snow, Marta ............................35
Varieties of Activist Experience ...................2
Veer, Peter Van Der ................................. 12
Venkatesan, S .........................................52
Vepa, Swarna S....................................... 21
Vijayabaskar, M .......................................47
Vilanilam, J V ....................................44, 47
Vital Drop, The .........................................58
Vittachi, Sarojini ......................................50
Vocalizing Silence ....................................26
Vulnerable India .......................................23
W
Wadhera, Kiron .......................................20
Wallace, Paul ..........................................34
Waller, David S ........................................62
Walliman, Nicholas S R............................62
Warham, Lynne .......................................51
Wasson, Robert J ....................................25
Water and the Laws in India .....................42
Water First ..............................................25
Water, Ecosystems and Society ................25
Weinstein, Mark ......................................61
When Rebels Become Stakeholders ......... 37
Whistling in the Dark................................ 11
White, David I ..........................................59
Whittell, Richard .....................................25
Widmalm, Sten .........................................4
Wignaraja, Ponna .................................... 18
Wit, J De .................................................36
Women in Indian Borderlands ....................9
Women in Peace Politics ............................9
Women in Terrorism ................................32
Women Teaching in South Asia ................ 10
Women, Gender and Disaster .................. 10
Woolnough, Peter ................................... 51
Words of My Perfect Teacher .....................4
Working Women ...................................... 10
Writing and Producing for
Television and Film ..................................46
Writing and Producing
Radio Dramas..........................................46
Writing Your Thesis ..................................62
Wto Deadlocked, The ..............................35
Wyatt, Robin .............................................3
Y
Yong, Tan Tai ..........................................36
Your Research Project ..............................62
Z
Zealous Reformers, Deadly Laws .............. 11
SALES I NFORMATI ON
THE SALES TEAM
NEW DELHI
Sunanda Ghosh
Te|. (+91 11, 4OO8 9288
|a/. (+91 11, 4Oo8 9284
e- mail: sunanda.ghosh@sagepub.in
T S Venkatesh
|c|. 98/88 oo428
e-ra||. |..er|a|e|@aepu|.|r
Munish Verma
|c|. 99992 OO/99
e-ra||. rur||..e|ra@aepu|.|r
Rahul Malhotra
|c|. 9811/ 882OO
e- mail: rahul.malhotra@sagepub.in
Devashish Dhasmana
|c|. 98188 99/8/
e-ra||. de.a|||.d|arara@aepu|.|r
Prashant Agrahari
|c|. 98912 OOO2O
e- mail: prashant.agrahari@sagepub.in
LUCKNOW
Vimlesh Mishra
|c|. 941o4 O8442
e-ra||. .|r|e|.r|||a@aepu|.|r
BHOPAL
Raj Narayan Yadav
|c|. 98984 48oO/
e-ra||. |aj.]ada.@aepu|.|r
CHENNAI
S Shreeram
|c|. 984O2 /1818
e- mail: s.shreeram@sagepub.in
HYDERABAD
Manoj V Neemkar
|c|. 944OO 89/8O
e-ra||. rarcj.reer|a|@aepu|.|r
M Venkatesh
|c|. 98OO8 1O289
e-ra||. r..er|a|e|@aepu|.|r
BANGALORE
A G Chakrapani
|c|. 984o/ 48O81
e-ra||. a.:|a||apar|@aepu|.|r
KERALA
B Muneer
|c|. 984/o OoO1O
e- mail: b.muneer@sagepub.in
KOLKATA
Dhrubajyoti Das
|c|. 9881o 848O2
e- mail: dhrubajyoti.das@sagepub.in
Biplab Biswas
|c|. 94841 41/48
e- mail: biplab.biswas@sagepub.in
PATNA
Premendra Sharma
|c|. 9481O 2O8o4
e- mail: premendra.sharma@sagepub.in
PUNE
Sandeep Nalawade
|c|. 9822O 48O82
e- mail: sandeep.nalawade@sagepub.in
MUMBAI
Ramchandra S Kharat
|c|. 98O/8 824o8
e-ra||. |ar:|ard|a.||a|a|@aepu|.|r
VADODARA
Zuzar Z Sanjeliwala
|c|. 982oO 8441o
e-ra||. /u/a|.arje||Wa|a@aepu|.|r
CUSTOMER SERVICE BOOKS
Saroj K Sahoo
Te|. (+91 11, 4Oo8 9222, E/|r 4O/
|a/. (+91 11, 4Oo8 9284
e-ra||. |cc|c|de|@aepu|.|r,
saroj.sahoo@sagepub.in
JOURNALS SALES
NEW DELHI
Mukesh Jain
|c|. 98/8O 882oo
e-ra||. ru|e|.ja|r@aepu|.|r
Mohit Kapoor
|c|. 981O9 OO848
e-ra||. rc|||.|apcc|@aepu|.|r
Shashank Pratap Singh
|c|. 9/184 842O1
e-ra||. |a|ar|p|a|ap.|r|@aepu|.|r
MUMBAI
Sameer Jangam
|c|. 9928/ /21O9
e- mail: sameer.jangam@sagepub.in
KOLKATA
Niladri Kumar Chakraborty
|c|. 9881O 18918
e-ra||. r||ad||.:|a||a|c||]@aepu|.|r
Souvik Mazumder
|c|. 9881O 281O4
e-ra||. cu.||.ra/urde|@aepu|.|r
Rajkumar Ghosh
|c|. 9881O /4o41
e-ra||. |aj|ura|.|c|@aepu|.|r
BANGALORE
Rajesh A
|c|. 89/O2 o9882
e- mail: rajesh.a@sagepub.in
CHENNAI
B Rehaman Sheriff
|c|. 99O2O 8//8O
e- mail: rehaman.sheriff@sagepub.in
CUSTOMER SERVICE JOURNALS
Gajendra Singh
Te|. (+91 11, 4o/2 491/
|c|. 99o8O 28OOO
e- mail: journalsubs@sagepub.in,
gajendra.singh@sagepub.in
NEW DELHI
B-1/I-1, Mohan Cooperative
Industrial Area, Mathura Road,
Post Bag 7, New Delhi 110 044
Tel: 4053 9222
Fax: 4053 9234
e-mail: sales@sagepub.in
KOLKATA
Ground Floor, 59/5 Prince Baktiar
Shah Road, Tollygunge,
Kolkata 700 033
Tel: 2417 2642, 2422 0611,
2422 6832
e-mail: kolkata@sagepub.in
CHENNAI
E-1, Karthik Apartments
New No. 16 (old 6),
Vijayaraghava Road,
T Nagar, Chennai 600 017
Tel: 2815 8405 /06/ 07
e-mail: chennai@sagepub.in
HYDERABAD
H No: 5- 9-1037/2
Next to Madina Medical Centre,
Basheerbagh King Koti Road,
Hyderaguda, Post Box No.1031
Hyderabad 500 029
Tel: 2323 1447, 2323 0674
e-mail: hyderabad@sagepub.in
www.sagepub.i n
research methods online
The essent i al t ool f or researchers f rom t he worl d s l eadi ng
research met hods publ i sher
What is it?
SAGE Research Methods Online (SRMO) is an award- winning research
methods tool created to help researchers, faculty and students with their
research projects.
With SRMO, researchers can explore their chosen method across the depth
and breadth c| :cr|er|, e/pard|r c| |e|r|r ||e|| ea|:| a reeded, read
online, print, or email full-text |eea|:| re||cd :cr|er|, u||||/e ue|ed
related methods and links to related authors from SRMO s robust library
ard ur|(ue |ea|u|e, ard e.er share their own collections of content
through SRMO with other users.
Since SRMO focuses on methodology rather than disciplines, it can be used
by researchers from the social sciences, health sciences and more.
Whats in it?
x 0.e| 1OO,OOO pae c| |cc|, jcu|ra| ard |e|e|er:e :cr|er| ||cr
leading SAGE authors, easily accessible online.
x Sea|:| ard d|:c.e|] |cc| |c uppc|| ||cW|r ard d|:c.e|] c|
material, guiding you to the information you need.
x T|e 're||cd rap' .|ua||/e |e|a||cr||p |e|Weer re||cd |e|r,
:cr:ep|, pecp|e ard |||e|a|u|e, uppc||ed |] a reW|] de.e|cped
taxonomy for social science research methods.
x C|ea|e :c||e:||cr ||a| |r:|ude e|e:|ed |cc| :|ap|e| ard jcu|ra|
articles to share through the site with your students, co- authors, and
colleagues.
Academic Researchers
Find content related to your area
c| |eea|:| |c |e|p ]cu |e|re ]cu|
research methods. Try searching
your pref erred met hod i n t he
Methods Map.
Students
SRMO can help you design your
research project and collect and
ara|]/e ]cu| da|a. Ue Sea|:| c|
||e |e||cd |ap |c ra.|a|e cu|
research methods material.
Teachers and Lecturers
Cr eat e an SRMO l i st of t he
content you recommend for your
research met hods course and
|a|e || (u|:||] ard ea||] W|||
your students online.
Library Administrators
Support methods queries from
your patrons, and use our admin
tool to upload your library logo
ard |e|||e.e |ARC Re:c|d ard
C0U\TER |epc||.
Regulary updated content and features
\eW |cc| ard a|||:|e, a We|| a reW |ea|u|e, a|e added ea:| ]ea| |c |eep ]cu :u||er| W||| ||e |a|e| de.e|cprer|.
Ask your librarian
to contact SAGE at
journalsubs@sagepub.in
for further information,
trial access and
subscription details.
Sign up
NOW!
SRMO contains content
||cr c.e| OOO |cc|,
dictionaries, encyclopedias,
ard |ard|cc|, ||e er|||e
'|||||e 0|eer Bcc|,' ard '|||||e
B|ue Bcc|' e||e, |Wc |ajc|
wc|| :c||a||r a e|e:||cr
of journal articles, and newly
:crr||cred .|dec.
Librarian friendly features include:
x C0U\TER Ccrp||ar| Uae S|a||||:
x MARC Records
x 0perUR| Ccrp||ar:e
x O0| |c| |cc| :|ap|e| |e||e|ed W||| C|cRe|
SRMO |e:er||] |e:e|.ed ||e
2011 Magnum Opus Gold
Award for Best Navigation for
Electronic Publication or Web
site and the 2011 Apex Award
for One-of-a-Kind Electronic
and Web Publications.
www.sagepub.com/srmo
I want it now! It s such a dream come
true for research students...right now
I m spending hours and hours in what
I could do in a few clicks with the
Methods Map.
Reabetswe Kgoroeadira
&UDQoHOG8QLYHUVLW\8.

Socialsc

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Socialsc

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

2011

Potrebbero piacerti anche